January 2019
Comparison of two different anesthetic methods on pain perception in prostate biopsy
Engin Kolukcu 1, Sahin Kilic 2, Dogan Atılgan 3
1 Department of Urology, Tokat State Hospital, Tokat, 2 Department of Urology, Fethiye State Hospital, Fethiye, Mugla, 3 Department of Urology, Gaziosmanpasa University, Faculty of Medicine, Tokat, Turkey
DOI: 10.4328/JCAM.6028 Received: 23.09.2018 Accepted: 25.10.2018 Published Online: 30.10.2018 Printed: 01.01.2019 J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 121-4
Corresponding Author: Engin Kolukcu, Department of Urology, Tokat State Hospital, Tokat, Turkey. GSM: +905354002385 F.: +90 3562120258 E-Mail: drenginkolukcu@gmail.com ORCID ID: 0000-0003-3387-4428
Aim: In this study, we aimed to compare the efficiency of two different local anesthetic techniques in transrectal ultrasound (TRUS) guided prostate biopsy.Material and Method: The medical records of 798 patients who underwent 12 core transrectal ultrasound guided prostate biopsy were evaluated retrospec-tively. The patients were divided into 2 groups to receive two different kinds of anesthesia during the procedure as follows: Group 1, rectal application of 2% lidocaine gel and Group 2 periprostatic nerve block. The perception of pain during the insertion of the probe and during the biopsy procedure was scored for each group separately by using a visual analog scale (VAS). Results: The mean age, mean total PSA level and mean prostate volume of the patients in Group 1 were 67.67 ± 8.91 years, 12.57 ± 17.67 ng/ml and 51.41 ± 22.62 ml respectively. The mean age, mean total PSA level and mean prostate volume of the patients in Group 2 were 64.64 ± 7.63 years, 13 ± 18.02 ng/ml and 53.44 ± 44.01 ml respectively. The mean VAS scores of Group 1 and Group 2 during probe insertion were 4,87 ± 1,14 and 5,19 ± 1,16 respectively (p<0.001). The mean VAS scores during biopsy were 3,56 ± 1,43 for Group 1 and 2,5 ± 0,91 for Group 2. The difference between these scores was statistically significant (p<0.001). Discussion: Using of lidocaine gel for analgesia in TRUS-guided prostate biopsy significantly decreases the perception of pain experienced during the probe insertion procedure. On the other hand, PPNB is more effective than the using of lidocaine gel in pain control when the level of pain experienced during the biopsy is examined. Analgesia is substantially ensured by using PPNB, but analgesia combined with topical anesthetic agents could provide a more comfortable biopsy procedure.
Keywords: Cancer; Pain; Periprostatic Nerve Blockage; Prostate Biopsy.
Introduction
Prostate cancer (PCa) is the most frequently described cancer in men and although with decreasing rates in recent years, it is still the second leading reason of cancer-related death rate in the aged male population [1]. The serum prostate-specific antigen (PSA) levels, TRUS, digital rectal examination, and multi-parametric MR are currently used as diagnostic tools, but the definitive diagnosis of PCa is confirmed by histopathological examination of prostatic tissue [2].
Transrectal ultrasonography-guided prostate biopsy (TRUS-Bx) is the standard diagnostic method to establish PCa diagnosis in men with high levels of serum PSA and/or with suspected prostate cancer in the digital rectal examination. About 800000 prostate biopsies are performed in the USA for the diagnosis PCa in a year [3]. It is well known that this intervention is an invasive and painful procedure. Therefore some preparations are needed to decrease the infection risk and potential anxiety due to the intervention. It can be performed in outpoint clinics with an acceptable rate of complication and without the need for hospitalization. In 1989, Hodge et al. first described the systematic six-core biopsy of prostate with TRUS guidance [4]. However, subsequent studies have revealed that a higher number of biopsy cores are required to diagnose prostate cancer with higher rates [5].
In the literature, there is no standard way of bowel preparation of the patient for TRUS- Bx and analgesia type during the procedure. During or after TRUS-Bx several complications such as hematospermia, rectal bleeding, hematuria, fever, sepsis, urinary retention, and pain have been reported [6]. International Association for the Study of Pain definition of pain: “An unpleasant sensory and emotional experience associated with actual or potential tissue damage, or described in terms of such damage” [7]. Pain is quite an important problem for the patients during the TRUS-Bx procedure. In the beginning, the prostate biopsy procedures had been performed without local anesthesia but as a result of increasing number of biopsy cores, an increase in procedure-related pain and complication has been observed. Thus,this situation yielded a need for effective analgesia method during the biopsy procedure both for patient comfort and facilitation of the procedure. However, researches to find out an efficient analgesic method during TRUS-Bx are still ongoing. The method of pain control may be either i.v. sedation, intrarectal local analgesia or periprostatic infiltration of the local anaesthetic such as 2% lidocaine, depending on the preference and experience of the clinician [3].
In this study, it was aimed to evaluate and compare the pain tolerance of patients who underwent TRUS-Bx with two different local anesthesia methods, which were namely transrectal lidocaine injection and periprostatic nerve blockage.
Material and Method
Between January 2009 and January 2014, 798 patients who received TRUS-Bx with increased PSA level and/or abnormal rectal examination findings were included in the study. All patients have given their informed consent for participating in this retrospective study. In our study, the exclusion criteria were as follows: age over 80 years, active urinary tract infection, bleeding diathesis, rectal disorders, and recent urologic interventions. All of the patients received ciprofloxacin prophylaxis for three days (500-milligram dosage taken two times a day) and completed written informed consents were obtained before the procedure. All of the patients in the study had undergone TRUS-Bx at the Urology Department of Gaziosmanpaşa University Hospital. All of the ultrasonographic examination and biopsy procedures were executed by using Diagnostic Ultrasound System 3535 (B&K Medical, Herlev, Denmark) with a 7.5-MHz probe in the left lateral decubitus position and a standard 12 core biopsy protocol was performed for all patients.
The patients were classified into two groups based on the anesthesia technique administered before the prostate biopsy procedure. The first group (Group 1) included 407 patients for whom 5% lidocaine pomade was applied to the rectal area for local anesthesia and waited for ten minutes to ensure adequate anesthesia which was described by Tuncel et al. [8]. The second group (Group 2) included 391 patients for whom PPNB was performed by injection of 5cc 2% lidocaine solution around the prostatic neurovascular bundles and periprostatic areas bilaterally under the guidance of ultrasonography with a 21-gauge anesthetic needle, immediately before proceeding to biopsy [9].
During both insertions of probe and biopsy procedure, VAS scores were determined for both Group 1 and Group 2. Additionally, the patients were grouped according to prostate volume as small prostate (<40 ml, SP) and large prostate (≥40 ml, LP) groups and VAS scores were determined for both group SP and group LP. Patient discomfort and general contentment levels during the processing were assessed by direct questions about widespread lateral effects using VAS. The VAS gave a range of potential scores (from 0 to tens with) a score of 0 reflecting minimum discomfort and maximum satisfaction [10].
Kolmogorov-Smirnov test was used to evaluate whether the distribution of variables was normal. Mann-Whitney U-test was used to compare the continuous variables between the groups. The continuous variables were presented as the mean and standard deviation. A p-value <0.05 was considered significant. Analyses were performed using commercial software (IBM SPSS Statistics, Version 23.0. Armonk, NY: IBM Corp.)
Results
The mean age, mean total PSA level and mean prostate volume of the patients in Group 1 were 67.67 ± 8.91 years, 12.57 ± 17.67 ng/ml and 51.41 ± 22.62 ml respectively. The mean age, mean total PSA level and mean prostate volume of the patients in Group 2 were 64.64 ± 7.63 years, 13 ± 18.02 ng/ml and 53.44 ± 44.01 ml respectively. There was no statistically difference between Group 1 and 2 in terms of mean PSA levels and prostate volumes (p >0.05). The mean VAS scores during the insertion of the trans rectal probe for Group 1 and 2 were 4.87 ± 1.14 and 5.19 ± 1.16 respectively and the difference was statistically significant (p <0.001). The VAS scores during the biopsy procedure for Group 1 and 2 were 3.56 ± 1.43 and 2.5 ± 0.91 respectively and the difference was statistically significant (p <0.001) (Table 1).
When the patients were classified according to prostate volumes between <40 ml and ≥40 ml for analysis, there was no statistically significant difference between the mean VAS scores during the insertion of the transrectal probe for both Group 1 and Group 2 (p >0.05). In the analysis of VAS scores during the biopsy procedure according to prostate volumes, there was no statistically significant difference between the mean VAS scores during the biopsy procedure for both groups (p >0.05) (Table 2).
Discussion
The biopsy procedure is usually performed in patients who are awake under local anesthesia in the outpatient clinical settings. Although it is well tolerated by many patients, the process can cause severe pain and disturbance in some patients. In a previous study, more than half of the patients reported that they had a moderate toll-free pain, even with pre-procedural intrarectal lidocaine administration [11]. The pain has been encountered mostly during the insertion of the probe and the tissue sampling [12]. Although it is generally considered as a safe procedure, the prostate biopsy is an invasive procedure [6]. The prostate biopsy procedure is performed by some clinicians without analgesia [13]; however, several randomized controlled studies have demonstrated that local anesthesia during the procedure reduces pain significantly especially in young patients [3].
In recent years, some anesthetic techniques were introduced for TRUS-Bx performed in an office setting, but intrarectal local analgesia and PPNP are still the most commonly used anesthesia techniques. Because of its low cost and safely application properties intrarectal lidocaine gel was first and most used technique [14]. An important reduced VAS score of pain due to probe insertion was shown in pooled analysis results of previous studies using intrarectal lidocaine gel [8]. This result could be attributed to the short-lasting analgesic activity of lidocaine gel with insufficient coverage for the whole biopsy procedure [14]. A prospective study including 50 patients showed that intrarectal 10 ml 2% lidocaine gel was more effective in pain management in comparison to placebo [15]. However, two separate placebo-controlled studies by Desgrandchamps et al. [16] and Chang et al. [17] found no statistically significant difference in pain tolerance between an ultrasonic gel and intrarectal 2% lidocaine gel applications.
In the classical practice, which is the most common and has become a standard, pain is managed by using a local anesthesia technique which is the injection of lidocaine into the area between seminal vesicles and prostate (periprostatic nerve block) [3]. Nash et al. first defined the periprostatic nerve block in 1996. The researchers made an evaluation by performing a unilateral prostatic nerve block and found a significantly lower level of pain in patients in the injected site compared with the non-injected site [11]. A meta-analysis including 994 patients demonstrated that pain management and analgesia induced by PPNP during transrectal prostate biopsy was more effective in comparison to control groups [18]. Another meta-analysis by Richman et al. also revealed similar results in which PPNB decreased pain significantly in comparison to the placebo group during prostate biopsy procedure [19]. In a different meta-analysis including 1685 patients, it was reported that PPNB was effective and safe in reducing the pain from transrectal ultrasound biopsy of the prostate [20]. On the other hand, there are some other studies in the literature reporting pain management by using different techniques of local anesthesia. A current review and meta-analysis with 18 studies and 2076 male patients emphasized that PPNB alone provided pain management but optimum analgesia was achieved when topical anesthetic agents were added [14]. In another clinical study, Song et al. evaluated 90 patients who received a transrectal prostate biopsy. According to the control group, periprostatic local anesthesia injection reported effective pain control in the group. However, in the same study, they reported that they did not have enough results in terms of pain control in the administration of intrarectal lidocaine gel [9]. The present study compared the rectal application of 5% lidocaine pomade and PPNB using 2% lidocaine solution as anesthetic agents. The pain score was lower in the topical analgesic administered group during probe insertion (p<0.001), but during the biopsy procedure the pain score was lower in the PPNB group (p<0.001). In a recent study, Luan et al. reported that prostate volume showed a significant effect in pain reduction with PPNB anesthesia during prostate biopsy. They also concluded that in patients with large prostate volume, the analgesic effect of PPNB is inefficient [21]. Conversely, in our study, prostate volume did not effect VAS scores in both groups.
In the prostate biopsy, various other analgesia methods were investigated using intravenous conscious sedation (fentanyl and midazolam), nitrous oxide inhalation, oral analgesia (paracetamol/codeine), intrarectal diclofenac and 40% dimethyl sulfoxide [22,23]. Obek et al. showed a meaningful reduced level of pain with local lidocaine gel application before PPNB whereas tradamol and periprostatic blockage had similar effects [24]. The study by Turgut et al. evaluated patients by classifying into three groups, as PPNB with lidocaine, sedoanalgesia with midazolam and non-anesthesia, and showed that the pain score was significantly higher in the non-anesthesia group compared with the others, however, there was no statistical difference in pain score between sedoanalgesia and PPNB [25].
Conclusions
In conclusion, the TRUS-guided prostate biopsy is a painful intervention with adverse effects on patient comfort, and therefore analgesia must be administered during the procedure. The present study showed that intrarectal 2% lidocaine gel provided convenience and reduced the pain during the insertion of ultrasound probe, and provided mild analgesic benefit during the needle biopsy. Periprostatic nerve block considerably reduced pain during the needle biopsy; however, it was not effective during probe insertion. As a result of this study, analgesia was substantially ensured by using PPNB, but we believe that analgesia combined with topical anesthetic agents could provide a more comfortable biopsy procedure, specifically in individuals with anal/rectal area sensitivity.
Although our study includes too many patients, it is a retrospective study and this fact can be considered as the limitation of our study.
Scientific Responsibility Statement
The authors declare that they are responsible for the article’s scientific content including study design, data collection, analysis and interpretation, writing, some of the main line, or all of the preparation and scientific review of the contents and approval of the final version of the article.
Animal and human rights statement
All procedures performed in this study were in accordance with the ethical standards of the institutional and/or national research committee and with the 1964 Helsinki declaration and its later amendments or comparable ethical standards. No animal or human studies were carried out by the authors for this article.
Funding: None
Conflict of interest
None of the authors received any type of financial support that could be considered potential conflict of interest regarding the manuscript or its submission.
References
1. Siegel R, Naishadham D, Jemal A. Cancer statistics. 2012. CA Cancer J Clin. 2012; 62: 10-29. DOI: 10.3322/caac.20138
2. Demirel HC, Davis JW. Multiparametric magnetic resonance imaging: Overview of the technique, clinical applications in prostate biopsy and future directions. Turk J Urol. 2018; 44(2): 93-102. DOI: 10.5152/tud.2018.56056
3. Maccagnano C, Scattoni V, Roscigno M, Raber M, Angiolilli D, Montorsi F. et al. Anaesthesia in transrectal prostate biopsy: which is the most effective technique? Urol Int. 2011; 87(1): 1-13. DOI: 10.1159/000327827
4. Hodge KK, McNeal JE, Terris MK, Stamey TA. Random systematic versus directed ultrasound guided trans-rectal core biopsies of the prostate. J Urol. 1989; 142(1):71-4.
5. Shariat SF, Roehrborn CG. Using biopsy to detect prostate cancer. Rev Urol. 2008; 10(4): 262-80.
6. Efesoy O, Bozlu M, Çayan S, Akbay E. Complications of transrectal ultrasound-guided 12-core prostate biopsy: a single center experience with 2049 patients. Turk J Urol. 2013; 39(1): 6-11. DOI: 10.5152/tud.2013.002
7. Merskey H, Albe Fessard D, Bonica JJ, Carmon A, Dubner R, Kerr FWL, et al. Pain terms: a list with definitions and notes on usage. Recommended by the IASP subcommittee on taxonomy. Pain 1979; 6: 249-52
8. Tuncel A, Aslan Y, Aksüt H, Özergin O, Tekdoğan ÜY, Atan A. The Efficiency Of Intrarectal Lidocaine Gel For Pain Control During Transrectal Prostate Needle Biopsy. Turkish Journal of Urology. 2003; 29(4): 403-6.
9. Song SH, Kim JK, Song K, Ahn H, Kim CS. Effectiveness of local anaesthesia techniques in patients undergoing transrectal ultrasound-guided prostate biopsy: a prospective randomized study. Int J Urol. 2006; 13(6): 707-10. DOI: 10.1111/j.1442-2042.2006.01390.x
10. Hiroš M, Selimović M, Spahović H, Sadović S, Spužić-Čelić E. Transrectal ultrasound-guided prostate bıopsy, periprostatic local anesthesia and pain tolerance Bosn J Basic Med Sci. 2010; 10(1): 66-72. DOI: 10.17305/bjbms.2010.2740
11. Nash PA, Bruce JE, Indudhara R, Shinohara K. Transrectal ultrasound guidedprostatic nerve blockade eases systematic needle biopsy of the prostate. J.Urol. 1996; 155: 607–9.
12. Tüfek I, Akpinar H, Atug F, Öbek C, Esen HE, Keskin MS, et al. The impact of local anesthetic volume and concentration on pain during prostate biopsy: a prospective randomized trial. J Endourol. 2012; 26(2):174-7. DOI: 10.1089/end.2011.0344
13. Crundwell MC, Cooke PW, Wallace DMA. Patients’ tolerance of transrectal ultrasound-guided prostatic biopsy: an audit of 104 cases. BJU Int. 1999; 83: 792-5
14. Wang J, Wang L, Du Y, He D, Chen X, Li L, et al. Addition of intrarectal local analgesia to periprostatic nerve block improves pain control for transrectal ultrasonography-guided prostate biopsy: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Int J Urol. 2015; 22(1): 62-8. DOI: 10.1111/iju.12595
15. Issa MM, Bux S, Chun T, Petros JA, Labadia AJ, Anastasia K, et al. A randomised prospective trial of intrarectal lidocaine for pain control during transrectal prostate biopsy: The Emory University experience. J Urol. 2000; 164(2): 397-9.
16. Desgrandchamps F, Meria P, Irani J, Desgrippes A, Teillac P, Le Duc A. The rectal administration of lidocaine gel and tolerance of transrectal ultrasonography-guided biopsy of the prostate: a prospective randomized placebo-controlled study. BJU Int. 1999; 83(9): 1007-9.
17. Chang SS, Alberts G, Wells N, Smith JA Jr, Cookson MS. Intrarectal lidocaine during transrectal prostate biopsy: results of a prospective double-blind randomized trial. J Urol. 2001; 166(6): 2178-80.
18. Hergan L, Kashefi C, Parsons JK. Local anesthetic reduces pain associated with transrectal ultrasound-guided prostate biopsy: a meta-analysis. Urology. 2007; 69(3): 520-5. DOI: 10.1016/j.urology.2006.12.005
19. Richman JM, Carter HB, Hanna MN, Murphy JD, Rowlingson AJ, Andrews RA, et al. Efficacy of periprostatic local anesthetic for prostate biopsy analgesia: a meta-analysis Urology. 2006; 67(6): 1224-8. DOI: 10.1016/j.urology.2005.12.030
20. Tiong HY, Liew LC, Samuel M, Consigliere D, Esuvaranathan K. A meta-analysis of local anesthesia for transrectal ultrasound-guided biopsy of the prostate. Prostate Cancer Prostatic Dis. 2007; 10(2): 127-36. DOI: 10.1038/sj.pcan.4500935
21. Luan Y, Huang TB, Gu X, Zhou GC, Lu SM, Tao HZ, et al. Effect of prostate volume on the peripheral nerve block anesthesia in prostate biopsy: A strobe-compliant study. Medicine (Baltimore). 2016; 2016; 95(28): 4184. DOI: 10.1097/MD.0000000000004184
22. Ooi WL, Hawks C, Tan AH, Hayne D. A randomised controlled trial comparing use of lignocaine periprostatic nerve block alone and combined with diclofenac suppository for patients undergoing transrectal ultrasound (TRUS)-guided prostate biopsy. BJU Int. 2014; 114 (Suppl. 1): S45-9. DOI: 10.1111/bju.12610.
23. Sur RL, Borboroglu PG, Roberts JL, Amling CL. A prospective randomized comparison of extensive prostate biopsy to standard biopsy with assessment of diagnostic yield, biopsy pain and morbidity. Prostate Cancer Prostatic Dis. 2004; 7: 126-31. DOI: 10.1038/sj.pcan.4500713
24. Obek C, Ozkan B, Tunc B, Can G, Yalcin V, Solok V. Comparison of 3 different methods of anesthesia before transrectal prostate biopsy: a prospective randomized trial. J Urol. 2004; 172(2): 502-5. DOI:10.1097/01.ju.0000131601.06286.26
25. Turgut AT, Ergun E, Koşar U, Koşar P, Ozcan A. Sedation as an alternative method to lessen patient discomfort due to transrectal ultrasonography-guided prostate biopsy. Eur J Radiol. 2006; 57(1): 148-53. DOI: 10.1016/j.ejrad.2005.08.001
Download attachments: JCAM_6028.pdf
Kolukcu E, Kilic S, Atılgan D. Comparison of two different anesthetic methods on pain perception in prostate biopsy. J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 121-4.
Citations in Google Scholar: Google Scholar
This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. To view a copy of the license, visit https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
Use of multiple artery grafts to ensure long-term graft patency in coronary bypass surgeries
Kenan Abdurrahman Kara
Cardiovascular Department, Yeditepe University Medicine School University Hospital, İstanbul, Turkey
DOI: 10.4328/JCAM.6001 Received:10.08.2018 Accepted: 07.10.2018 Published Online: 08.10.2018 Printed: 01.01.2019 J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 117-20
Corresponding Author: Kenan Abdurrahman Kara, Cardiovascular Department, Yeditepe University Medicine School University Hospital. İçerenköy Mah. Hastane Yolu Sok. 4,4/1 34718 Ataşehir, İstanbul, Turkey. ORCID ID: 0000-0003-1295-7689
Aim: When selecting a graft for coronary artery bypass surgery (CABG), it is necessary to consider the quality of life and life expectancy of the patient besides ensuring complete revascularization. Use of multiple artery grafts confers the advantage over venous grafts because of their longer patency rates. The aim of this study is to evaluate our experiences in the use of arterial grafts and draw attention to the use of multiple artery grafts. Accordingly, coronary bypass surgeries that we have performed by using multiple arterial grafts were reviewed in our study. Material and Method: Between January 2017 and December 2017, 10 patients (8 males average age: 52.75 2 females average age: 61) had undergone CABG surgery by using multiple arterial grafts. We used the left internal mammary artery (LIMA) and radial artery (RA) in 2 patients, LIMA and right internal mammary artery (RIMA) in 6 patients and LIMA-RIMA and radial artery in 2 patients. In 2 of these patients, a T-graft was constructed by anastomosing the proximal end of the free RIMA to the side of the attached LIMA. In all cases, the radial artery was proximally anastomosed to the aorta. All patients were followed up in the intensive care unit for 2 days. Patients were discharged from the hospital in 5-6 days on average. Results: Patients were evaluated in terms of operative mortality, cross clamp time, intensive care and hospitaliza-tion period, pain in the incision area, management of post-extubation saturation levels, postoperative complications, recurrent angina, myocardial infarction (MI) and reoperation. No complications were reported during the early period of our evaluations. Although low levels of saturation were detected during this time in patients for whom bilateral IMA was used, saturation increased in the following days with no complications. No sternal dehiscence or infections were observed in patients. Non-steroidal anti-inflammatory (NSAI) and paracetamol anti-analgesics were given to all patients. For measurement of incision area pain, a pain index test was implemented. Discussion: In patients, whose venous grafts are used following CABG, early period graft thromboses lead to repeti-tive interventional operations and increase in re-operations. Although the superiority of CABG operation versus stent operation is accepted for multiple vein patients, many cardiologists and patients carry objections against the repetitive interventional operations that may arise due to early graft failure and the consequent increase in early period mortality and morbidity risk. We believe that we can overcome these risks by use of multiple artery grafts which allow for a higher patency rate over the long term.
Keywords: Bilateral IMA; Radial Artery; Artery Graft; Graft Occlusion
Introduction
When selecting a graft for coronary artery bypass surgery, it is necessary to consider the quality of life and life expectancy of the patient besides ensuring complete revascularization. Use of multiple artery grafts confers the advantage over venous grafts because of their longer patency rates. It has been almost 30 years since it was first proved by Loop et al. that there is a decrease in myocardial infarction, recurrent angina, and re-operation risk when an Internal Mammary Artery (IMA) graft is used instead of the saphenous vein in CABG operations [1,2,3,19]. Still today, patients are being followed up, now in their 2nd and 3rddecades post-surgery, with functionally intact IMA anastomoses. At present, the use of bilateral IMA or full arterial revascularization operations performed by using the radial artery is more advantageous than the grafts where the saphenous vein is used since these ensure long-term graft patency. They have also been shown to result in increased effort capacity in the early period and improved overall well-being. Despite all of these, the use of Bilateral IMA in developed countries is not more than 5% – 10% [2,3].
Previous studies have demonstrated that the development of atherosclerosis following the use of the radial artery is 5.3% more than when the IMA is used. When we consider that 50% of saphenous veins are thrombosed in the first 5 – 10 years, it becomes clear that the use of the radial artery as an alternative arterial graft in CABG operations is a better option [4,5].
Yet other studies have demonstrated that the use of bilateral IMA increases perioperative mortality, morbidity and operation duration while causing sternal wound site problems [6]. However, in an ongoing Arterial Revascularization Trial (ART), 3102 patients’ IMA or Bilateral IMA were evaluated in 28 centers in 7 countries. Results spanning the past 10 years will be released by the end of 2018. According to the results of the first year, using a second IMA in CABG operations extends the operation time by 23 minutes on average. However, when analyzed in terms of death, stroke and myocardial infarction within both the first 30 days and by the end of one year, a significant difference was observed compared to the patients where single IMA was displaced [7].
In this study, we evaluated our experiences in multiple artery grafts usage and wanted to draw attention to the use of multiple artery grafts.
Material and Method
Between January 2017 and December 2017 ATHISAR INTERCONTINENTAL HOSPITAL. 10 patients (8 males with average age: 52.75 and 2 females with average age: 61) had undergone CABG surgery by using multiple artery grafts (Table 1). In the operations, the left internal mammary artery (LIMA) and radial artery (RA) were used in 2 patients, LIMA and right internal mammary artery (RIMA) were used in 6 patients and LIMA-RIMA and radial artery were used in 2 patients. In 2 of these patients, a T-graft was constructed by anastomosing the proximal end of the free RIMA to the side of the attached LIMA (Table 2). The radial artery was proximally anastomosed to the aorta. While carrying out the proximal anastomosis operation, attention had to be paid to ensure that the proximal end of the radial artery was positioned in a proper manner as to avoid it from getting splayed over the aorta too broadly and would not create tension on that region. Patients were followed up in the intensive care unit for 2 days after which they were transferred to inpatient ward and discharged in 5-6 days, on average. Pain index test was applied to patients at post-op days 2 and 5 [1]. The patients were asked to rate the pain around the median sternotomy incision line from 1 to 10 based on the severity and frequency of the pain, with 1 being the least severe and least frequent, and 10 being the most severe and most frequent. Patients were evaluated in terms of operative mortality, cross clamp time, intensive care and hospitalization period, pain in the incision area, saturation follow-up after extubation, postoperative complications, recurrent angina, MI and re-operation.
Both IMA grafts prepared during CABG were pedicled. To avoid spasm subsequent to radial artery preparation from the left upper extremity, a combination of nitroglycerin, heparin, and diltiazem was delivered routinely. Upon extubation, diltiazem infusion was stopped. Diltiazem tablets were administered and planned to be used for the post-operative first 3 months.
Results
The extended time required during graft preparation and technical difficulties associated with arterial anastomoses during cross-clamp, as compared to venous grafts, resulted in extended operation duration and longer cross-clamp (43 minutes in average) time. However, we believe that such prolonged preparation time can be shortened in the future as more experience is gained through each additional case.
Postoperative drainage amounts were 755 ml on average. Although this amount is slightly more than what is collected during operations using venous grafts and LIMA, none of the patients had to undergo a re-operation because of hemorrhage. It was observed that the drainage was more in patients in which bilateral IMA was used when compared with the patients in whom the radial artery and LIMA were used (Table 3).
The patients were extubated on the post-operative first day. During the post-operative period, all patients were followed up in the intensive care unit for 2 days. They were then taken to the inpatient service. Patients were discharged from hospital after 5-6 days on average.
During the post-extubation early period, low levels of saturation were detected in patients in whom bilateral IMA grafts were used. Saturation levels increased during the following days and no subsequent complications were experienced. None of the patients required re-intubation or mechanic ventilation support.
Operative and early period mortality was not observed in any patient. Pain in the area of incision was evaluated for each patient, based on the severity and frequency of the pain reported. Pain index test was applied to the patients on the first day following extubation and at the time of discharge. Mean value was calculated as 42.3 – 6.6. Results of pain indexes were found to be higher when compared with the patients who had undergone a CABG operation where the single arterial graft was used [1]. All patients were administered NSAIDs and paracetamol until they were discharged from the hospital. Recurrent angina or MI that may occur due to the artery graft spasm was not observed during the post-operative early period.
Discussion
The primary purpose of coronary bypass surgery is the complete revascularization of the myocardium. At this point, selection of grafts comes to the forefront. Graft selection is one of the most important factors determining graft patency. When compared with other grafts, IMA graft is resistant to the development of atherosclerosis and its patency rate is maintained by 80% – 90% after 10 years. In the saphenous vein, this rate decreases to 50% – 60%. The patency rate of the radial artery is more when compared with the saphenous vein. Compliance of IMA graft with the dimensions of the coronary artery, functionality of graft endothelium, and the ability to regulate the flow capacity according to the requirements of the myocardium are the well-known advantages of IMA grafts. In IMA grafts, the most important factors that ensure resistance against atherosclerosis are the presence of a developed lamina elastica interna layer and fewer numbers of smooth muscles in the media layer [8-9].
Graft spasm occurring in the postoperative period is the most alarming complication of artery grafts. Proposed mechanisms as to what causes these spasms occurring in artery grafts include denervation [12] or neurohumoral system activation caused by endothelin or norepinephrine occurring in circulation following CABG operation [8-9]. Additionally, there is a risk of vasospasm occurring by means of alpha-receptors and by the influence of the radial artery on circulating catecholamines due to the thickness of its muscular layer [8,10]. There are studies suggesting the use of diltiazem in order to avoid radial artery spasm since it inhibits atrial arrhythmias during the postoperative period and since there are reliable studies regarding its long-term effects [11]. In our clinical application, following its preparation, the radial artery graft was kept in a solution containing nitroglycerin, diltiazem and heparin in order to avoid spasm development. In the post-operative period, diltiazem infusion was administered to the patients in whom the radial artery was used. Following their discharge from the hospital, diltiazem tablet was given for the first 3 months.
Pick et al. found that the major sternal infection rate in bilateral IMA patients is 4% and reported diabetes in females and low cardiac output as risk factors [13,14,17,18,19]. Therefore, some surgeons suggested to apply bilateral IMA graft in young non-diabetic male patients [14,17,18,19]. However, in this study, no opening, separation, infection or mediastinitis was observed in the sternal incision areas of patients where bilateral IMA was used.
In 13% – 14% of venous grafts, occlusions begin to develop due to thrombosis in the post-operative first month. In the first year following operation, proliferation begins in smooth muscle cells in the intima of the vein wall [15,18]. Angiographically, such cases appear as a 25% – 30% constriction in graft diameter. While in each succeeding year progressive intimal hyperplasia develops, a further 2% graft occlusion occurs during each consecutive year [16,17].
Conclusion
Another advantage of arterial graft usage is the increase in effort capacity and overall wellbeing of patients in the early period. Among the artery grafts used for coronary bypass operations, our data indicated that the first choice should be LIMA. The second choice should be RIMA since it is more resistant to atherosclerosis than the other arterial grafts. The radial artery may also be used as a good alternative. Results from long-term studies show the benefit and improvement in patient’s quality of life provided by arterial grafts. Arterial grafts should therefore be considered as the first choice in coronary bypass surgery. Especially in young patients, usage of bilateral IMA and the radial artery should be the most beneficial approach.
Scientific Responsibility Statement
The authors declare that they are responsible for the article’s scientific content including study design, data collection, analysis and interpretation, writing, some of the main line, or all of the preparation and scientific review of the contents and approval of the final version of the article.
Animal and human rights statement
All procedures performed in this study were in accordance with the ethical standards of the institutional and/or national research committee and with the 1964 Helsinki declaration and its later amendments or comparable ethical standards. No animal or human studies were carried out by the authors for this article.
Funding: None
Conflict of interest
None of the authors received any type of financial support that could be considered potential conflict of interest regarding the manuscript or its submission.
References
1. Kara K.A, Erk Z, Koçyiğit A, Gulmen Ş, Öcal A, Okutan H. The Comparison Between Two Sternum Closure Techniques after Coronary Bypass Surgery; Sterna-band (Peninsula) and Sternum Band (Ethicon). Adv Card Res. 2018; 1(2)
2. Lytle BW, Blackstone EH, Sabik JF, Houghtaling P, Loop FD, Cosgrove DM. The effect of bilateral internal thoracic artery grafting on survival during 20 postoperative years. Ann Thorac Surg. 2004; 78: 2005- 12.
3. Galbut DL, Kurlansky PA, Traad EA, Dorman MJ, Zucker M, Ebra G. Bilateral internal thoracic artery grafting improves long-term survival in patients with reduced ejection fraction: a propensity-matched study with 30-year follow-up. J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg. 2012; 143: 844-53.
4. Glineur D, D’hoore W, Price J, Dorméus S, de Kerchove L, Dion R, et al. Survival benefit of multiple arterial grafting in a 25-year single-institutional experience: the importance of the third arterial graft. Eur J Cardiothorac Surg. 2012; 42: 284-90.
5. Fitzgibbon GM, Kafka HP, Leach AJ, Keon WJ, Hooper GD, Burton JR. Coronary bypass graft fate and patient outcome: angiographic follow-up of 5,065 grafts related to survival and reoperation in 1,388 patients during 25 years. J Am Coll Cardiol 1996;28:616-26.
6. Taggart DP, Lees B, Gray A, Altman DG, Flather M, Channon K, et al. Protocol for the Arterial Revascularisation Trial (ART). A randomised trial to compare survival following bilateral versus single internal mammary grafting in coronary revascularisation. Trials. 2006; 7: 7.
7. Taggart DP, Altman DG, Gray AM, Lees B, Nugara F, Yu LM, et al. Randomized trial to compare bilateral vs. single internal mammary coronary artery bypass grafting: 1-year results of the Arterial Revascularisation Trial (ART). Eur Heart J. 2010; 31: 2470-81.
8. Gurevitch J, Matsa M, Paz Y, Kramer A, Pevni D, ShapiraI, et al. Effect of age on outcome of bilateral skeletonized internal thoracic artery grafting. Ann Thorac Surg. 2001; 71: 549-54.
9. Galbut DL, Traad EA, Dorman MJ. Seventeen-year experience with bilateral internal mammary artery grafts. Ann Thorac Surg. 1990; 49: 195–201.
10. Kouchoukos NT, Wareing TH, Murphy SF. Risks of bilateral internal mammary artery bypass grafting. Ann Thorac Surg. 1990; 49: 210–9.
11. Grau JB, Ferrari G, Mak AW, Shaw RE, Brizzio ME, Mindich BP, et al. Propensity matched analysis of bilateral internal mammary artery versus single left internal mammary artery grafting at 17-year follow-up: validation of a contemporary surgical experience. Eur J Cardiothorac Surg. 2012; 41: 770-5.
12. Parish MA, Asai T, Grossi EA, Esposito R, Galloway AC, Colvin SB, et al. The effects of different techniques of internal mammary artery harvesting on sternal blood flow. J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg. 1992; 104: 1303-7.
13. Lytle BW, Loop FD, Cosgrove DM. Two internal thoracıc artery grafts are better than one. J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg. 1999; 117: 855-72.
14. Pick AW, Orszulak TA, Anderson BJ, Schaff HV. Single versus bilateral internal mammary artery grafts :10 year outcome analysis. Ann Thorac Surg. 1997; 64: 599-605.
15. Succi J E, Gerola L R, Succi M, Kim HC, Paredes JE, Bufollo E. Intraoperative coronary grafts flow measurement using the TTFM flowmeter: results from a domestic sample. Rev Bras Cir Cardiovasc. 2012; 27: 401–4.
16. Lehnert M, Moller C, Damgard S, Gerds TA, Steinbrüchel DA. Transit-Time flow measurement as a predictor of Coronary bypass graft failure at one year angiographic follow-up. J Card Surg. 2014; 30: 46–52.
17. Walker P, Daniel W, Moss E, Thourani VH, Kilgo P, Liberman HA, et al. The accuracy of transit time flow measurement in predicting graft patency after coronary artery bypass grafting. Innovations. 2013; 8: 416–19.
18. Banjanović B, Bergsland J, Mujanović E, Kabil E. Importance of fulllength scan of arterial grafts in coronary artery bypass grafting. Innovations. 2015; 10: 352–3.
19. Kurlansky PA, Traad EA, Dorman MJ, Galbut DL, Zucker M, Ebra G. Thirty-year follow-up defines survival benefit for second internal mammary artery in propensity-matched groups. Ann Thorac Surg. 2010; 90: 101-8.
Download attachments: JCAM_6001.pdf
Kara AK. Use of multiple artery grafts to ensure long-term graft patency in coronary bypass surgeries. J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 117-20.
Citations in Google Scholar: Google Scholar
This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. To view a copy of the license, visit https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
Effectivity of local bupivacaine infusion in the prevention of postoperative ileus
Erol Kiliç 1, Bülent Koca 2
1 General Surgery, Mustafa Kemal Universty, Hatay, 2 Bafra State Hospital, Samsun, Turkey
DOI: 10.4328/JCAM.5980 Received: 09.08.2018 Accepted: 22.09.2018 Published Online: 25.09.2018 Printed: 01.01.2019 J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 109-12
Corresponding Author: Erol Kiliç, Departman of General Surgery, Tayfur Sökmen Medicine Faculty, Mustafa Kemal Universty, 31000, Hatay, Turkey. GSM: +905324067941 E-Mail: ekkilic55@gmail.com ORCID ID: 0000-0002-0229-2911
Aim: Inflammation is the predominant factor in the development of gastrointestinal dysmotility or postoperative ileus although dissection and neurological and inflammatory factors secondary to intestinal manipulation have been blamed. In this study, we investigated the effectivity of local bupivacaine infusion for prevention of postoperative ileus. Material and Method: This retrospective study included patients that underwent median laparotomy and received conven-tional analgesia alone or conventional analgesia followed by local bupivacaine. Patients that received conventional analgesia (nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs [NSAIDs] + opioids) followed by local bupivacaine infusion (15 mg/h during 48h) with Pain buster pump system were classified as Group 1 (n=30) and the patients that received conventional analgesia alone ( [NSAIDs] + opioids) were classified as Group 2 (n=31). Results: The groups were similar in terms of age, gender, preoperative ASA score, surgical technique, and operative time. The Visual Analog Scale (VAS) scores during the periods 8-24 and 24-48 h and the analgesic requirement during the periods 0-8, 8-24, and 24-48 h were significantly decreased in Group 1 compared to Group 2 (p<0.05). In Group 1, active postoperative bowel sounds started earlier (38 vs. 47 h) and mean time to first flatus/defecation was significantly lower than in Group 2 (64.13 ± 9.06 vs. 77.90 ± 10.25 h) (p<0.05). Discussion: Transfascial bupivacaine infusion appears to be an effective technique since it reduced early postoperative pain and postop-erative analgesic requirement and also provided favorable effects in the prevention of postoperative ileus, thereby leading to shorter intensive care unit stay.
Keywords: Postoperative Ileus; Postoperative Analgesia; Transfascial Bupivacaine Infusion
Introduction
Postoperative pain often leads to nausea, vomiting, and ileus, thereby resulting in longer hospital stay and increased costs [1,2]. Postoperative analgesia induced by opioids, particularly by hydromorphone equivalents, results in postoperative ileus (POI) [3]. In the reduction of postoperative pain and complications, epidural or local anesthetic practices with transfascial catheters have recently emerged as popular techniques [2]. Postoperative paralytic ileus is a difficult complication which treatment remains controversial and inconclusive [4]. Patients with POI often face starvation, antibiotics, and decompression tubes and even undergo surgical treatment on the suspicion of bowel obstruction, which leads to increased hospital stay and treatment costs [5]. On the other hand, systemic local anesthetics lead to favorable outcomes including recovery of postoperative bowel function, lower pain scores, and shorter hospital stay as compared to conventional analgesics [6,7]. In this study, we aimed to investigate the effect of transfascial local bupivacaine infusion on POI in patients undergoing major abdominal surgery.
Material and Method
The retrospective study included patients that were followed up in intensive care unit (ICU) following median laparotomy and were administered either conventional analgesia alone or conventional analgesia followed by local bupivacaine in our clinic between 2016 and 2018. All the surgical procedures were performed under general anesthesia. Anesthetic induction was achieved with intravenous 2 mg/kg propofol, 0.6 mg/ kg rocuronium bromide, and 1 µg/kg fentanyl. Anesthetic maintenance was achieved with 6% desflurane. Patients with prolonged recovery were extubated in the ICU. Major abdominal surgery was defined based on the surgeries classified as Group A in the Turkish Republic Ministry of Health Practices Communiqué. A written informed consent was obtained from each participant and the study was approved by the local ethics committee.
Group 1 (n=30) included the patients that received conventional analgesia (nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs [NSAIDs]) + opioids (diclofenac sodium 75 mg [Voltaren®] intramuscularly twice daily for 3 days + 10 mg/h of tramadol [Contramal(R)] intravenously for 2 days) followed by local bupivacaine infusion (15 mg/h during 48 h) (Marcaine(R) 20 ml, Astra Zeneca Ltd, Kırklareli, Turkey) via On-Q Painbuster(R) (MCM Group, Mexico) system and Group 2 (n=31) included the patients that received conventional analgesia alone (NSAIDs + opioids).
The ON-Q PainBuster® is an elastomeric pump that has a compatible single-line reservoir with a volume capacity of 270 ml, comprising a catheter with multiple small holes over the distal segment, and a preset flow rate of 5 mL/h. The most distal part of the catheter (approximately 3 cm) was placed in the abdomen and the remaining portion was placed on fascia of musculus rectus abdominis. The reservoir was filled with 140 ml of bupivacaine (Marcaine(R) 20 ml) and 130 ml of saline solution. The flow restrictor was fixed on the abdominal skin.
The local bupivacaine in Group 1, similar to the postoperative analgesic treatment in Group 2, was initiated in the first minutes after surgery. In both groups, additional 50 mg tramadol i.v. (Contramal(R)) was administered in the patients that had a Visual Analog Scale (VAS) score of ≥ 4 despite analgesic administration.
The two groups were compared in terms of patient age, gender, ASA score, surgical technique, operative time, postoperative VAS score, and analgesic requirement (VAS score ≥4). Moreover, the groups were also evaluated for POI based on active postoperative bowel sounds (detection of at least 4 bowel sounds per min in the right lower quadrant with the stethoscope), mean time to first flatus/defecation (hours), and length of ICU stay. POI was defined as a delay of 48 h or more in the activation of postoperative bowel sounds or a time to first flatus/defecation of longer than 72 h.
Patients that were receiving prokinetic drugs such as metoclopramide and neostigmine and those who had a history of abdominal surgery, remained intubated after surgery and underwent emergency laparotomy were excluded from the study.
Statistical Analysis
Data were evaluated using SPSS 21.0 for Windows (IBM SPSS Statistics for Windows, Armonk, NY: IBM Corp.). For continuous variables, the normality test was performed using Kolmogorov-Smirnov and Shapiro-Wilk tests and parametric and nonparametric tests were used as required. Descriptive statistics were obtained for both groups and the results were compared using Student’s t-test and Mann-Whitney U test. A p value of <0.05 was considered significant.
Results
Tables 1 and 2 present the characteristics and statistical variables for both groups. The groups were similar in terms of age, gender, preoperative ASA score, surgical technique, and operative time (Table 1). Surgical techniques included total gastrectomy, low anterior resection, the Whipple procedure, hepaticojejunostomy, and hepatectomy. The mean operative time was 176.16 min in Group 1 and 171.63 min in Group 2. An analysis of mean VAS scores and analgesic requirement during the periods 0-8, 8-24, and 24-48 h indicated that the VAS scores during the periods 8-24 and 24-48 h and the analgesic requirement during all the three periods were significantly decreased in Group 1 compared to Group 2 (p<0.05) (Table 2). Moreover, in Group 1, active postoperative bowel sounds started earlier (38 vs. 47 h) and mean time to first flatus/defecation was significantly lower compared to Group 2 (64.13 ± 9.06 vs. 77.90 ± 10.25 h) (p<0.05). Similarly, mean length of ICU stay was significantly lower in Group 1 compared to Group 2 (3.66 ± 1.02 vs. 5.73 ± 0.58 days) (p<0.05). Local erythema, hyperemia, ecchymosis and infection due to transfacial catheter application were not observed. No side effects of bupivacaine, diclofenac sodium and tramadol were observed.
Discussion
Postoperative ileus, defined as delayed defecation lasting 3-5 days accompanied by hypokinetic bowel sounds, is a frequent clinical condition occurring secondary to dissection during abdominal surgery. POI is mostly characterized by nausea, vomiting, pain, and abdominal distension, which lead to delayed healing [1,2]. Reduced gastrointestinal motility following intestinal surgery is a common complication, leading to increased incidence of POI [8,9]. The incidence of POI after major abdominal surgery has been reported to be 3-32% [10], which has been shown to increase postoperative healing time, hospital stay, and treatment costs [11]. In our study, the patients with POI had longer ICU stays, which was consistent with the literature.
Numerous strategies have been described in the literature for the prevention of POI. Of note, epidural anesthesia is a common procedure that leads to shorter operative time, minimizes bowel trauma, and reduces postoperative opioid requirement. In our study, all the surgical procedures were performed under general anesthesia and both the operative times and surgical procedures in both groups were similar.
Opioids and local anesthetic drugs such as morphine are effectively and frequently used for controlling postoperative pain. However, morphine is known to cause postoperative gastrointestinal dysmotility [3]. Moreover, opioids lead to an increased resting tone in the anal sphincter and decreased anorectal sensitivity, thereby causing a reduction in propulsive colonic peristaltic contractions. In turn, ileus occurs as a result of an increase in nonpropulsive tonic contractions and in colonic muscle tone [12]. On the other hand, opioids have also been shown to cause a delay in the activation of bowel sounds and in the passage of flatus/defecation [12,13]. In our study, the VAS scores were lower, the opioid requirement was significantly lower, and both the bowel sounds and the passage of flatus/defecation started earlier in the bupivacaine group. We consider that these outcomes resulted from the reduced opioid requirement in this group. On the other hand, previous studies have also shown that gastrointestinal dysmotility leads to prolonged ICU stay [13]. In our study, the bupivacaine group had shorter ICU stays, which could be a result of the prevention of gastrointestinal dysmotility caused by opioids.
Conclusion
Transfascial bupivacaine infusion appears to be an effective technique since it reduces postoperative opioid requirement and also decreases the gastrointestinal dysmotility caused by opioids. This technique could be an alternative to conventional analgesic methods in patients undergoing major abdominal surgery.
Scientific Responsibility Statement
The authors declare that they are responsible for the article’s scientific content including study design, data collection, analysis and interpretation, writing, some of the main line, or all of the preparation and scientific review of the contents and approval of the final version of the article.
Animal and human rights statement
All procedures performed in this study were in accordance with the ethical standards of the institutional and/or national research committee and with the 1964 Helsinki declaration and its later amendments or comparable ethical standards. No animal or human studies were carried out by the authors for this article.
Funding: None
Conflict of interest
None of the authors received any type of financial support that could be considered potential conflict of interest regarding the manuscript or its submission.
References
1. Johnson MD, Walsh RM. Current therapies to shorten postoperative ileus. Cleveland Clin J Med. 2009; 76: 641–8.
2. Ge B, Zhao H, Lin R, Wang J, Chen Q, Liu L, et al. Influence of gum-chewing on postoperative bowel activity after laparoscopic surgery for gastric cancer: A randomized controlled trial. Medicine (Baltimore). 2017; 96(13): doi: 10.1097/MD.0000000000006501.
3. Barletta JF, Asgeirsson, Senagore AJ. Influence of intravenous opioid dose on postoperative ileus. Ann Pharmacother. 2011;45: 916-23.
4. Augestad KM, Delaney CP. Postoperative ileus: impact of pharmacological treatment, laparoscopic surgery and enhanced recovery pathways. World J Gastroenterol. 2010; 16: 2067–74.
5. Iyer S, Saunders WB, Stemkowski S. Economic burden of postoperative ileus associated with colectomy in the United States. J Manag Care Pharm. 2009;15: 485–94.
6. Herroeder S, Pecher S, Schönherr ME, Kaulitz G, Hahnenkamp K, Friess H, et al. Systemic lidocaine shortens length of hospital stay after colorectal surgery: a double-blinded, randomized, placebo-controlled trial. Ann Surg.2007; 246: 192-200.
7. Harvey KP, Adair JD, Isho M, Robinson R. Can intravenous lidocaine decrease postsurgical ileus and shorten hospital stay in elective bowel surgery? A pilot study and literature review. Am J Surg. 2009; 198: 231-6.
8. Fukuda H, Tsuchida D, Koda K, Miyazaki M, Pappas TN, Takahashi T. Impaired gastric motor activity after abdominal surgery in rats. Neurogastroenteral Motil. 2005; 17(2): 245–50.
9. Holte K, Kehlet H. Postoperative ileus: a preventable event. Br J Surg. 2000; 87(11): 1480–93.
10. Kronberg U, Kiran RP, Soliman MS, Hammel JP, Galway U, Coffey JC, et al. A characterization of factors determining postoperative ileus after laparoscopic colectomy enables the generation of a novel predictive score. Ann Surg. 2011; 253: 78-81.
11. Vather R, O’Grady G, Bissett IP, Dinning PG. Postoperative ileus: mechanisms and future directions for research. Clin Exp Pharmacol Physiol. 2014; 41: 358-70.
12. De Schepper, HU, Cremonini F, Park MI, Camilleri M. Opioids and the gut: pharmacology and current clinical experience. Neurogastroenterol Motil. 2004; 16: 383–94.
13. Gibson CM, Pass SE. Enteral naloxone for the treatment of opioid-induced constipation in the medical intensive care unit. J Crit Care. 2014; 29(5): 803-7.
Download attachments: JCAM_5980.pdf
Kiliç E, Koca B. Effectivity of local bupivacaine infusion in the prevention of postoperative ileus. J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 109-12.
Citations in Google Scholar: Google Scholar
This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. To view a copy of the license, visit https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
Does hepatic visualisation show residual/metastatic thyroid tissue in differentiated thyroid cancer?
Zekiye Hasbek 1, Serdar Savaş Gul 2, Esra Cıftcı 3, Seyit Ahmet Erturk 1, Ali Cakmakcılar 1, Gülhan Duman 4, Bülent Turgut 5
1 Department of Nuclear Medicine, Cumhuriyet University, School of Medicine, Sivas, 2 Department of Nuclear Medicine, Gaziosmanpaşa University, School of Medicine, Tokat, 3 Department of Nuclear Medicine, Sakarya University, School of Medicine, Sakarya, 4 Department of Endocrinology, Cumhuriyet University, School of Medicine, Sivas, 5 Department of Nuclear Medicine, Katip Çelebi University, School of Medicine, İzmir, Turkey
DOI: 10.4328/JCAM.5838 Received: 28.03.2018 Accepted: 27.04.2018 Published Online: 28.04.2018 Printed: 01.01.2019 J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 49-53
Corresponding Author: Zekiye Hasbek, Dept. of Nuclear Medicine, Cumhuriyet Univ. School of Medicine, Campus, 58140, Sivas, Turkey. T.: +90 3462580000/0253 GSM: +905336111750 E-Mail: hasbekz@yahoo.com ORCID ID: 0000-0002-8119-3363
Aim: Diffuse homogen hepatic uptake in whole-body scan (WBS) after radioiodine remnant ablation (RRA) suggests that there is occult or visible remnant thyroid tissue and/or tumor tissue. It is thought that the reason is hepatic metabolization of radioiodine (131I) marked thyroglobulin fragments which are secreted by remnant/tumor tissue. The aims of this study were to investigate whether the hepatic visualisation after radioiodine remnant ablation showed the presence of metastatic or residual disease in patients with differentiated thyroid cancer and also to investigate whether early or late WBS after RRA (RxWBS) had an effect on the physiological hepatic uptake. Material and Method: 201 DTC patients were evaluated (F/M: 152/49; mean age: 49.61±13 years (range: 18–85 years)) who referred for RRA. The therapeutic 131I dose ranged from 100mCi to 200mCi. RxWBS was performed earlier (in 1-4th-day after RRA) in 106 patients (Group 1) and was performed later (in 5-9th-day after RRA) in 95 patients (Group 2). Results: Diffuse hepatic uptake were seen only in three patients (2.8%) and was not seen in 103 patients (97.2%) in Group 1. However, in Group 2 diffuse hepatic uptake was seen in 93 patients (97.9%) (p<0.05) and not seen only in 2 patients (2.1%). There is not a statistically significant relationship between the hepatic uptake and serum Tg, LT4 and TSH level. There is a statisti-cally significant relationship between anti-Tg level and hepatic uptake. Discussion: Physiological diffuse hepatic uptake of radioiodine in WBS after RRA may not be seen during the early WBS. Thus, metastatic foci may be missed with early scanning. We conclude that RxWBS after RRA should be done in late period.
Keywords: Differentiated Thyroid Cancer; Radioiodine; Hepatic Uptake; Scintigraphy
Introduction
Thyroid carcinoma is a rare malignancy, accounting for less than 1% of human malignant neoplasms.However, it is the most common endocrine malignancy and responsible for more deaths than all other endocrine cancers; however, the overall prognosis for patients with thyroid cancer is one of the best among all cancers [1]. Differentiated thyroid cancers (DTC), which include papillary and follicular cancer, comprise the vast majority (>90%) of all thyroid cancers [2]. The incidence shows a predominance in females. Total thyroidectomy is the primary treatment method for DTC. Postoperative radioiodine remnant ablation (RRA) is a routinely used treatment method at most institutions to destroy residual thyroid tissue and occult foci of neoplastic cells in DTC. Post-treatment whole-body scan (RxWBS) is recommended to assess disease staging and to document the RAI-avidity of any known or unknown structural disease after RRA or radioactive iodine treatment. Souza et al. [3] reported that RxWBS altered stage of disease in 8.3% of patients. Normal physiological uptake is seen in salivary glands, oropharynx, the stomach, the liver, the intestines, the urinary system, and the lactating breast tissue in RxWBS [4]. Intense hepatic uptake of iodinated thyroid hormone and thyroid hormone degradation products is usually seen when large treatment doses of 131I are administered to patients. Diffuse homogenous hepatic uptake of 131I on an RxWBS without visible uptake by the remnant or residual tumor suggests hidden metastases [2]. Furthermore, according to Nakayama et al. [5], increased hepatic uptake of 131I on RxWBS may predict disease-related progression. It is thought that diffuse hepatic uptake of 131I on RxWBS indicates that the liver metabolizes 131I-labelled fragments of thyroglobulin secreted by the tumor [6].
The aims of this study were to investigate whether the hepatic visualisation after RAA showed the presence of metastatic or residual disease in patients with differentiated thyroid cancerand also to investigate whether early or late RxWBS had an effect on the physiological hepatic uptake.
Material and Method
This retrospective study was performed in accordance with the Helsinki Declaration. This study was approved by the local ethics committee. In this study 201 DTC patients were evaluated (152 female, 49 male, mean age: 49.61±13 years, range: 18-85 years) who referred to our nuclear medicine department for high dose RRA between January 2016 and December 2017. Total thyroidectomy with or without cervical lymph node dissection was performed in all patients. All patients were instructed to follow a low-iodine diet for the 2 weeks prior to RRA. At least 4 weeks prior to RRA levothyroxine (LT4) withdrawal was used for TSH stimulation in all patients. Routine laboratory tests including serum thyroglobulin (Tg), anti-thyroglobulin antibody (anti-Tg Ab), thyroid stimulating hormone (TSH), and free-tetraiodothyronine (fT4) were measured on the day of treatment. On the second day after administration of 131I, the patients resumed thyroid replacement therapy and a normal diet. The therapeutic 131I dose ranged between 100 mCi and 200 mCi. RxWBS was done using a large field of view dual-head camera (QuantumCam™/DDD, Denmark) with high energy, parallel-hole collimator, and photo peak was 364 keV with a 20% window. Continuous acquisition mode (anterior and posterior views) was used with a scanning ratio of 10 cm/s with 1024×512 matrix.
RxWBS was performed earlier (in 1-4th day after RRA) in 106 patients (Group 1) and was performed later (in 5-9th day after RRA) in 95 patients (Group 2). Diffuse hepatic uptake of radioiodine were evaluated visually by two nuclear medicine specialists.
Statistical methods
SPSS 15.0 software was used for the statistical analysis. Relationship between hepatic uptake and timing of WBS was evaluated with Pearson’s chi-squared test. T-test for two-independent samples or Mann-Whitney test were used to examine differences in ages, 131I doses, serum Tg, anti-Tg Ab, fT4, and TSH levels between two groups. Significance level was presented as pvalue. It was assumed that the observed differences were statistically significant when the pvalue was less than 0.05.
Results
Patients’ characteristics are given in Table 1. There were 152 females (75.6%) and 49 males (24.4%). Seventy patients (34.8%) were under 45 years of age, whereas 131 (65.2%) were 45 years and older. According to the histopathological results, 187 patients (93%) had papillary, 9 patients (4.5%) had follicular, 3 patients (1.5%) had well differentiated thyroid tumor of unknown malignant potential, 1 patient (0.5%) had hurthle cell carcinoma, and 1 patient (0.5%) had poorly differentiated thyroid carcinoma. The median value of the biggest tumor diameter was 15 mm (range (min-max): 2-90 mm). Median serum Tg level was 3.46 ng/ml (range (min-max): 0.01-776 ng/ml), median serum anti-Tg Ab level was 10 IU/ml (range (min-max):0.001-866.6 IU/ml), median TSH level was 95.07 µIU/ml (range (min-max):8.55-240 µIU/ml), and median LT4 level was 0.17 µIU/ml (range (min-max): 0.01-1.36 µIU/ml) when the RRA treatment was performed. Hepatic uptake was seen in 96 patients (47.8%) and there was no hepatic uptake in 105 patients (52.2%). In patients of Group 1, hepatic uptake were seen in only 3 patients (2.8%) and was not seen in 103 patients (97.2%) (Figure 1). In patients of Group 2, hepatic uptake was seen in 93 patients (97.9%) and not seen only in 2 patients (2.1%) (p=0.0001) (Figure 2) (Table 2). There was not a statistically significant relationship between the hepatic uptake and serum Tg, LT4, and TSH level (p=0.241, p=0.092, and p=0.483, respectively). Also there was not a statistically significant relationship between the hepatic uptake and given radioiodine dose and age (p=0.161 and p=0.727, respectively). There was a statistically significant relationship between anti-Tg level and hepatic uptake (p=0.0001). Of all patients, 14 patients had organ metastasis. Of those 14 patients, 7 patients had RxWBS at 1-4th day after RRA and only 1 patient had hepatic uptake. The other 7 patients had RxWBS at 5-7th day after RRA and 6 of them had hepatic uptake (p<0.05) (Table 3).
Discussion
RRA is an effective form of treatment that aims to decrease cancer-specific mortality and recurrence after surgical treatment in patients with DTC. RxWBS is recommended several days after RRA.The optimal time for performing post-therapeutic scans to detect metastatic lesions is still controversial. Chong et al. [7] reported that post-treatment WBS done at 7th day after treatment is superior to post-treatment WBS done at 3rd day after treatment for diagnosing lung or bone metastasis. Salvatori et al. [8] stated that late scan is more informative than early scan and they found that patients who have normal findings at early RxWBS and pathologic findings at late RxWBS (thyroid remnants, lymph node, and distant metastasis) should be considered as high risk patients; synchronous high Tg levels were observed in these patients. Hung et al. [9] retrospectively analyzed the images of 239 patients who received 131I therapy and 3 sequential whole-body scans were performed on the 3-4th day, 5-6th day, and 10th-11th day after 131I administration. They found that 28% of lymph node metastases, 17% of lung metastases, 16% of bone metastases and 5% of the remnants were missed on the late images performed at 10-11th day. They concluded that radioactive iodine remains for a shorter time in metastatic foci than in remnant tissue, and so metastatic foci may be missed when late scanning is performed. Approximately 80% of T4 is converted to T3 in the liver while the rest is conjugated with sulfate and glucuronide in the liver, excreted in bile, and partially hydrolyzed in the bowel. This is why diffuse hepatic uptake of 131I is seen on an WBS when radiolabeled T4 is released into the circulation from remnant thyroid tissues or residual tumor cells [11]. In our retrospective study, in Group 2, 93 of 95 patients had diffuse hepatic uptake, whereas in Group 1, only 3 of 106 patients had hepatic uptake on WBS. Of 14 patients with organ metastasis, 7 patients were in Group 1 and only 1 of those patients had hepatic uptake. The other 7 patients were in Group 2 and 6 of them had hepatic uptake. So we hypothesize that a late RxWBS is of serious importance for the patients with small undetectable residual/tumoral foci. Hepatic visualisation is an important marker of hormonal active residual thyroid tissue/tumoral tissue. And we may miss this important marker when RxWBS is performed earlier. Figure 3 shows the patient being scanned every day for 9 days. In the first days, the amount of residual tissue appeared to be smaller, but the amount of real residual tissue was increasing day by day. Also, the hepatic uptake, which was not seen in the first days, appeared from the 5th day, with Tg beginning to metabolize. There are different opinions about the clinical importance of diffuse hepatic uptake at RxWBS. Some clinicians report that hepatic uptake at RxWBS is a physiologic process whereas others emphasize that it shows there is residual thyroid tissue or metastatic foci in the body [10,12,13]. Chung et al. [12] reported that 131I labelled thyroglobulin may be secreted by thyroid tissue, and so liver uptake on RxWBS is related to the fraction of 131I labelled thyroglobulin in the serum. They found a positive correlation between diffuse hepatic uptake and 131I labelled thyroglobulin. In our study, although there was a statistical significance between hepatic uptake and presence of metastasis, no significant correlation was found between TG levels and hepatic uptake. Lee et al. [14] reported that the intensity of diffuse hepatic uptake on the late scan was significantly higher than that on the early scan. However, they reported that this was related to hepatic enzymes by showing the significant correlation with the serum levels of hepatic enzymes rather than the presence of thyroid remnants, metastatic DTC lesions, and tumor recurrence during follow-up. Omür et al. [15] showed that the lack of correlation between hepatic radioactive iodine (RAI) uptake and Tg levels, functioning metastatic tissue, or thyroid remnants and they suggested that this may be related to factors other than thyroid tissue. Their study also showed positive correlation between administered RAI dose, hepatic enzymes, and hepatosteatosis. This correlation supports the conclusion that diffuse hepatic RAI uptake may be related to different mechanisms such as elevated hepatic enzymes, functioning metastatic tissue, or thyroid remnants, and Tg or anti-Tg levels. However, Tatar et al. [16] reported no significant association between liver uptake and uptake in the thyroid bed, dose of 131I administered for RRA, Tg levels, age, stage of the disease, local or distant metastases, recurrence, or survival. In our study there was not a statistically significant relationship between diffuse hepatic uptake and serum Tg, T4 levels, dose of radioactive iodine, presence of residual tissue, or presence of metastatic foci. However, there was a statistically significant relationship between anti-Tg level and hepatic uptake. In our study, patients were referred to our clinic at approximately 1 to 2 months after operation. At that time, there is a reaction against the Tg circulating in the body, resulting in the formation of anti-Tg. And a recent study done among 1126 PTC patients [17] concluded that positive thyroid auto-antibody status could be a risk factor for more metastatic cervical lymph nodes while also being a protective factor for distant metastatic disease in PTC patients.
Conclusion
Physiological diffuse hepatic uptake of radioiodine is mostly seen at late RxWBS and may be a sign for metastatic foci or residual thyroid tissue.Diffuse hepatic RAI uptake may be related to the presence of radiolabeled thyroglobulin fragments against the presence of metastatic tissue. Therefore we recommend that RxWBS should be performed in late period and metastatic or residual foci should be carefully researched with advanced imaging methods or close follow-up if no metastatic or residual foci were seen despite the presence of hepatic uptake at late RxWBS.
Scientific Responsibility Statement
The authors declare that they are responsible for the article’s scientific content including study design, data collection, analysis and interpretation, writing, some of the main line, or all of the preparation and scientific review of the contents and approval of the final version of the article.
Animal and human rights statement
All procedures performed in this study were in accordance with the ethical standards of the institutional and/or national research committee and with the 1964 Helsinki declaration and its later amendments or comparable ethical standards. No animal or human studies were carried out by the authors for this article.
Funding: None
Conflict of interest
None of the authors received any type of financial support that could be considered potential conflict of interest regarding the manuscript or its submission.
References
1. R. Görges. The Changing Epidemiology of Thyroid Cancer. In: H.-J. Biersack F. Grünwald, Eds. Thyroid Cancer. Springer Science and Business Media, Germany, 2005.p:3-21.
2. Haugen BR, Alexander EK, Bible KC, Doherty GM, Mandel SJ, Nikiforov YE, et al. 2015 American Thyroid Association Management Guidelines for Adult Patients with Thyroid Nodules and Differentiated Thyroid Cancer: The American Thyroid Association Guidelines Task Force on Thyroid Nodules and Differentiated Thyroid Cancer. Thyroid. 2016 ;26(1):1-133.
3. Souza Rosário PW, Barroso AL, Rezende LL, Padrão EL, Fagundes TA, Penna GC, et al. Post I-131 therapy scanning in patients with thyroid carcinoma metastases: an unnecessary cost or a relevant contribution? Clin Nucl Med. 2004;29(12):795-8.
4. Triggiani V, Giagulli VA, Iovino M, Pergola GD, Licchelli B, Varraso A, et al. False positive diagnosis on 131-iodine whole-body scintigraphy of differentiated thyroid cancers. Endocrine. 2016;53(3):626-35.
5. Amdur JR, Mazzaferri EL. The value of a post-treatment whole body scan. In: Amdur JA, Mazzaferri EL, eds. Essentials of Thyroid Cancer Management. USA: Springer Science and Business Media, Inc.; 2005. p.65-8.
6. Nakayama M, Okizaki A, Sakaguchi M, Ishitoya S, Uno T, Sato J, et al. Quantitative Evaluation of Hepatic Uptake on I-131 Whole-Body Scintigraphy for Postablative Therapy of Thyroid Carcinoma. Medicine (Baltimore). 2015;94(28):e1191.
7. Chong A, Song HC, Min JJ, Jeong SY, Ha JM, Kim J, et al. Improved detection of lung or bone metastases with an I-131 whole body scan on the 7th day after high-dose I-131 therapy in patients with thyroid cancer. Nucl Med Mol Imaging. 2010;44(4):273-81.
8. Salvatori M, Perotti G, Villani MF, Mazza R, Maussier ML, Indovina L, et al. Determining the appropriate time of execution of an I-131 post-therapy whole-body scan: comparison between early and late imaging. Nucl Med Commun. 2013;34(9):900-8.
9. Hung BT, Huang SH, Huang YE, Wang PW. Appropriate time for post-therapeutic I-131 whole body scan. Clin Nucl Med. 2009;34(6):339-42.
10. Jun S, Lee JJ, Park SH, Kim TY, Kim WB, Shong YK, et al. Prediction of treatment response to 131-I therapy by diffuse hepatic uptake intensity on post-therapy whole-body scan in patients with distant metastases of differentiated thyroid cancer. Ann Nucl Med. 2015;29(7):603-12
11. Mazzaferri EL, Amdur J. Thyroid and Parathyroid Physiology. In: Amdur JA, Mazzaferri EL, eds. Essentials of Thyroid Cancer Management. USA: Springer Science+Business Media, Inc.; 2005. p.7-17.
12. Chung JK, Lee YJ, Jeong JM, Lee DS, Lee MC, Cho BY, et al. Clinical significance of hepatic visualization on iodine-131 whole-body scan in patients with thyroid carcinoma. J Nucl Med. 1997; 38 (8):1191-5.
13. Ferris HA, Williams G, Parker JA, Garber JR. Therapeutic implications of diffuse hepatic uptake following I-131 therapy for differentiated thyroid cancer. Endocr Pract. 2013;19(2):263-7.
14. Lee JW, Lee SM, Choi J. Clinical significance of diffuse hepatic uptake on post-therapeutic early and delayed 131I scan in differentiated thyroid cancer:a preliminary report. Ann Nucl Med.2015; 29 (2):190–7.
15. Omür O, Akgün A, Ozcan Z, Sen C, OzkiIiç H. Clinical implications of diffuse hepatic uptake observed in postablative and post-therapeutic I-131 scans. Clin Nucl Med. 2009; 34 (1):11-4.
16. Tatar FA, Morita E, Ituarte PH, Cavalieri RR, Duh QY, Price DC, et al. Association between residual thyroid carcinoma and diffuse hepatic uptake of 131I following radioiodine ablation in postoperative total thyroidectomy patients. World J Surg. 2001;25(6):718-22.
17. Shen CT, Zhang XY, Qiu ZL, Sun ZK, Wei WJ, Song HJ, et al. Thyroid autoimmune antibodies in patients with papillary thyroid carcinoma: a double-edged sword? Endocrine. 2017;58(1):176-83.
Download attachments: JCAM_5838.pdf
Hasbek Z, Gul SS, Cıftcı E, Erturk SA, Cakmakcılar A, Duman G, Turgut B. Does hepatic visualisation show residual/metastatic thyroid tissue in differentiated thyroid cancer? J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 49-53.
Citations in Google Scholar: Google Scholar
This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. To view a copy of the license, visit https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
The effects of kinesio tape and stretching on hamstring muscles flexibility
Erdem Demir 1, Nesrin Yağcı 2
1 Alanya Municipality Accessible Recreational Center, Antalya, 2 Pamukkale University, School of Physical Therapy and Rehabilitation, Denizli, Turkey
DOI: 10.4328/JCAM.5829 Received: 22.03.2018 Accepted: 09.05.2018 Published Online: 14.05.2018 Printed: 01.01.2019 J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 45-8
Corresponding Author: Nesrin Yağcı, Pamukkale University, School of Physical Therapy and Rehabilitation, Kınıklı Campus, 20070, Denizli, Turkey. T.: +90 2582964266 F.: +90 2582964494 E-Mail: nesrinyagci@yahoo.com ORCID ID: 0000-0002-5669-4932
Aim: Kinesio Tape (KT) is a dynamic treatment approach which is used for pain relief, painless movement, soft tissue healing, and edema by increasing the circulation. The aim of this study is to investigate the effects of stretching exercises with KT on hamstring flexibility in young females. Material and Method: Thirty healthy young females participated in this study. The right leg hamstring muscles were stretched using PNF contract-relax technique and taped using KT (Group I; n=30), the left leg hamstring muscles were stretched by PNF contract-relax technique but they were not taped using KT (Group II; n=30). All the subjects were examined before and after the interventions (four weeks) with the active knee extension and modified sit and reach test. Results: Range of mo-tion (ROM) and flexibility increased in both groups. When we compared the two interventions, there were significant differences in terms of the active knee extension test scores. But there was no difference in results in a comparison of the modified sit and reach test scores (p>0.05). The improvements in Group I subjects were significantly greater compared to those of Group II (p=0.0001). Discussion: The results indicate that KT increased the effect of stretching exercises of hamstring muscles and improved ROM of the knee joint in healthy female subjects.
Keywords: Kinesio Tape; Hamstring Muscle; Flexibility
Introduction
Developed 30 years ago in Japan, the Kinesio Tape (KT) applica- tion is a treatment option that can be used for common mus- culoskeletal problems, such as low back, neck, and back pain, as well as for orthopedic and neurologic problems, and during post-operative periods [1]. The KT method uses special flexible tapes that can stay on the skin for a long period of time unlike its counterparts, and these tapes are applied with some special techniques for various goals. KT applications aim at enabling pain-free and easier movement, assisting soft tissue recovery, and increasing the blood and lymphatic flow. Theoretically KT lifts up the skin and expands the gap between the skin and muscle, therefore releasing the pressure in the application area that occurred due to injury or disease. The basic goal of the KT technique is to support pain-free movement, and in this way, to speed up recovery [2,3].
Forming a wide muscle group in the posterior femur, ham- strings are the primary flexors of the knee. Due to posture and exercise habits of today, hamstring muscle flexibility is easily lost. The length of hamstrings affects the pelvic tilt, and the lumbar curvature. According to Kapandji hamstrings slide an- teriorly while standing, and actively work in order to keep the pelvis in a neutral position. Kapandji states that the level of effect of the hamstrings on the pelvis depends on the angle of the knees and hips, as well as the natural length of the muscle [4]. The shortness of a hamstring can be congenital or it could occur later in life. Adventitious hamstring shortness often de- velops after degeneration in the bottom lumbar area [5,6]. Tight hamstrings following an activity limit the mobility of the hips and may cause lower extremity injuries [7]. It loads stress, es- pecially on the lumbosacral region of the spine, the back annu- lar part of the disk, posterior ligaments, and the erector spinal muscles; this causes recurring micro traumas, and thus injuries. Furthermore, the indirect effect on the posture causes extreme stress on ligaments and over time the three joint complexes of the spine degenerate. Consequently, chronic low back and back pain occur [6,8]. Various stretching exercises (such as pas- sive, active, and ballistic stretching) are applied for overcoming hamstring shortness [9-11]. The most commonly used method among these applications is the Proprioceptive Neuromuscular Facilitation (PNF). PNF is one of the most effective methods for developing static passive flexibility. A study reports the positive effects of hold-and-relax PNF technique on flexibility, especially in women [12].
The aim of our study is to examine the effects of PNF stretch- ing along with the KT application on the hamstring muscles in healthy, adult women, and to compare it with the effects of PNF application only.
Material and Method
The study was conducted at the Akdeniz University, Alanya School of Management, and the Department of Rehabilitation Sciences and Physiotherapy at Gent University. It was approved by the Ethics Committee of the School of Medicine at Pamuk- kale University (PAU.0.20.05.09/46). This study is supported by the Scientific Research Projects Coordination Unit at Pamuk- kale University (2011SBE003).
2 4|6Jou|rnaJloourfnCalinoifcCalinaincadlAanadlyAtnicaalyl tMiceadl iMciendeicine
Participants
The study includes 30 healthy women between the ages of 21 to 30 who agreed to participate in this study, who had not had any surgical operations related to the lower extremity, had at least a 160o or above knee extension angle, a value-5 quadri- ceps femoris muscle and hamstring muscle strength according to the manual muscle test, and who had a Body Mass Index (BMI) of 28 kg/cm2 or lower. Women who are active athletes or regularly exercise, as well as those who are allergic to the KT application were excluded from the study. Before the start of the study the volunteer participants were notified of the ap- plications and measurements to be conducted and they signed informed consent forms under the supervision of an observer. All participants were assessed by the measurement methods described below, both before the exercise and taping applica- tions and then every week for four weeks.
Recordings
Shortness: The hamstring shortness of the participants was assessed with the active knee extension test, and by using a Baseline electrogoniometer. For this assessment the partici- pants were asked to lie down on a bed in a supine position. The assessed leg was stretched out in a support box and the participant’s pelvis was fixed on the bed with the help of a belt. The support box was used to fix the femur at a 900 angle. The participant was asked to actively extend his/her knee while the hip was at a 900 angle, and the physiotherapist recorded the goniometric measurement of the participant’s end point. Flexibility: To assess lower extremity flexibility, a modified sit- stretch out test was applied. The participant sat in a long sit- ting position with the sole of their tested foot leaning on the test apparatus. While the knee joint on the side to be measured was in full extension, the other knee was put in a slightly flexed position (between 90o-45o). The participant was asked to slowly lie down in this position towards the box, and the level at which she could stay for two seconds was recorded (Fig.1). In order to implement the test, the level where the sole of the foot leaned measurement box was set as zero on the measurement scale. 40 cm forward and 20 cm backward from the zero point were marked on the apparatus.
Experimental Procedures
The left legs of all 30 participants were assigned to Groups I. The right legs of all participants were assigned to Groups II. Contract-relax stretching exercise, a PNF technique, was ap- plied to the left lower extremity hamstrings every day for four weeks, with 10 30-second repetitions of 1 set (Group II). Each participant was shown the exercises by the physiotherapist, and they were asked to try them; it was confirmed that the exercises were implemented correctly, and stretching exercises were monitored throughout the study.
The “contract-relax” stretching exercises of the PNF technique were also applied to the participants’ right extremity ham- strings every day for 4 weeks as above, additionally the KT gold elastic therapeutic band was applied on the semitendino- sus, semimembranosus, and biceps femoris of the hamstring muscles of the right lower extremities (Group I). The tape was applied without any stretching; therefore its elasticity feature was excluded (Fig. 2).
Statistical analysis
The SPSS 13.0 version of the Windows operating system was used for all statistical analyses. The t test was used in the in- dependent sample for differences among groups. In order to determine which applied methods were superior, the difference between the values (the delta value) that were obtained before and after the application was taken and analyzed. In order to determine the effectiveness of the methods used in the study, the Wilcoxon Signed Rank test was applied, while the Mann- Whitney U test was implemented to analyze the before and after differences to determine the primacy of the applications against each other. The level of significance in all statistics has been accepted as p≤ 0.05.
Results
The demographics data of participants are shown in Table 1. At the baseline, no difference was found between the participants’ left and right side extremities in muscle shortness or flexibility (p>0.05). Following the Kinesio Tape and PNF applications, both applications resulted in an increase in the active knee extension and flexibility (Table 2). The difference is statistically signifi- cant (p=0.0001). During group comparison, the measurement amount obtained in the active knee extension test was greater
for Group 1; the difference between the two groups was sta- tistically significant (p=0.028). There was no significant differ- ence between groups as measured by the modified sit-stretch test (p>0.05) (Table 2).
The increase that occurred post application in Group I’s active knee extension is more than the increase that occurred post application in Group II (p=0.0001). When the two methods were compared in terms of hamstrings shortness, the active knee extension degree measured after the PNF contract-relax stretching method applied with the KT application in Group I was observed to be greater than only the application of the PNF contract-relax stretching method in Group II; the difference is statistically significant (p=0.001) (Table 3).
Discussion
The KT application has been used by physiotherapists in reha- bilitation settings as an additional method to modulate some of the physiological processes. This study analyzed the effects of stretching performed with the KT application on hamstring muscle shortness in healthy young adult women with hamstring muscle shortness; it detected the effectiveness of the KT ap- plication and compared it to the PNF application only.
The literature mentions five major effects of the KT application. These are reduction of pain, supporting muscles during move- ments, getting edema under control, regulating the lymphatic liquid flow, and stretching the soft tissue. [1,13]. There are some studies that show that the KT application provides propriocep- tive feedback regarding the hamstring flexibility [2,14]. The role of KT in pain relief is explained by the reduction of edema and inflammation; the activation of gate control mechanism, as well as the descending inhibitor mechanisms through emo- tional stimulations; and analgesic effect mechanisms through
regulation of superficial and deep fascia functions [15]. A study of 30 healthy individuals established that the KT increased the extent of lower body flexion active joint movement, but was not effective in lateral flexion [13]. The KT application increases blood flow under the region it is applied to, and the range of motion is improved because the KT stimulates the cutaneous mechanoreceptors of the muscle and myofascial tissues.
In a study of acute effects, KT was found not to increase hip flexion angle in healthy young people [16]. Another study that examined the short-term effects of KT found that it reduced hamstring tightness in 30 healthy individuals in the span of a week [17]. In our study the KT was applied to the muscle group for 4 weeks, and as a result, a reduction in the hamstrings tight- ness, as well as an increase in the degree of active knee exten- sion was obtained. The muscle stretching that continued for 3-4 weeks does not change the viscoelastic structure of the muscle; it only affects its stretching tolerance and increases its normal range of motion. When regularly performed, this stretching exercise reduces the central neuromuscular inhibi- tion and therefore causes improve flexibility [18].
In the literature there are several studies where different tech- niques were implemented in order to improve hamstring flex- ibility. It has been reported that a 6-week duration eccentric training and static stretching exercise program improved ham- string flexibility [19]. It has also been determined that Hatha yoga and static and dynamic stretching also improve hamstring flexibility [20-22]. It has been reported that the hold-relax PNF technique established an increase in the 11o knee extension angle [23]. It has also been determined that the “Slow Counter Hold Relax” PNF technique increased the flexibility of the ham- strings, while the hold-relax technique succeeded in increasing flexibility more than the ballistic stretching technique [24,25]. In our study we performed the KT application along with the PNF contract-relax, and we achieved an increase in hamstring flexibility and the knee joint’s range of motion. This result leads us to believe that KT is more effective in improving hamstring flexibility because it facilitates the cutaneous mechanorecep- tors and reduces the sense of pain according to the gate control theory.
Our study demonstrates the superiority of the PNF contract- relax stretching method applied along with the KT over the sole application of the PNF contract-relax stretching method. Our study also shows that the PNF stretching application along with KT, an alternative taping technique for physiotherapy ap- plications, increase the active joint mobility of the knee joint in healthy, adult individuals, and have a positive effect on the flexibility of the hamstrings.
A weakness of this study may be that it chose young and healthy individuals as its cases. Additionally, we believe that future studies examining the long-term effects of the PNF con- tract-relax stretching method that is applied with the KT would be appropriate.
Scientific Responsibility Statement
The authors declare that they are responsible for the article’s scientific content including study design, data collection, analy- sis and interpretation, writing, some of the main line, or all of the preparation and scientific review of the contents and ap- proval of the final version of the article.
4 4|8Jou|rnaJloourfnCalinoifcCalinaincadlAanadlyAtnicaalyl tMiceadl iMciendeicine
Animal and human rights statement
All procedures performed in this study were in accordance with the ethical standards of the institutional and/or national re- search committee and with the 1964 Helsinki declaration and its later amendments or comparable ethical standards. No ani- mal or human studies were carried out by the authors for this article.
Funding: None
Conflict of interest
None of the authors received any type of financial support that could be considered potential conflict of interest regarding the manuscript or its submission.
References
1. Kase K, Wallis J, Kase T. Clinical Therapeutic Application of the Kinesio Taping Method. 2nd ed. Tokyo, Japan: Ken Ikai Co Ltd. 2003.
2. Kase K. Adjunctive Therapy to Increase the Effects of Kinesio Taping, 2005.
3. Krohn K, Castro D, Kling J. The Effects of Kinesio Tape on Hamstring Flexibility, 2011.
4. Kapandji IA. The Physiology of the Joints. The Lower Limb Vol 2, 6th ed. Churcill Livingstone. 2010.
5. Magnusson SP. Passive properties of human skeletal muscle during stretch ma- neuvers: a review. Scand J Med Sci Sports. 1998; 8: 65-77.
6. Agre JC. Hamstring injuries. Proposed etiological factors, prevention and treat- ment. Sports Med. 1985; 2: 21-33.
7. Sexton PJ, Chambers J. The Importance of Flexibility for Functional Range of Motion. Athletic Therapy Today. 2006; 11: 24-5.
8. Peterson L, Renstrom P. Trauma in sport. Nurs RSA. 1986; 1: 20-3.
9. De Deyne PG. Application of passive stretch and its implications for muscle fibers. Phys Ther. 2001; 81: 819-27.
10. Anderson B. Stretching. 30th ed. California: Shelter Publications Inc. 2010. p. 49-53.
11. Bandy WD, Irion JM. The effect of time on static stretch on the flexibility of the hamstring muscles. Physical Therapy. 1994; 74: 845-52.
12. Rayamajhi S, Dhakshinamoorthy P, Raghuveer R, Khanal D. Comparison be- tween males and females on the effect of PNF hold relax stretching over rectus femoris flexibility. Nepal Med Coll J. 2014; 16: 186-9.
13. Yoshida A, Kahanov L. The effect of kinesio taping on lower trunk range of motions. Research in Sports Medicine. 2007; 15: 103-12.
14. Murray H, Husk L. Effect of kinesio taping on proprioception in the ankle. Journal of Orthopedic Sports Physical Therapy. 2001; 31: A-37.
15. Kalichman L, Vered E, Volchek L. Relieving symptoms of meralgia pares- thetica using kinesio taping a pilot study. Arch Phys Med Rehab. 2010; 91: 1137-9.
16. Merino-Marban R, Fernandez-Rodriguez E, Lopez-Fernandez I, Mayorga-Vega D. The acute effect of kinesio taping on hamstring extensibility in university stu- dents. J Physical Edu Sport. 2011; 11: 23-7.
17. Sertoğlu E, Irkilata Y, Baltacı G. Comparison of the short term effects of applying kinesiotape and stretching on hamstring shortness. Physiotherapy and Rehabilitation. 2007; 18: 231.
18. Macauley D, Best TM. Evidence-Based Sports Medicine, 2nd edition, Montreal: Blackwell Publishing. 2007.p.36-58.
19. Nelson RT, Bandy WD. Eccentric Training and Static Stretching Improve Ham- string Flexibility of High School Males. J Athl Train. 2001; 36:16–9.
20. Ülger ÖG, Atay S, Arslan E, Başoğlu B, Vardar-Yağlı N, Baş-Aslan Ü. Sağlıklı kadınlarda Hatha yoganın esneklik ve denge üzerine etkileri. Fizyoterapi Rehabili- tasyon. 2007; 18(2):72-8.
21. O’Sullivan K, Murray E, Sainsbury D. The effect of warm-up, static stretching and dynamic stretching on hamstring flexibility in previously injured subjects BMC Musculoskeletal Disorders. 2009; 10:37.
22. Maddigan ME, Peach AA, Behm DG. A comparison of assisted and unassist- ed proprioceptive neuromuscular facilitation techniques and static stretching. J Strength Cond Res. 2012; 26: 1238-44.
23. Youdas J, Haeflinger K, Kreun M, Holloway A, Kramer C, Hollman J. The efficacy of two modified proprioceptive neuromuscular facilitation stretching techniques in subjects with reduced hamstring muscle length. Physiother Theory Pract. 2010; 26: 240-50.
24. Schuback B, Hooper J, Salisbury L. A comparison of a self-stretch incorporat- ing proprioceptive neuromuscular facilitation components and a therapist-applied PNF-technique on hamstring flexibility. Physiotherapy. 2004; 90:151-7.
25. WallinD,EkblomB,GrahnR,NordenborgT.Improvementofmuscleflexibility a comparison between two techniques. Am J Sports Med. 1985; 13:263-8.
Download attachments: JCAM_5829.pdf
Demir E, Yağcı N. The effects of kinesio tape and stretching on hamstring muscles flexibility. J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 45-8.
Citations in Google Scholar: Google Scholar
This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. To view a copy of the license, visit https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
Evaluation of the normal tibial tubercle-trochlear groove distance with magnetic resonance imaging in a Turkish population
Hatice Kaplanoglu, Aynur Turan, Baki Hekimoğlu
Department of Radiology, Diskapi Yildirim Beyazit Training and Research Hospital, Ankara, Turkiye
DOI: 10.4328/JCAM.5796 Received: 03.07.2018 Accepted: 10.08.2018 Published Online: 27.08.2018 Printed: 01.01.2019 J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 31-4
Corresponding Author: Hatice Kaplanoglu, Department of Radiology, Diskapi Yildirim Beyazit Training and Research Hospital, Ankara, Turkiye. T.: +90 3125084443 E-Mail: hatice.altnkaynak@yahoo.com.tr ORCID ID: 0000-0003-1874-8167
Aim: Patellar instability is a common multifactorial knee pathology with a high recurrence rate. In this condition, the symptoms often continue and result in the patient becoming susceptible to chondromalacia and osteoarthritis. Tibial tuberosity–trochlear groove distance (TT-TG) is very important in the evaluation of patellofemoral joint instability. In this study, we investigated the normal value of TT-TG distance in men and women of different age groups and evaluated the reliability of magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) in TT-TG distance measurement. Material and Method: The study was carried out between January 2017 and December 2017 on 99 patients over the age of 18, all reporting knee pain but presenting with normal knee examination and MRI findings. The patients with abnormal findings on knee MRI or physical examination were excluded from the study. Results: The mean age of the patients was 41.1 ± 11.0 years with a median of 40 (18–68) years. The mean TT-TG distance in the whole population was 9.3 ± 3.3 mm, with a mean value of 9.9 ± 3.6 mm in men and 8.8 ± 3.0 mm in women. Within the male and female patient groups, the TT-TG distance did not significantly differ by age (p = 0.646 and p = 0.570, respectively). Discussion: In the present study, no significant difference was identified in the TT-TG distance measurement between males and females in different age groups. From the results of this study, it can be concluded that MRI is a reliable method for the evaluation of TT-TG distance.
Keywords: Knee; Magnetic Resonance Imaging; Tibial Tuberosity–Trochlear Groove
Introduction
Tibial tubercle-trochlear groove (TT-TG) distance was first described by Goutallier et al. [1] in 1978 in a radiography obtained on the axillary plane, is an important parameter when determining the level of external tibial torsion or the lateralization of the tibial tubercle. Excessive tibial torsion may result in patellar maltracking, and a TT-TG distance greater than 20 mm may lead to patellar instability [2].
Patellar instability is a common multifactorial knee pathology that affects women more than men [3]. In addition to its high rate of recurrence, symptoms may continue in many patients, making them susceptible to chondromalacia and osteoarthritis [4]. The horizontal distance between TT and TG has been introduced as a symbol of external patellar instability [5,6]. Although computerized tomography (CT) scanning is recommended for TT-TG measurement, its interrater reliability is lower than 60 percent. It is also very difficult to determine the deepest point of the trochlear groove, and for this reason, significant measurement errors may occur [6].
MRI can evaluate soft tissue at a higher accuracy and does not involve radiation, and therefore its use is recommended for the pathologic diagnosis of patellofemoral ligaments [7]. In the present study, we evaluated the reliability of MRI in the measurement of the TT-TG distance and determined the normal values for this distance in males and females from different age groups based on knee examination and MRI findings.
Material and Method
This study was carried out between January 2017 and December 2017 on 99 patients over the age of 18 whose knee examination and MRI findings were normal. Patients having a complaint of knee pain and MRI results with a radiology report were included in the study. A knee examination was considered normal when there was no positive point except for sensitivity in the knee in the physical evaluation. The patients with abnormal findings on the knee MRI or knee examination were excluded from the study. In the MRI reports, images with no positive findings other than mild to moderate effusion were considered normal. The MRI images were obtained using TR 2560 and TE 30, and a section thickness of 4 mm on a 1.5 Tesla MRI scanner. The images were obtained when the knee was fully extended and quadriceps relaxed, and the scans were analyzed on the workstation (Philips MR Workspace 2.6.3.4, 2012). The TT-TG measurements were undertaken on fat-suppressed proton-density-weighted turbo spin-echo axial sequences using the technique described by Wittstein et al. [10]. The midpoint of the distal insertion of the patellar tendon to tibial tuberosity was determined, and the cursor was placed at this point (Figure 1a). Then, the first image, where the cartilaginous trochlear groove was completely visible, was displayed on the screen. The cursor position was marked on this new image (Figure 1b), and a reference line was drawn along the posterior femur condyles, with a second line drawn perpendicular to this reference line from the deepest point of the trochlear groove. One more line was drawn perpendicular to the reference line from the point marking the cursor, and the distance between these two perpendicular lines was recorded as the TT-TG distance (Figure 1c).
Statistical Analysis
A statistical analysis was carried out and evaluated using SPSS version 22.0 software (SPSS Inc., Chicago, IL). Descriptive statistics were expressed as mean ± standard deviation, median (minimum-maximum), frequency distribution, and percentages. The variables were tested for conformity to normal distribution using visual (histogram and probability graphs) and analytic methods (the Shapiro-Wilk Test), and the variables were determined for normal distribution. A Mann-Whitney U test was used to assess statistically significant differences between two independent groups, whereas a Kruskal-Wallis Test was employed for the comparison of three dependent groups. The relationship between the variables was analyzed using Spearman’s correlation coefficients. A pvalue of <0.05 was considered statistically significant.
Results
A total of 99 patients were evaluated in the study, with a mean age of 41.1 ± 11.0 years and a median of 40 (18–68) years. Of the patients, 54.5 percent (n = 54) were female and 45.5 percent (n = 45) were male. The mean TT-TG distance in the total study population was 9.3 ± 3.3 mm (Table 1). The mean TT-TG distance was 9.9 ± 3.6 mm in men, 8.8 ± 3.0 mm in women, 10.2 ± 3.9 mm in patients aged ≤ 30 years, 9.2 ± 3.2 mm in patients from 31 to 50 years, and 8.9 ± 3.1 in those aged ≥ 51 years (Table 2). There was no significant difference in the TT-TG distance between age groups and sexes (p = 0.618 and p = 0.131, respectively) (Figure 4). Similarly, within the male and female patient groups, the TT-TG distance did not significantly differ by age (p = 0.646 and p = 0.570, respectively) (Table 3, Figure 5).
Discussion
In the present study, the mean TT-TG value was found to be 9.3 ± 3.3 mm, with no significant difference between the age groups or sexes. MRI presents as a reliable method for the evaluation of the TT-TG distance and helpful in the identification of patella pathologies.
The position of the tibial tubercle is very important for the normal functioning of the quadriceps mechanism and determining the withdrawal direction of the inferolateral force vector on the patella and the quadriceps mechanism [2]. Normally, tibial tuberosity is placed on a line below the femoral sulcus, meaning that the magnitude of the inferior force vector is greater than the lateral force vector. This prevents the lateral subluxation of the patella. However, the size of the lateral force vector increases when the tibial tuberosity is placed further toward the lateral, and this leads to lateral subluxation and dislocation toward the patella [2].
TT-TG distance is one of the most important parameters in determining the lateralization of tibial tuberosity and external tibial torsion and plays an important role in the evaluation of patellar instability [8]. The TT-TG distance can be measured accurately using both CT and MRI, although several studies have suggested that the interrater reliability rate of CT measurements can be low [9,10]. The latter only evaluates bone structures and is associated with the high radiation doses [11]. MRI offers several advantages over CT, such as providing better visualization of the joint cartilage and soft tissues, being free of radiation, and allowing the evaluation of cartilage damage due to recurrent patellar dislocation [11,12]. An additional advantage of MRI is that it can help to determine the exact center of the area where the patellar tendon bonds to the tibial tuberosity [12] and identify patients that require tracheoplasty, as well as assist in preoperative planning [12]. Studies have revealed that MRI is a reliable preoperative evaluation method [6].
In different study groups, there is a high variability in normal TT-TG values. In the study by Pandit et al. [11], 100 patients with suspected meniscus injury and normal arthroscopy were examined, and the mean TT-TG distance was found to be 10 ± 1 mm; 9.91 mm in males and 10.04 mm in females, while Wittstein et al. [13]found the mean value of TT-TG distance to be 9.4 ± 0.6 mm. In another study, Schoettle et al. [12] compared the reliability of CT scanning with MRI and calculated the mean TT-TG value as 13.5 ± 4.6 mm on MRI, which is higher than the value reported by Pandit et al. [11] and Sobhanardekani et al. (14). Hingelbaum et al. compared the MRI scans of 200 knees using similar to Shoettle et al. method and found that the TT-TG values of the different sexes were not statistically different, with the mean TT-TG distance in the control group being 7.5 ± 3.5 mm compared to 13.5 ± 4.1 mm in the patient group [15]. In the study conducted by Sobhanardekani et al. [14]in Iranian patients, the mean TT-TG distance was reported to be 10.9 ± 2.5 mm, with similar TT-TG values between sexes. In the adult Indian population, the mean normal value of the TT-TG distance was calculated as 13.54 ± 6.22 mm (13.19 ± 6.28 mm in males; 14.07 ± 6.06 in females) [2].
The differences in the inclusion/exclusion criteria of the patients and the adopted MRI technique, measurement method, and sample size and characteristics may explain the differences in the values reported in the literature. These different results may also be due to the ethnicity of the patients included in the study. This study was designed to determine the normal value for TT-TG based on the MRI results of patients without knee pathologies and is the first of its kind in Turkey in this respect. In the literature, the inter-rater and intra-rater reliability of TT-TG measurement via MRI has been reported to be less than 10 percent. This study has shown that MRI is a reliable method for the evaluation of TT-TG [7,11,14,16].
Conclusion
In this study, no significant difference was found in the normal TT-TG values according to age or sex. Based on the results, MRI seems to be a reliable method for the evaluation of TT-TG, which can assist in the identification of patella pathologies.
Scientific Responsibility Statement
The authors declare that they are responsible for the article’s scientific content including study design, data collection, analysis and interpretation, writing, some of the main line, or all of the preparation and scientific review of the contents and approval of the final version of the article.
Animal and human rights statement
All procedures performed in this study were in accordance with the ethical standards of the institutional and/or national research committee and with the 1964 Helsinki declaration and its later amendments or comparable ethical standards. No animal or human studies were carried out by the authors for this article.
Funding: None
Conflict of interest
None of the authors received any type of financial support that could be considered potential conflict of interest regarding the manuscript or its submission.
References
1. Goutallier D, Bernageau J, Lecudonnec B. The measurement of the tibial tuberosity. Patella groove distanced technique and results. Rev Chir Orthop Reparatrice Appar Mot. 1978: 64: 423–8.
2. Kulkarni S, Shetty AP, Alva KK, Talekar S, Shetty VD. Patellar instability in Indian population: relevance of tibial tuberosity and trochlear groove distance. SICOT J. 2016; 25:14.
3. Fithian DC, Paxton EW, Stone ML, Silva P, Davis DK, Elias DA, et al. Epidemiology and natural history of acute patellar dislocation. Am J Sports Med. 2004; 32: 1114-21.
4. Sobhan MR, Mehdinejad M, Jamaladini MH, Mazaheri M, Zare-Shehneh M, Neamatzadeh H. Association between aspartic acid repeat polymorphism of the asporin gene and risk of knee osteoarthritis: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Acta Orthop Traumatol Turc. 2017. DOI: 10.1016/j.aott.2017.08.001.
5. Balcarek P, Jung K, Frosch K-H, Stürmer KM. Value of the tibial tuberosity–trochlear groove distance in patellar instability in the young athlete. Am J Sports Med. 2011; 39: 1756-61.
6. Smith TO, Davies L, Toms AP, Hing CB, Donell ST. The reliability and validity of radiological assessment for patellar instability. A systematic review and meta-analysis. Skeletal Radiol. 2011; 40: 399-414.
7. Thakkar RS, Del Grande F, Wadhwa V, Chalian M, Andreisek G, Carrino JA, et al. Patellar instability: CT and MRI measurements and their correlation with internal derangement findings. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 2016; 24: 3021-8.
8. Schöttle P, Fucentese SF, Pfirrmann C, Bereiter H, Romero J. Trochleaplasty for patellar instability due to trochlear dysplasia. Acta Orthopaedica. 2005; 76: 693–8.
9. Lustig S, Servien E, Aït Si Selmi T, Neyret P. Factors affecting reliability of TT-TG measurements before and after medialization: A CT-scan study. Rev Chir Orthop Reparatrice Appar Mot. 2006; 92: 429–36.
10. Saudan M, Fritschy D. AT-TG (anterior tuberosity-trochlear groove): interobserver variability in CT measurements in subjects with patellar instability. Rev Chir Orthop Reparatrice Appar Mot. 2000; 86: 250–5.
11. Pandit S, Frampton C, Stoddart J, Lynskey T. Magnetic resonance imaging assessment of tibial tuberosity–trochlear groove distance: normal values for males and females. Int Orthop. 2011; 35: 1799-803.
12. Schoettle PB, Zanetti M, Seifert B, Pfirrmann CW, Fucentese SF, Romero J. The tibial tuberosity–trochlear groove distance; a comparative study between CT and MRI scanning. Knee. 2006; 13: 26-31.
13. Wittstein JR, Bartlett EC, Easterbrook J, Byrd JC. Magnetic resonance imaging evaluation of patellofemoral malalignment. Arthroscopy. 2006; 22: 643-9.
14. Sobhanardekani M, Sobhan MR, Nafisi Moghadam R, Nabavinejad S, Razavi Ratki SK. The Normal Value of Tibial Tubercle Trochlear Groove Distance in Patients with Normal Knee Examinations Using MRI. Acta Med Iran. 2017; 55: 573-7.
15. Hingelbaum S, Best R, Huth J, Wagner D, Bauer G, Mauch F.The TT-TG Index: a new knee size adjusted measure method to determine the TT-TG distance. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 2014; 22: 2388-95.
16. Wilcox JJ, Snow BJ, Aoki SK, Hung M, Burks RT. Does landmark selection affect the reliability of tibial tubercle–trochlear groove measurements using MRI? Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2012; 470: 2253-60.
Download attachments: JCAM_5796.pdf
Kaplanoglu H, Turan A, Hekimoğlu B. Evaluation of the normal tibial tubercletrochlear groove distance with magnetic resonance imaging in a Turkish population. J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 31-4.
Citations in Google Scholar: Google Scholar
This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. To view a copy of the license, visit https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
Your voice isn’t the only thing transmitted on your mobile phone! Germs are being transmitted too
Salman Sarfraz Khokhar 1, Jayakumar Subramaniam 1, Majed Gorayan Alrowaili 2, Mohamed Soliman 1, Amjed Naeem Alrawili 3, Sultan Theyab Mannaa Alshammri 3, Hind Hamd 3, Malek Ramadan Alenzi 3
1 Department of Microbiology, 2 Dean, 3 Sixth year Medical Student, Faculty of Medicine, Northern Border University, Arar, Saudi Arabia
DOI: 10.4328/JCAM.5926 Received: 08.06.2018 Accepted: 28.08.2018 Published Online: 04.09.2018 Printed: 01.01.2019 J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 89-92
Corresponding Author: Dr. Jayakumar. S, Department of Microbiology, Faculty of Medicine, Northern Borders University, Arar-91431, Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, P.O Box-1321. GSM: +966536687576 E-Mail: drjkmicro@gmail.com ORCID ID: 0000-0002-1120-3407
Aim: Mobile phones and its usage are inevitable in this tech-savvy medical setup. Their use in the healthcare settings represents a potential source of spreading microorganisms that may contribute to hospital-acquired infections. In recent years much concern has been expressed over the frequent use of these devices by healthcare workers and clinical medical students even in washrooms that can serve as a vector for transmitting pathogens to the patients. Material and Method: This cross-sectional study identified microbiological contamination of mobile phones used by clinical medical students at Northern Border University (NBU), Arar, Saudi Arabia. Results: Out of 110 mobile phones screened, 99(90%) were contaminated. The most abundant isolates include coagulase-negativeStaphylococci 26 (24 %) followed by Staphylococcus aureus 20 (18%), Klebsiella pneumoniae 6 (5.4%) and Escherichia coli 2 (1.8%). Seventy-five (68%) of Gram-positive bacilli were isolated. Discussion: Our study indicates that mobile phones can serve as reservoirs of both pathogenic and non-pathogenic microorgan-isms. To reduce the risk of cross-contamination proper guidelines of hand hygiene; restricted use of mobile devices during clinical working hours and frequent decontamination of these devices and awareness of its usage should be promoted.
Keywords: Hospital Acquired Infections; Mobile Phones; Microbial Contamination; Microbial Resistance; Hand Hygiene; Medical Students; Saudi Arabia.
Introduction
Hospital-acquired infections (HAIs) are a serious problem in hospitals and are associated with increased morbidity, mortality and financial burden [1]. In developing countries, HAIs affect > 25% of the admitted patients. Approximately 100,000 deaths occur from 1.7 million infections that occur in U.S. hospitals in a year. It is estimated that one-third of these infections could be prevented by keeping up to standard infection control guidelines [2].
The constant handling of mobile phones by Health-care workers (HCWs) including medical students in hospital settings makes it a potential threat for transmission of microorganisms [3]. Studies also demonstrate that incidences of infectious diseases are greater in those people who use contaminated mobile phones [4].
Hand hygiene is effectively promoted for the prevention of hospital acquired infections [5]. But unlike our hands, that are readily disinfected in the hospital setting using alcohol-based hand rubs (ABHRs), poor awareness prevails about the usage of disinfectant to de-contaminate mobile phones [6].
The colonization of these microbes on mobile phones of HCWs may be transmitted to the patients [7]. If these microbes are pathogenic, these are harmful to the health of the patients, and if drug-resistant strains then they are more difficult to treat because of limited drug options available [8]. There are reports of cross-contamination of Methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus(MRSA) and Extended-spectrum beta-lactamases (ESBL) occurring by mobile phones used by HCWs [9].
A number of studies have reported 5-21% of mobile phones belonging to healthcare workers to be contaminated, and therefore to be a significant source of the microorganisms responsible for nosocomial infections [10-13].
Lack of documented report in Northern Border University setup leads to this study to investigate the extent of contamination of mobile phones used by the medical students.
Material and Method
Study design
This cross-sectional study was performed from December 2017 to March 2018. The study was approved by the institutional review board.
A total of 110 samples were collected from mobile phones of 55 male and 55 female medical students working in various clinical departments. Written informed consent was obtained before sample collection. All participants were asked to complete a predesigned questionnaire for data collection of which the questions were regarding their awareness about the transmission of pathogens through contaminated mobile phones, their awareness about disinfection of mobile phones, and its frequency, the disinfectant used; the use of the mobile phone during clinical working hours, and in washrooms.
Sample collection and processing
Samples were obtained from the mobile phones of all volunteer medical students using sterile swabs.
The sterile swab was drenched in the test tube containing nutrient broth medium, after which they were rotated over the front screen and the back of the mobile phones and put inside the test tube containing nutrient broth medium. The samples were transported immediately to the laboratory and they were incubated at 37°C for 24 hours.
Using sterile swabs, the contents of these test tubes were inoculated to solid medium plates (Blood agar and MacConkey agar) and incubated at 37°C for 24 hours [14].
Identification of Isolates and antibiotic susceptibility
Isolated colonies were identified using standard microbiological methods [15]. Isolated bacterial colonies were further subjected for antibiotic susceptibility test to identify the resistant pattern using Kirby Bauer disk diffusion method. Cefoxitin (30 µg) disk was used to identify Methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus(MRSA) and Methicillin-resistant coagulase-negative staphylococcus (MRCoNS). While Cefotaxime (30 µg) and Cefotaxime plus Clavulanic acid (30µg/10µg) and Ceftazidime (30 µg) and Ceftazidime plus Clavulanic acid (30µg/10µg) for identifying Extended-spectrum beta-lactamases (ESBL) producing gram-negative bacilli.
The inhibition zone diameters were measured and interpreted as recommended by the Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute (CLSI).
Results
Out of 110 samples taken from mobile phones, 99 (90%) were tested positive for contamination. Among the 99 mobile phones tested positive, 49 were contaminated with a single organism, 42 with dual, and 8 were with triple organisms.
The questionnaire from the students revealed that 49 (44.5% 49/110) students presume that their mobiles are clean. Thirty percent agree that their mobile phones carry pathogens and can spread infections. Twenty-seven percent of students used to clean their phones using 70% alcohol but none of the students were doing it on regular interval. All of the participants were using their mobile phones during clinical working hours.
Twenty-five (45% 25/55) male students and 11(20% 11/55) female students used their mobile phones in the washroom, whereas, 30 (27%) male students and 44 (40%) female student participants did not use their mobile phones in the washroom.
Fifty-four mobile phones from male and 45 mobile phones from female medical students had contaminants.
The number and type of organisms isolated on mobile phones among male and female students are shown in Table 1.
Among Gram-positive cocci (GPC), CoNS were (26) followed by Staphylococcus aureus(20), Micrococcusspp. (27) and Enterococcus faecalis(6). Eight GNB were isolated which includes Klebsiella pneumoniae (6) and Escherichia coli (2). Among the Gram-positive bacilli, 42 aerobic spore bearers (ASBs) and 33 diphtheroids were isolated. Distribution of type of organism isolated from mobile phones (including decontaminated mobiles) is shown in Table 2 and distribution of resistant isolates from mobile phones is shown in Table 3.
Thirty students in our study decontaminated their mobile phones using 70% alcohol. Among these decontaminated mobile phones, only 4 were found to be without growth; while 26 had growth with single and multiple pathogens. Table 4 shows the number of organisms isolated from decontaminated mobile phones.
Discussion
Mobile phones use has become unavoidable in our daily routine life. They are widely used for communication in all fields of work including health care staff in hospital settings and medical students in clinical departments. Where there are benefits connected to the use of mobile phones, the risk of transmission of bacterial pathogens from these mobile phones used by the medical students in hospitals is also a concern of importance. And if the transferred organisms turn out to be drug-resistant strain then it is more difficult to treat because of the limited drug options. [8]
The mobile phones of HCWs are more contaminated due to the reason that they are dealing with patients in hospital setup [16]. As medical students are present in hospitals and come in contact with different patients in different departments they can be a potential source of transmitting infectious pathogens between patient if due care is not taken.
In our study, 99 (90%) of mobile phones used by medical students were contaminated which is less when compared with the previous study showed 96.2% contamination among the mobile phones of medical students [17]. Out of 110 mobile phones, 7 resistant pathogens were found to be present. Two MRSA & MRCoNS each and three ESBLs (2 K. pneumoniaeand 1 E. coli).
Based on the questionnaire, 55.5% of students are aware that their mobiles were not clean and 30% carry pathogens; despite of knowing it they were reluctant to disinfect it. This indicates that they have less awareness about the usage of unclean mobile phones during clinical working hours which could serve as a vehicle for transmitting pathogens and non-pathogens among patients. Thirty-six (33%) medical students used their mobile phones in washrooms, which is less than in the previous study (59%) conducted in medical students [17]. In our study, 80 (73%) of mobile phones are never been decontaminated, whereas (67.6%) was reported in another study done among medical students [17].
The use of 70% alcohol to clean the mobile phone is one of recommended decontamination method that showed a significant decrease in the number of microbial contaminants [18-20]. The pathogens can survive on the surface of the mobile phones if they are not disinfected properly. In our study, data on the mobile phone disinfection collected from the medical students show that the irregular disinfection of mobile phones with does not guarantee the absence of pathogens. In spite of disinfection, out of 30 mobile phones 26 had growth with single or multiple microorganisms. There were no differences in the type of organism isolated from the contaminated and decontaminated mobile phones. Most of the organisms isolated from the mobile phones must have transferred from their hands [21]. It was reported that 30% of the bacteria on the phones are from the hands of the users and it was well supported by other researchers [21,22].
Thus, it is suggested that the limited use of mobile phone should be advised for medical students in high-risk areas and in wards during their clinical working hours. More awareness should be given about not just hand hygiene but also on decontaminating mobile phones with 70% alcohol or alcohol-based sanitizer at regular intervals or even daily basis [6, 17, 23].
In our study, we found that the microorganisms either pathogenic or non-pathogenic are present on the mobile phones of medical students and have high potential to get transferred.
The limited use and awareness about the hand hygiene and regular or daily decontamination of mobile phones with proper disinfectant could limit the possibility of transmission of infections in health-care settings.
Scientific Responsibility Statement
The authors declare that they are responsible for the article’s scientific content including study design, data collection, analysis and interpretation, writing, some of the main line, or all of the preparation and scientific review of the contents and approval of the final version of the article.
Animal and human rights statement
All procedures performed in this study were in accordance with the ethical standards of the institutional and/or national research committee and with the 1964 Helsinki declaration and its later amendments or comparable ethical standards. No animal or human studies were carried out by the authors for this article.
Funding: None
Conflict of interest
None of the authors received any type of financial support that could be considered potential conflict of interest regarding the manuscript or its submission.
References
1. Revelas A. Healthcare – associated infections: a public health problem. Niger Med J. 2012; 53: 59–64.
2. Tekerekoğlu MS, Duman Y, Serindağ A, Cuğlan SS, Kaysadu H, Tunc E, et al. Do mobile phones of patients, companions and visitors carry multidrug-resistant hospital pathogens?AJIC: American Journal of Infection Control. 2011; 39: 379-81.
3. Kokate SB, More SR, Gujar V, Mundhe S, Zahiruddin QS. Microbiological flora of mobile phones of resident doctors. J Biomed Sci Eng. 2012; 5: 696–8.
4. Khan S, Shaikh AA. Mobile phones: reservoir of infectious diseases in university premises. NED University Journal of Research 2012; 9: 35-43.
5. Edem EN, Onwuezobe IA, Ochang EA, Etok CA, James IS. Antibiogram of bacterial isolates from the anterior nares and hands of health care workers in University of Uyo Teaching Hospital [UUTH] Uyo, AkwaIbom State, Nigeria. Journal of Bacteriol Parasitol 2013; 4: 1-5.
6. Marcham C. Coats, ties, stethoscopes, cell phones, and id badges: potential sources of healthcare-associated infections? Environmental health and safety. 2009; 16: 1-4.
7. Kilic IH, Ozaslan M, Karagoz ID, Zer Y, Davutoglu V. The microbial colonisation of mobile phone used by healthcare staffs. Pak J Biol Sci. 2009; 12: 882–4.
8. Angadi KM, Misra R, Gupta U, Jadhav S, Sardar M. Study of the role of mobile phones in the transmission of Hospital acquired infections. Med J DY Patil Univ. 2014; 7: 435–8.
9. Sadat-Ali M, Al-Omran AK, Azam Q, Bukari H, Al-Zahrani AJ, Al-Turki RA, et al. Bacterial flora on cell phones of health care providers in a teaching institution. Am J Infect Control. 2010; 38: 404-5.
10. Otter JA, Yezli S, French GL. The role played by contaminated surfaces in the transmission of nosocomial pathogens. Infect Control Hosp Epidemiol 2011; 32: 687-99.
11. Dancer SJ. The role of environmental cleaning in the control of hospital acquired infection. J Hosp Infect. 2009; 73: 378-85.
12. Boyce JM. Environmental contamination makes an important contribution to hospital infection. J Hosp Infect. 2007; 65: 50-4.
13. Brady RR, McDermott C, Fraise AP, Verran J, Gibb AP. Healthcare workers’ mobile phones are rarely contaminated by MRSA in the non-clinical environment. J Hosp Infect. 2009; 72: 373-4.
14. Darvishi M, Nazer MR. Studying the level of microbial infection of mobile phones among nurses working in the intensive care units of hospitals. IIOABJ. 2017; 8: 8-12.
15. Forbes BA, Sahm DF, Weissfeld AS. Bailey and Scott’s diagnostic microbiology. 12th ed. St Louis: Mosby; 2007; 216-51.
16. Girma MM, Ketema A, Gemeda A. Bacterial contamination of mobile phones of healthcare workers at Jimma University Specialized Hospital, Jimma, South West Ethiopia. Int J Infect Control. 2014; 11: 1-8.
17. Zakai S, Mashat A, Abumohssin A, Samarkandi A, Almaghrabi B, Barradah H, et al. Bacterial contamination of cell phones of medical students at King Abdulaziz University, Jeddah, Saudi Arabia. J Microsc Ultrastruct. 2016; 4: 143-6
18. Goldblatt JG, Krief I, Klonsky T, Haller D, Milloul V, Sixsmith D.M, et al. Use of cellular telephones and transmission of pathogens by medical staff in New York and Israel. Infect Control Hosp Epidemiol. 2007; 28: 500-3.
19. Jayalakshmi J, Appalaraju B, Usha S. Cellphones as reservoirs of nosocomial pathogens. J Assoc Physicians India. 2008; 56: 388-9
20. Beer D, Vandermeer B, Brosnikoff C, Shokoples S, Rennie R, Forgie S. Bacterial contamination of health care workers’ pagers and the efficacy of various disinfecting agents. Pediatr Infect Dis J. 2006; 25: 1074-5.
21. Selim HS, Abaza AF. Microbial contamination of mobile phones in a health care setting in Alexandria, Egypt. GMS Hyg Infect Control. 2015; 10: 1-9.
22. Meadow JF, Altrichter AE, Green JL. Mobile phones carry the personal microbiome of their owners. Peer J. 2014; 2: DOI:10.7717/peerj.447
23. Ghatole KP. Mobile phones– do we need decontamination? J Evid Based Med Healthc. 2018; 5(5), 425-8.
Download attachments: JCAM_5926.pdf
Khokhar SS, Subramaniam J, Alrowaili MG, Soliman M, Alrawili AN, Alshammri STM, Hamd H, Alenzi MR. Your voice isn’t the only thing transmitted on your mobile phone! Germs are being transmitted too. J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 89-92.
Citations in Google Scholar: Google Scholar
This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. To view a copy of the license, visit https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
Optic coherence tomography evaluation of macula after external beam radiotherapy
Neslihan Kurtul 1, Gökhan Özdemir 2, Necla Gürdal 1, Ayşegül Çömez 2
1 Department of Radiation Oncology, 2 Department of Ophthalmology, Faculty of Medicine, Sutcu Imam University, Kahramanmaraş, Turkey
DOI: 10.4328/JCAM.6002 Received: 11.08.2018 Accepted: 12.09.2018 Published Online: 17.09.2018 Printed: 01.01.2019 J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 113-6
Corresponding Author: Neslihan Kurtul, Department of Radiation Oncology, Sutcu Imam University Faculty of Medicine, Avsar Campus, Kahramanmaras, Turkey. GSM: +905067872841 E-Mail: drneslihankurtul@gmail.com ORCID ID: 0000-0001-9173-6280
Aim: In this study, we aimed to investigate the optic coherence tomography findings in patients who received external beam radiotherapy. Material and Meth-od: All consecutive subjects applied to the radiation oncology department due to head, neck or brain tumors were enrolled prospectively into the study. Macula radiation dose and eye dose were calculated from dose-volume histogram plot curve. Eyes were evaluated with regard to macular thickness with optical coher-ence tomography at the baseline and 6th month after the radiotherapy. Results: A total of 32 eyes of 16 patients were included in the study. The mean macula dose was 1780 ± 1403 cGy, maximum macula dose was 2059 ± 1479 cGy and the mean eye dose was 1015 ± 784 cGy. Among 16 patients, macular edema was developed in one patient (%6,25) 18 weeks after the radiotherapy. Apart from this patient, no other patient developed any kind of retinal complication regarding the radiotherapy during 6 months follow up. The retina showed no change with regard to the studied parameters during the study period (p<0.05).Discussion: OCT is an effective way to determine early changes in patients undergoing radiotherapy and it enables prompt diagnosis of early clinical macular edema. This study is of significance in that our patients didn’t get direct retinal radiation therapy during 6-months follow-up. Long-term studies with a larger cohort group will yield more suggestive data on this clinical entity.
Keywords: Macula; Optical Coherence Tomography; Radiotherapy
Introduction
Radiation retinopathy (RR) may result from direct radiation treatment of the malignancies of the head and neck region and was first described by Stallard in 1933 [1]. It has been reported after plaque brachytherapy as well as after radiotherapy due to intracranial tumors and orbital diseases [2,3]. It generally develops between six months and three years after radiation exposure but it can develop as early as one month and as late as 15 years or more [4]. The disease is characterized by delayed retinal hemorrhages, macular edema, retinal microvascular changes, capillary occlusion, endothelial cell loss, microaneurysm formation, perivascular sheathing, and neovascularization. Macular edema involving the fovea is a major source of visual morbidity in patients undergoing radiation retinopathy [5]. Previous studies have reported different rates of macular ischemia up to 76% [6].
Optical coherence tomography (OCT) and fundus fluorescein angiography are important diagnostic tools in the evaluation of eyes with RR. OCT is a noninvasive procedure that directly images retinal cross-sections and various retinal diseases such as macular degeneration, macular edema, and optic nerve disorders. It also gives numeric data about the ocular structures and enables quantitative evaluation of macular anatomy. Researches showed that OCT can detect evidence of macular edema 5 months earlier before clinically detectable radiation maculopathy is established [7].
Patients with orbital tumors treated with plaque or brachytherapy are required to undergo ophthalmological examination routinely but patients treated with external beam radiotherapy are less likely to be evaluated regularly with dilated fundus examinations. Considering the progressive pathophysiology and latency of RR, early visits after radiotherapy may be inadequate and subsequent delays in diagnosis and treatment can result in long-term maculopathy leading to irreversible vision loss [5]. It is crucial that regular visits should be scheduled after external beam radiotherapy for the prompt detection of radiation retinopathy.
Ophthalmic armamentarium including OCT may help early detection of the manifestations of radiation retinopathy and be an important asset in the diagnosis. In this paper, we prospectively investigated optic coherence tomography findings in patients received external beam radiotherapy to the periorbital region.
Material and Method
Patients
The study followed the tenets of the Declaration of Helsinki and all participants gave written informed consent for the study. The study was approved by the Kahramanmaras Sutcu Imam University clinical research ethics committee. All consecutive subjects applied to the radiation oncology polyclinic due to head and neck tumors or brain tumors were enrolled prospectively into the study. Subjects with short survival rates or poor health status who were unable to conform to study protocol procedures, patients with comorbid diseases such as diabetes mellitus, coronary artery diseases, and hypertension or patients with any ocular diseases were excluded from the study. All patients underwent a complete ophthalmologic evaluation including dilated funduscopic examination. Patients were followed up for 6 months and at the end of 6th month, the study was finished.
Radiation therapy
All subjects were applied thermoplastic masks and requested to close eyelids for protection during the Simulation CT and radiotherapy. Simulation CT sections were taken at a thickness of 2.5 mm and the computerized tomography images were then transferred to the Eclipse treatment planning system (Varian Medical Systems, Version 13.0, Inc. Palo Alto, CA). Macula was defined as the area 4-6 mm temporal to the optic disc over three planes and planned risk volume margin was defined as 2 mm. Radiotherapy of 6 MV photon energy was applied with a linear accelerator (Trilogy, Varian Medical Systems Palo Alto, CA) at a fraction dose of 1.8/2 Gy daily. Macula radiation dose and globe dose were calculated from dose-volume histogram plot curve.
OCT
Eyes were evaluated with regard to macular thickness with OCT at the baseline and 6th month after the radiotherapy. The macular structure was evaluated using an OCT (Cirrus HD-OCT, Zeiss, Jena, Germany) using a scan pattern of 512 × 128. A macular cube of 6×6 mm was measured. The macular thickness between the inner limiting membrane and retinal pigment epithelium in 9 sectors originating from the Early Diabetic Retinopathy Study Group were determined (Figure 1,2).
Statistics
Statistical analyses were calculated with a statistical software program (SPSS ver.22, IBM, Chicago Ill). The data were expressed as the mean ± standard deviation. The paired t-test was used to compare the significances between the measurements after the normality of distribution was assessed by the Shapiro-Wilk test. The p-value of less than 0.05 was set as the significance level.
Results
A total of 32 eyes of 16 patients were included in the study. Of subjects, 13 (81.3%) were male and 3 (18.8%) were female. The mean age of the subjects was 51 years (19-76 years). The tumor was located in the nasopharynx in 4 patients, in the oral cavity in 2 patients and in the central nervous system in 10 patients (4 glioblastoma multiforme, 2 low-grade glial tumors, 1 ependymoma, 1 anaplastic meningioma, 1 medulloblastoma and 1 primary CNS lymphoma). Nine subjects (56.3%), received radiotherapy and chemotherapy simultaneously. As chemotherapy, 6 patients received cisplatin and 3 patients received temozolomide. The mean macula dose was 1780,53 ± 1403,00 cGy, maximum macula dose was 2059,10 ± 1479,96 cGy and the mean orbital dose was 1015,33 ± 784,52 cGy.
Macular thickness and volume values in response to radiotherapy are listed in Table 1. Among 16 patients, radiation retinopathy characterized by visual loss, macular edema hemorrhage, increased vascular tortuosity, fibrous traction bands, and hard exudates was developed in one patient (%6,25) 18 weeks after the radiotherapy.
In the patient with developed bilateral radiation retinopathy,the mean macular radiation dose was 3727 cGy in the right eye and 3618 cGy in the left eye and the maximum macular radiation dose was 4014 cGy in the right eye and 3983 cGy in the left eye, the mean eye glob radiation dose was 2442 cGy on the right side and 2186 cGy on the left side. Due to the perpetuating macular edema and visual loss, the patient was treated with intravitreal anti-vascular endothelial growth factor drug injections after which the edema was treated successfully. To give a clear idea of how radiotherapy affects retina other than vasculopathy driven edema, analyses were done after the patient with macular edema was excluded. Apart from this patient, no other patient developed any kind of retinal complication regarding the radiotherapy during 6 month follow up. There was no difference between the studied parameters and any kind of retinopathy didn’t develop during the study period (p<0.05).
Discussion
Radiation retinopathy can be seen following plaque and external beam radiotherapy. Predisposing factors for radiation-induced retinal injury have been reported as a history of diabetes, collagen vascular disease, hypertension, and chemotherapy [8-10]. Due to the fact that RR displays clinical and angiographic features that are virtually identical to those seen in retinal vascular diseases, patients with a previous history of those diseases are excluded from the study [11].
Risk factors for RR are total radiation dose, fractionation, field design, type and rate of administration. Although the estimated tolerance dose with a 5% risk at 5 years (TD 5/5) is 45 Gy and the TD50/5 is 65 Gy, the threshold dose for the retina is thought to be between 30 Gy and 35 Gy [12].In the recent Cochrane database review of radiotherapy for macular degeneration, no retinopathy or optic nerve damage was reported in 1154 patients treated with doses up to 24 Gy [13]. Hyperfractionation is associated with a decreased incidence of RR and patients who received fractions of <1.9 Gy are found unlikely to develop RR in one study [14]. Radiated volume is also a risk factor. Eyes receiving more than 50 Gy to 60% or more of the retina have been shown to be more likely to develop RR [15].
In this research, we found that radiotherapy induced macular edema in one patient but other 15 patients showed no evidence of retinopathy on OCT and ocular examination. In our study, in the patient who developed edema, craniospinal radiation was done and retina and macula were included in the target volume in craniospinal radiation therapy. We had to give a dose which was more than the thresholds that other studies reported as 24 Gy and 30-35 Gy. Finger et al. investigated the risk factors for radiation maculopathy after ophthalmic plaque radiation for choroidal melanoma and found that a significant dose-response relationship was found between dose to fovea and radiation maculopathy. As compared with a dose of < 35 Gy, the risk of RM was 1.74 (95% CI, 0.98 to 3.1) for doses from 35 to 70 Gy, and the risk of RM was 2.43 (95% CI, 1.48 to 4.0) for doses of 70 Gy or more [16]. In this respect, the macular dose may be more valuable for predicting the radiation retinopathy. This result means that it would be prudent to contour the macula in addition to contouring the globe.
Although the latent period is typically between 6 months and 3 years and shorter after the high dose radiation, early onset cases can be found. In this research, macular parameters determined by OCT remained the same throughout the study in all patients but one patient in 6-month follow-up. In a case report, OCT demonstrated significant thinning of inner plexiform, inner nuclear and outer nuclear layers, suggesting that primary radiation-induced damage is initially confined to inner retinal layers [17]. Another study presented a radiation retinopathy case one month after total cranial radiotherapy [18]. The OCT of that patient revealed attenuation of central macular thickness with loss of photoreceptor inner segment/outer segment junction rather than macular edema.
Archer at al. found that the immediate effects of radiation are related to interphase and early mitotic death of injured endothelial cells whereas later changes may be attributed to the delayed mitotic death of compromised endothelial cells as they attempt to divide in the ordinary course of repair and replacement [19]. As a result, the chronic effects of radiation on the retina are retinal microvascular lesions, endothelial cell loss, capillary occlusion, and microaneurysm formation. Macular edema arising from microvascular changes is a common finding of RR.
In our study, we didn’t record any kind of change in macular parameters. Longer follow-ups may be able to detect late changes caused by radiation. Mashayekhi et al. found that eyes with subclinical macular edema at the baseline and at the 4th month after plaque radiotherapy had a significantly higher rate of future clinical macular edema compared to the eyes without subclinical macular edema at baseline [20]. The authors suggested that high-risk patients for RR be evaluated with OCT and ocular examination 4 and 6 months after the radiotherapy.
In conclusion, OCT is an effective way to determine early changes in patients undergoing radiotherapy to the head and neck region and it enables convenient diagnosis of early clinical macular edema. Our study is also of significance in that our patients didn’t get direct retinal radiation therapy. Long-term studies with a larger cohort group will yield more suggestive data on this clinical entity.
This study presented as an oral presentation at 13th National Radiation Oncology Congress, from 27 April to 1 May 2018, Cyprus.
Scientific Responsibility Statement
The authors declare that they are responsible for the article’s scientific content including study design, data collection, analysis and interpretation, writing, some of the main line, or all of the preparation and scientific review of the contents and approval of the final version of the article.
Animal and human rights statement
All procedures performed in this study were in accordance with the ethical standards of the institutional and/or national research committee and with the 1964 Helsinki declaration and its later amendments or comparable ethical standards. No animal or human studies were carried out by the authors for this article.
Funding: None
Conflict of interest
None of the authors received any type of financial support that could be considered potential conflict of interest regarding the manuscript or its submission.
References
1. Stallard HB. Radiant energy as (a) a pathogenic and (b) therapeutic agent in ophthalmic disorders. Gifford Edmonds prize essay for. Br J Ophthalmol. 1933; 6 (Suppl): S1-126.
2. Archer DB. Responses of retinal and choroidal vessels to ionising radiation. Eye 1993;7(1):1. DOI: 10.1038/eye.1993.3
3. Durkin SR, Roos D, Higgs B, Casson RJ, Selva D. Ophthalmic and adnexal complications of radiotherapy. Acta Ophthalmol Scand. 2007; 85(3): 240-50. DOI:10.1111/j.1600-0420.2006.00822.x
4. Ahmet Kaan Gündüz CLS. Radiation Retinopathy and Papillopathy. In: Myron Yanoff JSD editor. Ophthalmology: Elsevier Health Sciences. 2014.p.565.
5. Leigh Spielberg PDP, Anita Leys. Radiation Retinopathy. In: Ryan’s Retina Elsevier. 2017. p.1219.
6. Kinyoun JL. Long-term visual acuity results of treated and untreated radiation retinopathy (an AOS thesis). Trans Am Ophthalmol Soc. 2008; 106: 325.
7. Horgan N, Shields CL, Mashayekhi A, Teixeira LF, Materin MA, Shields JA. Early macular morphological changes following plaque radiotherapy for uveal melanoma. Retina. 2008; 28(2): 263-73. DOI: 10.1097/IAE.0b013e31814b1b75.
8. Packer S, Rotman M. Radiotherapy of choroidal melanoma with iodine-125. Ophthalmology. 1980; 87(6): 582-90. DOI: 10.1016/S0161-6420(80)35194-4
9. Wakelkamp IM, Tan H, Saeed P, Schlingemann RO, Verbraak FD, Blank LE, et al. Orbital irradiation for Graves’ ophthalmopathy: Is it safe? A long-term follow-up study. Ophthalmology. 2004; 111(8): 1557-62. DOI: 10.1016/j.ophtha.2003.12.054
10. Chan RC, Shukovsky LJ. Effects of irradiation on the eye. Radiology. 1976; 120(3): 673-5. DOI: 10.1148/120.3.673
11. JDM Gass. Stereoscopic atlas of macular diseases, diagnosis and treatment. In: Mosby SL editor. Stereoscopic atlas of macular diseases, diagnosis and treatment. 1987. p.404–5.
12. Emami B, Lyman J, Brown A, Cola L, Goitein M, Munzenrider J, et al. Tolerance of normal tissue to therapeutic irradiation. Int J Radiat Oncol Biol Phys. 1991; 21(1): 109-22. DOI: 10.1016/0360-3016(91)90171-Y
13. Evans JR, Sivagnanavel V, Chong V. Radiotherapy for neovascular age-related macular degeneration. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. Rev 2010; 5(5): DOI: 10.1002/14651858.
14. Parsons JT, Bova FJ, Fitzgerald CR, Mendenhall WM, Million RR. Radiation retinopathy after external-beam irradiation: analysis of time-dose factors. Int J Radiat Oncol Biol Phys. 1994; 30(4): 765-73.
15. Takeda A, Shigematsu N, Suzuki S, Fujii M, Kawata T, Kawaguchi O, et al. Late retinal complications of radiation therapy for nasal and paranasal malignancies: relationship between irradiated-dose area and severity. Int J Radiat Oncol Biol Phys. 1999; 44(3): 599-605. DOI: 10.1016/S0360-3016(99)00057-7
16. Finger PT, Chin KJ, Yu G-P, Group P-fCMS. Risk factors for radiation maculopathy after ophthalmic plaque radiation for choroidal melanoma. Am J Ophthalmol. 2010; 149(4): 608-15. DOI: 10.1016/j.ajo.2009.11.006.
17. Raman R, Pal SS, Krishnan T, Laxmi G, Radke N, Sharma T. High-resolution optical coherence tomography correlates in ischemic radiation retinopathy. Cutan Ocul Toxicol. 2010; 29(1): 57-61. DOI: 10.3109/15569520903331674.
18. Hsu C-R, Tai M-C, Chang Y-H, Chien K-H. Rapid onset of radiation maculopathy after whole-brain radiation therapy: A case report. Medicine. 2016; 95(39): DOI: 10.1097/MD.0000000000004830.
19. Archer D, Amoaku W, Gardiner T. Radiation retinopathy—clinical, histopathological, ultrastructural and experimental correlations. Eye. 1991; 5(2): 239. DOI: 10.1038/eye.1991.39
20. Mashayekhi A, Schönbach E, Shields CL, Shields JA. Early subclinical macular edema in eyes with uveal melanoma: association with future cystoid macular edema. Ophthalmology. 2015; 122(5): 1023-9. DOI: 10.1016/j.ophtha.2014.12.03.
Download attachments: JCAM_6002.pdf
Kurtul N, Özdemir G, Gürdal N, Çömez A. Optic coherence tomography evaluation of macula after external beam radiotherapy. J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 113-6.
Citations in Google Scholar: Google Scholar
This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. To view a copy of the license, visit https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
Evaluation of analytical quality of cardiac biomarkers in the emergency laboratory by sigma metrics
Fatma Ceyla Eraldemir
Department of Biochemistry, Kocaeli University School of Medicine, Kocaeli, Turkey
DOI: 10.4328/JCAM.6003 Received: 13.08.2018 Accepted: 28.08.2018 Published Online: 04.09.2018 Printed: 01.01.2019 J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 35-40
Corresponding Author: Fatma Ceyla Eraldemir, Department of Biochemistry, Kocaeli University Facultyof Medicine, Kocaeli, Turkey. T.: +90 2623037256 E-Mail: ceyeraldemir@gmail.com ORCID ID: 0000-0001-9410-8554
Aim: The analytic quality of cardiac biomarkers were investigated consecutive six months by sigma metric method in our emergency laboratory. Total allowable error ratio (TEa%)’s of AAB, BV, RCPA, Ricos, and Rilibak were used for calculation. Sigma levels are compared and used to decide which TEa% is appropriate for our laboratory for more accurate results. Material and Method: Sigma levels were calculated for cardiac biomarkers which include Troponin I (cTnI), Troponin T (cTnT), CKMB mass, Myoglobin (Mb) and NT-proBNP in our emergency laboratory department between December 2017 and May 2018. The internal quality control (IQC) and external quality control (EQC) assessment results and TEa%’s of AAB, BV, RCPA, Ricos, and Rilibak were used to calculate sigma metrics. The sigma metrics for tests were calculated by “Sigma = (TEa% − Bias%) / CV%” formula. Results: Considering different TEa% ‘s, it is evaluated that CKMB mass sigma level is at the “world-class quality”. On the contrary, cTnT sigma level is found to be at the level of “poor quality”. For AAB, BV, RCPA, Ricos and Rilibak, different sigma levels are observed. Discussion: Due to using different TEa%’s for each test, different sigma levels were determined. On the other hand, because of the “poor quality” level of cTnT sigma value, decision is taken for the improvement of cTnT in our laboratory. In addition, it is observed that there is no specified TEa% for whole blood samples. Therefore, it is concluded that, for more accurate and consistent evaluations, specified matrix of TEa% values are required for whole blood samples.
Keywords: Six Sigma; Analytical Quality Management; Emergency Units; Laboratory Markers; Cardiac Biomarkers
Introduction
Accurate, precise and rapid test results are requested from emergency laboratories. Particularly, it is vital for the management of cardiac diseases such as acute coronary syndromes (ACS) and heart failure (HF). Cardiac biomarkers are valuable for the risk assessment of cardiovascular disease, as well [1, 2].
Radiometer AQT90 Flex allows receiving very quick (within approximately 11-21 min) cardiac biomarker results. The methodology of analysis relies on detection of monoclonal antibodies in the analyzer. CKMB mass, Myoglobin (Mb), NT-pro BNP, Troponin I (cTnI) and Troponin T (cTnT) in the whole blood are detected rapidly with this analyser. By this way, early detection of cardiac damages becomes possible.
Quality of preanalytical, analytical and postanalytical process is significant for the correct test results in laboratories. For quality of analytical process, each test is confirmed daily, with internal quality reference materials before analysis of patient’s samples. Additional to daily controls, external quality assessments are performed every month. This confirmation methodology allows laboratories to compare their results with the same reference material and get aligned for the results.
Sigma metrics are calculated using internal quality control (IQC) and external quality control (EQC) data. And this simple calculation method allows laboratory experts to interpret analytical quality level of the test results. Sigma methodology shows the degree of process accuracy and stability in terms of quality. Processes having 4 sigma level are accepted as representing “average quality performance” with 63 defects per million, 6 sigma level is accepted as “the best” or ‘‘world-class quality’’ of performance with 0,002 defects per million [3,4]. Increase in sigma levels expresses reliable and better quality of test results. While sigma levels are calculated, total allowable error ratio (TEa%)’s are used. TEa% is a simple comparative quality concept used to define acceptable analytical performance same as IQC and EQC outcomes. TEa% defines maximum error limitation for running test in the laboratory. For each test, we may compare different TEa%’s from different references. It is important to decide which TEa% is appropriate for our laboratory.
In this study, TEa%s of American Association of Bioanalysts (AAB), 2004 update of the Spanish Society of Clinical Chemistry and Molecular Pathology table of desirable quality specifications based on Biological variation (BV), 2012 update of the Royal College of Pathologists of Australasia and the Australasian Clinical Biochemist association Quality Assurance Program (RCPA), Ricos and Rilibak were used to calculate sigma metrics. In this manner, the analytic quality of Radiometer AQT90 Flex cardiac biomarkers are investigated consecutive six months in our emergency laboratory by sigma metric method. Especially, the study was conducted to determine which TEa% is appropriate for our laboratory and perform improvement studies for poor quality tests.
Material and Method
The IQC and EQC data of 5 cardiac biomarkers of the emergency laboratory department between December 2017 and May 2018 were used to calculate sigma levels. The AQT90 FLEX (Radiometer) analyzer was used to measure cardiac biomarkers which include cTn I, cTn T, CKMB mass, Mb, and NT-proBNP.
Two levels of internal control materials were obtained from Technopath Multi-check cardiac normal level-IQC1 and pathologic level-IQC2 (reference number: 944-513, 944-514). They were assayed once a day, two levels in the morning at 08:00 a.m. IQC data were used to calculate mean, standard deviation (SD) and coefficient of variation (CV)% of the tests separately for each month. CV% of the test were calculated with “CV% = (SD × 100) / mean” formula.
The mean of bias% separately for each month period was used for calculation of sigma levels. Data from EQC, wereobtained once a month by External Quality Assurance Services (EQAS). Cardiac markers program BC39 was used to provide bias values with the mentioned formula: “Bias% = (mean of peer group − mean of our lab / mean of peer group) × 100”.
TEa%’s of AAB, BV, RCPA, Ricos and Rilibak were used to calculate sigma metrics. The sigma metrics for 5 tests was calculated by “Sigma = (TEa% − Bias%) / CV%” formula. Among three Radiometer AQT90 Flex analyzers, the sigma levels of the most used analyzer were calculated for each month.
Results
TEa%’s of the tests according to AAB, BV, RCPA, Ricos, and Rilibak were presented in Table 1. CV%’s for IQC1 and IQC2 samples for each consecutive six months were shown in Table 2. Bias%’s were given in Table 3 and sigma levels according to AAB, BV, RCPA, Ricos and Rilibak TEa%’s were given in Table 4. The tests were divided into four groups according to their sigma levels.
Tests having sigma levels below 3.0 are evaluated as ‘’poor’’ and named as Group 1 tests. Group 2 tests are the ones having sigma levels between 3.0 and 3.99, evaluated as ‘’acceptable’’. Group 3 tests have sigma levels between 4 and 5.99 and named as ‘’good’’, whereas group 4 have sigma levels above 6 named as ‘’world class quality’’. For consecutive six months tests of groups 1,2,3 and 4 were given in Table 5. The analytical performance of the tests in Group 1 was poor whereas the tests in Group 4 had world-class analytical quality.
Discussion
In order to manage vital cardiac diseases, the emergency laboratory should give test results in a short turnaround time (TAT) [5].
Laboratory experts prefer Radiometer Flex 90 hence it allows short TAT. At the same time, good quality test outcomes are also more important in the management of cardiac diseases in emergency units. For this purpose, analytic quality of cardiac biomarkers was evaluated in our emergency laboratory by six sigma metric. The tests were observed by dividing the tests into groups according to the sigma levels. The tests needed to be improved were identified by TEa% of AAB, BV, RCPA, Rilibak, Ricos.
TEa%’s for the CKMB mass are established by only BV and Ricos. According to both Ricos and BV, CKMB mass seemed to have problems only at IQC2 in December. In other months, performance was at good levels, even at world-class quality standards.
Mb could be evaluated only according to Ricos because of Ricos gave TEa% only for Mb. In December, February, and March, sigma levels for both IQC levels performed poorly. In January, IQC1 was evaluated as acceptable, IQC2 as good quality. In May, IQC2 was shown in good, IQC1 in world-class quality. In April, sigma levels were detected as world-class quality for Mb.
Mb levels increase early from 90 pg/mL to 250 ng/mL within 90 min after acute myocardial infarction (AMI), vital rapidly diagnosis of cardiac disease [6,7,8].
For diagnosis of AMI in the emergency units, myoglobin is a better marker rather than CKMB mass or cTnT within 3-6 hours after inception of symptoms, while CKMB mass is better at 7th hours. The test features are affected by the possibility of the existence of AMI in the patients and by the size of infarct [9]. As a result, having correct values for all cardiac biomarkers are significant while clinicians decide about the diagnosis of cardiac diseases.
NT-proBNP was evaluated only according to RCPA and Ricos. In December, both IQC level were evaluated as “poor” by RCPA and Ricos. In January, only IQC2 was shown as ‘’poor’’ by RCPA, but Ricos said “poor” for both two IQC levels. Therefore generally poor outcomes were received for Ricos and it was being evaluated for serum. RCPA TEa%’s were found to be suitable for our laboratory because our samples are whole blood samples.
Sigma levels of NT-proBNP were evaluated as ‘’acceptable’’, ‘’good’’ or ‘’world-class quality’’ for February, March, April but generally at one IQC level. Therefore, NT-proBNP was reported as “improvement studies are required”.
NT-proBNP ensures significant prognostic value for HF patients. It is important for discharge and for hospitalization of HF that are robust. Additionally, it is also robust and independent factor of all-cause death and HF rehospitalization [2, 10].
NT-proBNP is a significant biomarker of adverse events post-AMI such as death, HF and less strongly for recurrent cardiac ischemia [1].
TEa%’s of cTn I were identified as AAB 30%, RCPA 20%, Ricos 76.36% (for plasma), Rilibak 33% excepting BV. TEa% of Ricos was very high compared to others and was reported as the designated value for plasma. We did not choose the TEa%’s for Ricos serum because our samples were whole blood samples. Sigma levels of cTnI for IQC2 were detected as ‘’poor’’ quality by AAB, Ricos, and Rilibak in January. According to RCPA, both two IQC levels showed ‘’poor’’ sigma metric quality in this month. In December, while IQC1 of cTnI was ‘’world-class’’ quality, IQC2 was ‘’poor’’ by Ricos. Consequently, only cTnI was world-class quality in December only according to Ricos. Sigma levels of IQC1 were poor in January by AAB and RCPA. However, when IQC1 was evaluated by Ricos, it was world class quality. Because of this serious difference for evaluation results, it was decided to use TEa% of Rilibak (33%) in our laboratory for cTnI. While IQC2 (in December) and IQC1 (in March) was poor, IQC1 (in December) was evaluated as acceptable, IQC2 as good quality (Group 3). Generally, sigma levels of cTnI were acceptable or more world class quality for consequent six months.
According to the study conducted by Young et al., National Centre of Clinical Laboratories (NCCL) of China, TEa% is taken as 30% and sigma levels for cTn I and cTnT were calculated as 5 and 3.8 respectively. However, NCCL study was conducted by using a serum. [11].
The main problem in terms of sigma level was seemed to be in cTnT. It was remarkable because generally it was of poor sigma quality. TEa% for cTnT was not given by BV, therefore, it could not be evaluated according to BV standards. The cTnT gave poor sigma quality for both two IQC levels in December, February, and March by all evaluations except for Ricos. In January, all evaluation results were poor quality. In April, evaluation results were poor quality according to AAB and RCPA, where as only IQC1 was poor quality for Ricos. In May, IQC1 was poor quality for AAB and Rilibak, while both two IQC levels were poor quality for RCPA.
The sigma levels of tests below 3 are considered as the unacceptable level of quality. TEa% is a simple comparative quality concept used to define acceptable analytical performance.
However, our samples are whole blood samples and we could not meet TEa% for whole blood samples. The more reliable outcomes for our laboratory may be obtained TEa% with whole blood samples. The testing process runs quicker with whole blood samples because centrifugation and waiting for coagulation are not necessary. Therefore, it is appropriate for the emergency laboratory.
Conclusion
As a conclusion, due to using different TEa%’s for each test, different sigma levels were determined. On the other hand, because of “poor quality” sigma levels for cTnT by all references, the decision was taken for the improvement of cTnT in our laboratory. In addition, it was observed that there is no specified TEa% for whole blood samples. Therefore, it was concluded that, for more accurate and consistent evaluations, the specified matrix of TEa values are required for whole blood samples. It may be valuable suggestion for further assessment of cardiac biomarkers.
Scientific Responsibility Statement
The author declare that they are responsible for the article’s scientific content including study design, data collection, analysis and interpretation, writing, some of the main line, or all of the preparation and scientific review of the contents and approval of the final version of the article.
Animal and human rights statement
All procedures performed in this study were in accordance with the ethical standards of the institutional and/or national research committee and with the 1964 Helsinki declaration and its later amendments or comparable ethical standards. No animal or human studies were carried out by the author for this article.
Funding: None
Conflict of interest
None of the author received any type of financial support that could be considered potential conflict of interest regarding the manuscript or its submission.
References
1. Aldous SJ. Cardiac biomarkers in acute myocardial infarction. Int J Cardiol.2013;164(3): 282-94. DOI: 10.1016/j.ijcard.2012.01.081.
2. Hill SA,Booth RA,Santaguida PL,Don-Wauchope A,Brown JA,Oremus M, et al. Use of BNP and NT-proBNP for the diagnosis of heart failure in the emergency department: a systematic review of the evidence. Heart Fail Rev.2014; 19(4): 421-38. DOI: 10.1007/s10741-014-9447-6.
3. Nevalainen D,Berte L,Kraft C,Leigh E,Picaso L,Morgan T. Evaluating laboratory performance on quality indicators with the six sigma scale. Arch Pathol Lab Med.2000; 124(4): 516-9.
4. Bozkaya G, Murat Aksit M, Aksit MZ. Evaluation of clinical chemistry tests in emergency laboratory by sigma metrics. Turk J Biochem. 2018; 43(1): 9–14.
5. Lu Y,Leong W,Wei B,Yu P,Wang C,Ying Y, et al. An Evaluation of Laboratory Efficiency in Shanghai Emergency by Turn Around Times Level. J Clin Lab Anal.2015; 29(4): 334-41. DOI: 10.1002/jcla.21775.
6. Sallach SM, Nowak R, Hudson MP, Tokarski G, Khoury N, Tomlanovich MC, et al. A Change in Serum Myoglobin to Detect Acute Myocardial Infarction in Patients with Normal Troponin I Levels. Am. J. Cardiol. 2004; 94: 864–7. DOI: 10.1016/j.amjcard.2004.06.019.
7. Wang Q, Liu F, Yang XH, Wang KM, Wang H, Deng X. Sensitive point-of-care monitoring of cardiac biomarker myoglobin using aptamer and ubiquitous personµal glucose meter. Biosens. Bioelectron. 2015; 64: 161–4. DOI: 10.1016/j.bios.2014.08.079.
8.YangZ,WangH, GuoP,DingY,LeiC,LuoY. A Multi-Region Magnetoimpedance-Based Bio-Analytical System for Ultrasensitive Simultaneous Determination of Cardiac Biomarkers Myoglobin and C-Reactive Protein.Sensors (Basel). 2018; 18(6): 1765. DOI: 10.3390/s18061765
9. de Winter RJ,Koster RW,Sturk A,Sanders GT. Value of myoglobin, troponin T, and CK-MBmass in ruling out an acute myocardial infarction in the emergency room.Circulation.1995; 92(12): 3401-7.
10. Linssen GCM,Jaarsma T,Hillege HL,Voors AA,van Veldhuisen DJ. A comparison of the prognostic value of BNP versus NT-proBNP after hospitalisation for heart failure. Neth Heart J.2018. DOI: 10.1007/s12471-018-1145-x.
11. Xia Y, Xue H, Yan C, Li B, Zhang S, Li M, et al. Risk analysis and assessment based on Sigma metrics and intended use. Biochem Med (Zagreb). 2018; 28(2). DOI: 10.11613/BM.2018.020707.
Download attachments: JCAM_6003.pdf
Eraldemir FC. Evaluation of analytical quality of cardiac biomarkers in the emergency laboratory by sigma metrics. J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 35-40.
Citations in Google Scholar: Google Scholar
This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. To view a copy of the license, visit https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
Brucella infection in children: Evaluation of 148 pediatric patients
Özlem Özgür Gündeşlioğlu
Deparment of Pediatric Division of Pediatric Infectious Diseases, Faculty of Medicine, Cukurova University, Adana, Turkey
DOI: 10.4328/JCAM.5956 Received: 28.06.2018 Accepted: 28.07.2018 Published Online: 29.07.2018 Printed: 01.01.2019 J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 99-103
Corresponding Author: Özlem Özgür Gündeşlioğlu, Deparment of Pediatric Division of Pediatric Infectious Diseases, Faculty of Medicine, Cukurova University, Adana, Turkey. GSM: +905055677801 E-Mail: ozlemozgur1978@yahoo.com ORCID ID: 0000-0003-2202-7645
Aim: Brucellosis a worldwide infectious zoonotic disease. This study was aimed to evaluate the clinical, demographic characteristics, complications, treatment and follow-up results of pediatric patients diagnosed with brucellosis. Material and Method: The medical records of 148 pediatric patients who were diagnosed with brucellosis were studied retrospectively. Results: Sixty-one female (41.2%), 87 male (58.8%), in total 148 pediatric patients who were diagnosed with brucellosis were included in the study. Among the patients, 64.1% had a history of consuming fresh cheese, 4.1% had a history of consuming raw milk and 16.9% had a history of keeping a Brucella diagnosed animal at home. Brucella history rate in the family members of the patients was determined as 39.2%; and 12.8% of the patients included in the study were asymptomatic. The most common complaint of the patients who were symptomatic was fever (59.5%) followed by arthralgias (41.2%) and leg pain (38.5%). All patients were subjected to standard tube agglutination test and blood culture was taken from 93 patients. B. melitensis in blood culture was positive in 72% of the patients. Osteoarticular involvement developed in 12.1% of the patients; and 1.3% of the patients developed relapses after the end of the treatment. Discussion: Brucellosis is still an endemic disease in Turkey. Brucella can infect all organs and tis-sues and is a major cause of morbidity. The use of more than one antibiotic in the treatment and long treatment duration reduces patient compliance; thus, close follow-up of the patients is important.
Keywords: Brucella; Osteoarticular Involvement; Pediatric; Treatment
Introduction
Brucella is the most common zoonotic infectious disease in the world. Many species of Brucella have been identified according to phenotypic characteristics, antigenic changes, and frequency of causing infection in different animals.B. melitensis, B. abortus, B. suis, and B. canis are the species which are pathogenic for humans. The majority of infections in humans is caused by B. melitensis. Brucella is transmitted by direct contact with infected animal tissues (blood, discarded fetus, uterine secretions and especially placenta) or by the consumption of raw or unpasteurized infected animal products (especially fresh cheese, milk, and dairy products). It can also be transmitted by the inhalation of contaminated aerosol (such as laboratory environment). Although transmission between humans is rare, contamination through blood transfusion, bone marrow transplantation, sexual intercourse and breast milk has been reported [1, 2]. More than 500.000 Brucella infections throughout the world are being reported every year. Due to the low reporting, the exact real numbers are not known, especially in endemic areas. Brucella is frequently observed in the Mediterranean area, which includes Turkey as a part of it, Middle Eastern countries, Middle and South America and Asia [3].
Brucellosis is a systemic infection. This infection can develop in all organs and tissues. However, reticuloendothelial system involvement is the one which occurs most frequently. Clinical symptoms and findings of brucellosis may differ significantly according to the involved organ and are not specific to the disease. Locally osteoarticular involvement is the most frequently observed infection [1, 2]. In this study, we aimed to evaluate the demographic characteristics, complications, treatment and follow-up results of pediatric patients who were diagnosed with brucellosis.
Method and Material
This study was carried out between July 2012 and September 2013 at the Ministry of Health Diyarbakır Children’s Hospital, Department of Infectious Diseases Patients under 18 years in whom serum brucella agglutination titre was found to be 1:160 or over with standard tube agglutination test (Wright) and/or whose blood culture was positive for brucellosis were included in this study. Patients’ files were studied retrospectively; age of the patients, their gender, the city they came from, the season they were admitted to the hospital, risk factors for brucellosis, the duration of the symptoms, the treatment they have received before admission to the hospital, family history of similar diseases, admission complaints, physical examination findings, laboratory and microbiological examinations [complete blood count, C- reactive protein (CRP), erythrocyte sedimentation rate (ESR), liver function tests, serum Brucella agglutination titration, blood culture] were evaluated and recorded on the inspection form. Standard tube agglutination tests were performed as previously described [4]. Blood culture samples were run with the BACTEC 9120 method.
Osteoarticular involvement was defined as the presence of inflammation symptoms (swelling, pain, dysfunction or function loss, increased temperature, and rash) on any peripheric bone and joint, and/or the presence of deeply located pain in any bone joint which is relieved after rest and the radiological evidence of inflammation on this area. Spondylitis was defined as the presence of radiological (direct X-ray and/or MRI) findings with findings of inflammatory back pain or stiffness on the back. Sacroiliitis was diagnosed with the Fabere test or by direct pelvic compression, along with radiological changes of the sacroiliac joint [5].
In uncomplicated cases, the medication was applied twice daily for 6 weeks, in children above the age of 8, doxycycline 4 mg/kg/day, rifampicin 15-20 mg/kg/day, in children below the age of 8, trimethoprim-sulfamethoxazole 10 mg/kg/day and rifampicin 15-20 mg/kg/day were used. In patients with relapse, intramuscular gentamicin was added to the treatment at a dose of 5-7.5 mg/kg / day for 14 days. In patients with osteoarticular complications such as sacroiliitis or spondylitis, streptomycin was given at 20 mg/kg/day dose for 14 days at the beginning of the treatment. The treatment of the patients with osteoarticular symptoms was continued until the symptoms were relieved and the treatments were completed for at least 12 weeks. Patients were called for the evaluation at the 2nd and 6th weeks of thtreatment, for a monthly evaluation after the end of treatment, and for 3-month evaluation after 3 months. Patients with signs and symptoms of recurrence or who had positive blood culture within one year after the treatment were considered as relapses [2].
Statistics
All analyses were performed using IBM SPSS Statistics Version 20.0 statistical software package. Categorical variables were expressed as numbers and percentages, whereas continuous variables were summarized as mean and standard deviation and as median and minimum-maximum where appropriate. Chi-square test was used to compare categorical variables between the groups. For comparison of continuous variables between two groups, Mann-Whitney U test was used. The statistical level of significance for all tests was considered to be 0.05.
Results
Sixty-one female (41.2%) and 87 male (58.8%) in total 148 pediatric patients were included in this study. The demographic characteristics of the patients are shown in Table 1. In our study, Brucella infection was detected in all seasons. Brucella infection was found to be most common during the summer months (62.1%), with the highest rate in July (29%). Nineteen (12.8%) of the patients taken into the study were asymptomatic. In 59.5% of the symptomatic patients, fever was the most common complaint followed by arthralgias (41.2%) and leg pain (38.5%). The presenting symptoms of the patients are shown in Table 2. The most common symptom determined at the physical examination of the patients was pallor (21.6%), whereas splenomegaly rate was 15.5% and hepatomegaly rate was 4.7%. Eighteen of the patients (12.16%) had findings of bone joint involvement. Rose Bengal and Brucella tube agglutination test for diagnosis of brucellosis was applied to all the patients. Of all the patients diagnosed with brucellosis rose Bengal and tube agglutination was negative only in one patient; the diagnosis was made with positive bone marrow culture. The culture was taken from 93 patients in the study, and 67 (72%) of the patients were positive for B. mellitensis, and B. mellitensis was isolated from one single patient’s bone marrow culture.
In our study, laboratory changes such as neutropenia and thrombocytopenia due to bone marrow involvement were found in 35% of the patients, no hematologic complications such as hemorrhage or coagulation disorder were seen in any of the patients. Asymptomatic transaminase increase was detected in 21.4% of the patients and none of the patients had symptomatic hepatitis clinic. The acute phase reactants of the patients were found to be mildly increased. The laboratory characteristics of the patients included in the study are shown in Table 3.
Osteoarticular involvement was the most frequent (12.1%) local involvement of Brucella. The most frequent (55.5%) osteoarticular involvement form was peripheral arthritis. Arthritis was mostly seen in the knees (30%), hips (30%) and ankles (30%). One of the patients who developed arthritis (10%) had joint involvement in two joints, in the knee and ankle. Complications of Brucella in the study group are shown in Table 4. When patients with osteoarticular involvement were compared to patients without osteoarticular involvement in terms of clinical, demographic and laboratory characteristics, the sedimentation values in patients with osteoarticular involvement were found higher and the difference between the groups was statistically significant (p <0,05).
In our study, seven cases that were diagnosed with sacroiliitis and spondylitis were treated for 12 weeks. The rest of the patients’ treatment was completed in six weeks. It was found that eight (5.4%) of the patients in the study had been diagnosed with brucellosis before but had received insufficient treatment. During our study, one of the patients who completed his treatment was considered as a relapse after three months, and another was considered as a relapse after five months. It was found that these cases were noncompliant with the drug.
Discussion
In this study, within a period of about one year in the Southeastern Anatolia region of Turkey where Brucella is frequently seen, we evaluated 148 children’s cases that were followed up with a brucellosis diagnosis in a 2nd stage children’s hospital. Brucella is endemically frequently observed in the Eastern and Southeastern Anatolia regions in Turkey [6,7]. Brucella can affect people from all age groups. It has been reported that Brucella infection is mostly observed in the group aged 15-35 years in the endemic regions. Brucella infection was more frequent in children under 14 years of age [8]. The median age of the patients in our study was 10.6, and 85.1% of the patients were children under the age of 14. It was found that infection more frequently developed in male children which suggested that male children could have more contact with animals. There were studies in the literature which complied with our study, stating that Brucella developed more frequently in male children [9,10,11].
The most common cause of Brucella in children is the consumption of unpasteurized dairy products. In our study, 64.1% of the patients had a history of fresh cheese consumption, and 4.1% of the patients had a history of raw milk consumption. In the previous studies made in Turkey, the history of consumption of unpasteurized milk and dairy products in children was reported between 51.6% – 71.1% [9,12]. Reducing the consumption of non-pasteurized milk and dairy products in children is an important way of preventing the disease. In addition, 16.9% of the patients had a history of being in contact with a brucellosis diagnosed animal. When the history of having a sick animal in the house in 16.9% of the patients in the endemic region is considered, it is extremely important to inform the families.
Although the disease can be observed throughout the year in Turkey, it is more frequent in the spring and summer months when sheep breed and cheese production increases [13,14]. A similar series of adult cases reported from Iran have also stated that brucellosis was more frequently observed during the spring and summer months [15]. Our study also determined Brucella infection to be at the highest rate specifically during the summer months.
Due to the common living area and the common food consumption, the risk of Brucella is increased in family members of index case family members. In previous studies, with the scanning of family members, the seropositivity rate was reported as 9.5% -36.8% and it was suggested that family members should be examined for Brucella [16,17]. In our study, brucella history rate of patients’ family members was found to be 39.2%. The high incidence of Brucella infection in family members may be due to the fact that the study was conducted in an endemic region. This rate reflects the history of previous Brucella infection and suggests that higher seropositivity may be found after scanning.
The most common admission complaints in our study were: fever (59.5%) followed by arthralgias (41.2%), leg pain (38.5%) and fatigue (23%). The most frequent physical examination findings were: pallor (21.6%), splenomegaly (15.5%) and hepatomegaly (4.7%). Brucella can cause infection in all organs and tissues causing very different symptoms and findings. Acute Brucella infection typically presents with fever, fatigue, sweating, weight loss, and joint pain. In the studies conducted, the incidence of fever in children with Brucella infection was reported between 55.3-91% and arthralgia was reported between 49.5-87.8% [10,18,19,20].
Laboratory changes due to bone marrow involvement were detected in 35% of our patients.The most frequent of hematologic manifestations was anemia (21.6%) and neutropenia was found in 8%, thrombocytopenia in 4.8% and thrombocytosis in 0.8% of the patients. However, no serious hematologic complications such as hemorrhage or coagulation disorder were detected in any patient. Hematological manifestations are frequently observed in Brucella. While mild anemia and leucopenia are more common, thrombocytopenia and pancytopenia are less common. Pancytopenia is less common in children than in adults. In a study in China where 590 brucellosisdiagnosed pediatric patients were included, anemia was detected in 45.3%, lymphocytosis in 33.3%, thrombocytopenia in 19.9%, leukopenia in 9.3% and leukocytosis in 15.4% of the patients [21]. In a study conducted in our country, 90 patients diagnosed with brucellosis were evaluated and 26.7% of the patients were reported to have anemia, 10% leukopenia, 5.6% thrombocytosis and 3.3% thrombocytopenia [9].
Hepatic involvement is one of the common complications of Brucella, but symptomatic hepatitis is rare. Liver and spleen enlargement with mild elevation of liver enzyme levels can be detected in approximately 50% of all patients with brucellosis [11,13]. In this study, asymptomatic transaminase increase was detected in 21.4% of the cases, and hepatomegaly detected in 4.7% of the cases.
The most common local disease due to Brucella is osteoarticular involvement. Osteoarticular brucellosis includes peripheral arthritis, sacroiliitis, spondylitis, tenosynovitis, bursitis, and osteomyelitis. The most common involved regions are large or medium-sized peripheral joints, sacroiliac joints, and spinal region. Osteoarticular involvement in children is reported as 6-74% in a very different range [9,10,13,22]. In this study, osteoarticular involvement was found in 12.1% of the patients. The peripheral joint involvement rate of these patients was 55.5% and was in compliance with the literature. When all the cases were examined, the rates were detected as peripheral arthritis 6.7%, sacroiliitis 4%, bursitis 0.67%, spondylitis 0.67%. Peripheral arthritis was found to develop more frequently in hip, knee and ankle joints. There was no statistical difference in terms of demographic, clinical, and laboratory data except for the sedimentation rate in patients with osteoarthritic involvement compared to non-involvement patients. Sedimentation values were significantly higher in patients with osteoarthritic involvement. In a study which evaluated 196 children and adult patients with osteoarticular involvement, the sedimentation value was detected higher in patients with osteoarticular involvement but no statistical difference was detected in the other laboratory data [5].
A definite diagnosis of Brucella infection is made by the isolation of Brusella spp from blood culture, other body fluids or tissue cultures. Studies have reported very different results for blood culture positivity rates such as 7-74.3% [2,23,24]. Since isolation of Brucella spp in culture is not always possible, serologic tests have a very important role in diagnosis of patients who are clinically suspected for Brucella.Therefore, serum agglutination test (standard tube agglutination) and enzyme- linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) are the most commonly used methods. If the standard tube agglutination test is > 1:160, it is considered positive. However, especially in endemic regions, a single positive value does not indicate a Brucella infection. The premium serological explanation of brucellosis is affirmation by a fourfold or higher progress in Brucella agglutination titer between acute – and convalescent-phase serum varieties gathered ≥ 2 weeks aside and researched at the same laboratory [2].
In our study, only one patient’s rose bengal and standard tube agglutination test was negative, and B. melitensiswas positive in the bone marrow culture of this patient. In this study, blood cultures from 93 patients were taken and B. melitensiswas positive in the blood cultures of 72% of the patients. Our blood culture rate was higher than the values reported in the literature. The early stage of brucellosis was suspected due to being at an endemic region , and direct communication with the microbiologist might explain the high rates of blood culture positivity. Brucella leukocyte count, CRP and sedimentation values can usually be normal or slightly increased[2,25]. In our study, none of the patients had leukocytosis, and CRP and sedimentation values were mildly high.
In childhood brucellosis, treatment with cotrimoxazole plus rifampin or doxycycline plus rifampin, according to the age of the patients for six weeks, is a competent treatment with low relapse rates. Tetracycline group medications are not recommended for children under eight years of age due to the color change in the teeth, and are substituted with TMP-SMX group drugs. This combination treatment is highly effective [2,10,23,26]. In this study, the patients were treated in accordance with the recommendations and 94.5% have received treatment for six weeks. Treatment of patients with sacroiliitis and spondylitis continued until symptoms improved and lasted at least 12 weeks. At the end of the treatment, 2 patients (1.3%) had relapsed and relapsed patients were found to have poor drug compliance. It was found that 5.4% of the patients who participated in the study had previously been diagnosed with brucella and had relapsed due to inadequate treatment. Relapse rates in children are related to the duration of treatment and selected antibiotic regimens. Relapse rates in the literature as a result of six weeks of treatment have been reported to be between 5% and 12% [8,9,27]. Studies conducted in our country have reported relapse rates in children after 6 weeks of treatment between -2.1% and 6.6% [12,28,29]. We found a quite low relapse rate (1.3%) in this study. We think that the low relapse rate is related to the patient’s close follow-up as well as adequate treatment for the patient, and to the patient’s compliance with the drug and providing detailed information about the disease to their families.
Conclusion
Non-specific symptoms and findings, difficulty in isolating the agent in culture, and low specificity of serologic tests in endemic areas make brucellosis difficult disease to diagnose.Brucella can lead to diseases in all organs and tissues and is a major cause of morbidity in children. The use of multiple medications in the treatment of brucellosis and long treatment duration reduces patient compliance, and close follow-up of the patients is important. In this study, a family history of previous Brucella rate was high. Early diagnosis and treatment, prevention of the development of complications can be provided by family scanning. Brucellosis is still an endemic disease in our country. We also think that protective measures in animals and the treatment of sick animals are extremely important for the eradication of the disease.
Scientific Responsibility Statement
The authors declare that they are responsible for the article’s scientific content including study design, data collection, analysis and interpretation, writing, some of the main line, or all of the preparation and scientific review of the contents and approval of the final version of the article.
Animal and human rights statement
All procedures performed in this study were in accordance with the ethical standards of the institutional and/or national research committee and with the 1964 Helsinki declaration and its later amendments or comparable ethical standards. No animal or human studies were carried out by the authors for this article.
Funding: None
Conflict of interest
None of the authors received any type of financial support that could be considered potential conflict of interest regarding the manuscript or its submission.
References
1. Pappas G, Akritidis N, Bosilkovski M, Tsianos E. Brucellosis. N Engl J Med. 2005;352:2325–36.
2. Young EJ. Brucella Species (Brucellosis). In: Long SS, Pickering LK, Prober CG. 3rd edition Principles and Practice of Pediatric Infectious Diseases. Churchill Livingstone; 2009.p.855-8.
3. Pappas G, Papadimitriou P, Akritidis N, Christou L, Tsianos EV. The new global map of human brucellosis. Lancet Infect Dis. 2006; 6: 91–9.
4. Alton GG, Jones LM, Pietz DE. Laboratory techniques in brucellosis. Monogr. Ser. World Health Organ. 1975; 55: 1-163.
5. Bosilkovski M, Krteva L, Caparoska S, Dimzova M. Osteoarticular involvementin brucellosis: Study of 196 cases in the Republic of Macedonia. Croatian Medical Journal. 2004; 45: 727-33.
6. Yumuk Z, O’Callaghan D. Brucellosis in Turkey—an overview. Int J Infect Dis. 2012; 16: 228–35.
7. Çetin ET, Çoral B, Bilgiç A, Bilgehan E, Sipahioğlu U, Gürel M. Türkiye’de insanda bruselloz insidansının saptanması. Doğa- Türk J Med Sci. 1990; 14: 324-34.
8. Bosilkovski M, Krteva L, Caparoska S, Labacevski N, Petrovski M. Childhood brucellosis: Review of 317 cases. Asian Pac J. Trop. Med. 2015; 8: 1027-32.
9. Tanır G, Tüfekçi SB, Tuygun N. Presentation, complications, and treatment outcome of brucellosis in Turkish children. Pediatrics International. 2009; 51: 114–19.
10. Al-Shaalan M, Memish ZA, Al Mahmoud S, A. Alomari A, Khan MY, Maha Almuneef M, et al. Brucellosis in children: Clinical observations in 115 cases. Int J lnfec Dis. 2002; 6: 182-6.
11. Tsolia M, Drakonaki S, Messaritaki A, Farmakakis T, Kostaki M, Tsapra H,et al. Clinical features, complications and treatment outcome of childhood brucellosis in central Greece. J Infect. 2002; 44: 257-62.
12. Çelebi S, Hacımustafaoğlu M, Demirtaş F, Salı E, Gül Ü, Özel M. Çocukluk çağında bruselloz. J Pediatr Inf. 2011; 5: 59-62.
13. Gür A, Geyik MF, Dikici B, Nas K, Çevik R, Saraç J et al. Complications of brucellosis in different age groups: a study of 283 cases in Southeastern Anatolia of Turkey. Yonsei Med J. 2003; 44: 33-44.
14. Göktaş P. Erzincan bölgesinde bruselloz olgularında artış. İnfeksiyon Dergisi. 1990; 4: 475-81.
15. Hasanjani Roushan MR, Mohrez M, Smailnejad Gangi SM, Solemani Amiri MJ, Hajiahmadi M. Epidemiological features and clinical manifestations in 469 adult patients with brucellosis in Babol, Northern Iran. Epidemiol Infect. 2004; 132: 1109–14.
16. Çiftdoğan DY, Aslan S. Unrecognized pediatric and adult family members of children with acute brucellosis. Braz J Infect Dis. 2017; 21: 520-4.
17. Ismailova R, Mody R, Abdullayev R, Amirova K, Jabbarova L, Ustun N, et al. Screening of household family members of brucellosis cases and neighboring community members in Azerbaijan. Am J Trop Med Hyg. 2013; 88: 929-31.
18. Al-Eissa YA, Kambal AM, al-Nasser MN, aL-Habib SA, aL-Fawaz JM, aL-Zamil FA. Childhood brucellosis: a study of 102 cases. Pediatr Infect Dis J. 1990; 9: 74.
19. Caksen H, Arslan S, Faik Onor A, Cesur Y, Ceylan A, Atas B, et al. Childhood brucellosis is still a severe problem in the eastern region of Turkey. Trop Doct. 2002; 32: 91-2.
20. Roushan MR, Ahmadi SA, Gangi SM, Janmohammadi N, Amiri MJ. Childhood brucellosis in Babol, Iran. Trop Doct. 2005; 35: 229-31.
21. Jia B, Zhang F, Lu Y, Zhang W, Li J, Zhang Y, et al. The clinical features of 590 patients with brucellosis in Xinjiang, China with the emphasis on the treatment of complications. Plos Negl. Trop Dis. 2017; 11(5): DOI: doi: 10.1371/journal.pntd.0005577.
22. El-desouki M. Skeletal brucellosis: assessment with bone scintigraphy. Radiology. 1991;181: 415–18.
23. Mantur BG, Akki AS, Mangalgi SS, Patil SV, Gobbur RH, Peerapur BV. Childhood brucellosis: A microbiological, epidemiological and clinical study. J Trop Pediatr. 2004; 50: 153-7.
24. Corbel MJ. Microbiological aspects of brucellosis. Saudi Med J. 1993; 14: 489-502.
25. Kurtaran B, Candevir A, Inal AS, Komur S, Akyıldız O, Saltoğlu N, et al. Clinical appearance of brucellosis in adults: fourteen years of experience. Turk J Med Sci. 2012; 42: 497-505.
26. Hasanjani Roushan MR, Mohraz M, Janmohammadi N, Hajiahmadi M. Efficacy of cotrimoxazole and rifampin for 6 or 8 weeks of therapy in childhood brucellosis. Pediatr Infect Dis J. 2006; 25: 544-5.
27. Hall WH. Modern chemotherapy for brucellosis in humans. Rev Infect Dis 1990; 12: 1060-99.
28. Öncel EK, Özsürekçi Y, Cengiz AB, Kara A, Ceyhan M, Çelik M et al. Çocukluk çağında bruselloz: Hacettepe Üniversitesi deneyimi. Çocuk Sağlığı ve Hastalıkları Dergisi. 2011; 54: 135-41.
29. Yoldaş T, Tezer H, Parlakay AO, Saylı TR. Clinical and laboratory findings of 97 pediatric brucellosis patients in central Turkey. Journal of microbiology, Immunology and Infection. 2015; 48: 446-449.
Download attachments: JCAM_5956.pdf
Gündeşlioğlu ÖÖ. Brucella infection in children: Evaluation of 148 pediatric patients. J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 99-103.
Citations in Google Scholar: Google Scholar
This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. To view a copy of the license, visit https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
A possible interaction of TIMP-1 and TSP-1 with familial mediterranean fever
Malik Ejder Yıldırım 1, Hande Küçük Kurtulgan 1, Hasan Kılıçgün 2, Deniz Bakır 3, Sepil Erşan 3
1 Department of Medical Genetics, Faculty of Medicine, Cumhuriyet University, Sivas, 2 Deparment of Nutrition and Dietetics, Faculty of Health Sciences, Erzincan University, Erzincan, 3 Department of Biochemistry, Faculty of Medicine, Cumhuriyet University, Sivas, Turkey
DOI: 10.4328/JCAM.5959 Received: 02.07.2018 Accepted: 27.08.2018 Published Online: 05.09.2018 Printed: 01.01.2019 J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 104-8
Corresponding Author: Malik Ejder Yıldırım, Department of Medical Genetics, Faculty of Medicine, Cumhuriyet University, Sivas, Turkey. T.: +90 3462191156 F.: +90 3462191155 E-Mail: nemalik2002@gmail.com ORCID ID: 0000-0003-4386-1583
Aim: Matrix metalloproteinases (MMPs) may influence many biological and pathological processes including inflammatory responses. Thrombospondins (TSP) are a glycoprotein group of the extracellular matrix. In this study, we aimed to investigate a possible association of TIMP-1 (an inhibitor of metalloproteinases) and TSP-1 (an adhesive protein involved in cell-matrix interactions) with familial Mediterranean fever. Material and Method: Thirty FMF patients who had compound heterozygous or homozygous MEFV mutations and thirty healthy controls were included in this study. The patients were selected after screening by reverse hybridization procedure. TIMP-1 and TSP-1 levels of the patients and controls were measured by ELIZA. Results: TIMP-1 and TSP-1 levels of the patients who had homozygous or compound heterozygous MEFV mutation were compared with 30 healthy controls. The levels of TIMP-1 in the patients were statistically higher than those in the control group (p < 0.001). There was no significant difference between the patients and controls in terms of TSP-1 levels (p = 0.84). Discussion: IL-1β has an important role in FMF disease and it may stimulate expression of TIMP-1. TIMP-1 levels are increased in FMF patients on the basis of inflammation and higher TIMP-1 levels in patients may be associated with the self-limited nature of FMF. TSP-1 level can be modulated by proin-flammatory cytokines but there was no any significant difference between TSP-1 levels of FMF patients and the control group in our study. It can be thought that there is no interaction between TSP-1 and the pathogenesis of FMF.
Keywords: TIMP-1; TSP-1; FMF; Mutation
Introduction
Familial Mediterranean fever (FMF) is an autosomal recessive inflammatory disorder characterized by recurrent attacks of fever, peritonitis, pleuritis, abdominal pain, arthralgia and skin rash defined as erysipelas-like erythema [1]. It usually occurs in people of Mediterranean origin including Sephardic Jews, Arabs, Greeks, Armenians and Turks [2]. The cause of the disease is the mutations of MEFV gene (16p13.3) which is located on the short arm of chromosome 16 [3]. MEFV gene encodes a protein called pyrin (marenostrin) that is relevant to innate immunity [4]. MEFV mutations cause T helper 1 (Th1) polarization because the defective pyrin cannot prevent Th1 mediated inflammation [5]. Th1 cells are associated with the production of interferon-γ (IFN γ) and they are involved in immune responses against intracellular viral and bacterial infection [6].
Matrix metalloproteinases (MMPs) are a group of zinc-dependent enzymes which play an important role in degrading extracellular matrix [7, 8] and tissue remodeling both in various biological and pathological processes such as inflammatory and immune responses [9].
The MMP activities are inhibited by some specific endogenous inhibitors called tissue inhibitors of metalloproteinases(TIMPs) [10]. In this context, TIMPshavean important roleinregulatingextracellularmatrix(ECM)turnover [11].One of them, TIMP-1 is effective in extracellular matrix homeostasis and signaling pathways by inhibiting the activity of MMPs [12].
Some studies investigating the relationship between cytokines and matrix metalloproteinases have shown that plasma cytokines and acute phase proteins correlate positively with plasma MMP-9 or TIMP-1 [13]. Matrix metalloproteinases and Tissue inhibitors of metalloproteinases are expressed in the pleural fluid for various reasons and correlate with inflammatory mediators. It can be thought that the levels of TIMP-1 and TIMP-2 in the infectious pleural fluid may originate from their expression in resident mesothelial cells triggered by inflammatory mediators [14].
Thrombospondin-1 (TSP-1) is a multifunctional 450 kDa extracellular glycoprotein that is often stored in platelets [15]. It is an adhesive protein involved in cell–cell and cell–matrix interactions [16]. TSP-1 is a subunit of a disulfide-linked homotrimeric protein encoded by the THBS1 gene. The thrombospondin-1 protein is a matrix glycoprotein that has been reported to be an endogenous inhibitor of angiogenesis and tumor growth [17]. TSP-1 was discovered as a component of platelet alpha granules at first and it is secreted by many types of cells such as endothelial cells, monocytes, and fibroblasts. In the last decade, TSPs were identified as important mediators of neutrophil and monocyte chemotaxis, phagocytosis of neutrophils, regulation of T cell function [18].
In this study, we aimed to compare the levels of TIMP-1 and TSP-1 in FMF patients with those healthy controls and to evaluate the possible activities of these proteins in the presence of MEFV mutations.
Material and Method
A total of 86 patients diagnosed with FMF according to Tel Hashomer criteria and their families were screened for 12 MEFV gene mutations (E148Q, P369S, F479L, M680I(G/A), M680I(G/C), I692del, M694V, M694I, K695R, V726A, A744S, R761H) using Reverse Hybridization procedure (Vienna Lab, FMF StripAssay, GMBH, Austria). In molecular laboratory, total genomic DNA was extracted from peripheral blood samples of patients with DNA isolation kit (Invitec Invisorb Spin Blood Kit). Multiplex PCR amplification was performed using biotinylated primers. PCR products were incubated to nitrocellulose strips and the process wascompleted with color development and thedetection ofsignals in Auto-LIPA (Auto-LIPA Innogenetics). We selected the patients who had compound heterozygous or homozygous mutation for ELIZA test. In this context, thirty FMF patients and thirty healthy controls were subjected to ELISA analysis. After MEFV mutation screening, the levels of TIMP-1 and TSP-1 were measured by ELISA test in both patients and control group. Statistical analysis was performed with SPSS 22.0 software. Mann-Whitney U test was used to assess the levels of these glycoproteins because the parametric test assumptions could not be met.
Results
All 86 patients diagnosed with FMF were screened for MEFV mutations. Only 34.9% of the patients (30 individuals) had homozygous or compound heterozygous mutation. Fourteen of these patients were female and sixteen were male. Other patients might suffer from FMF with a single mutation or more likely they had rare mutations that we could not screen. The most frequent mutation in the patients was M694V (36.7%). The rates of homozygous and compound heterozygous mutations were 40% and 60% respectively (Table 1).
There were thirteen female and seventeen male in control group. There were no significant differences in the patients and control group in terms of sex. We measured TIMP-1 and TSP-1 levels of these thirty patients and thirty controls. There was a significant difference in the TIMP-I values between the patients and the control group (p < 0.001). The patients had higher TIMP-1 levels. On the other hand, there was no significant difference between the TSP-1 levels of the patients and the control group (p = 0.85) (Table 2).
Discussion
Familial Mediterranean fever (FMF) is a typical hereditary autoinflammatory disease characterized by periodic fever with arthritis and serositis. FMF patients have elevated serum levels of inflammatory cytokines and specific cytokines may be diagnostic biomarkers in attacks of FMF [19].
MMPs regulate several functions related to inflammation including bioavailability and activity of inflammatory cytokines and chemokines [20].Theyplay an important role in both pro- and anti-inflammatory pathways as regulatory enzymes [21]. The presence of these enzymes in some conditions such as cell migration, cell proliferation, apoptosis, and inflammation makes them common determinants of various pathological cases such as cancer, metastasis, and rheumatoid arthritis [22]. According to Hu et al., in an acute inflammation, blocking MMPs for a limited time interval might help to rescue critical tissues [23].
TIMP-1 is produced by a lot of cell types, such as peripheral blood monocytes and lymphocytes, airway macrophages and epithelial cells.In some studies, TIMP-1 was reported to be associated with several inflammatory conditions, including sepsis, community-acquired pneumonia, vasculitis and Kawasaki disease [24].
Pay et al. found that TIMP-1 levels in patients with osteoarthritis were also higher than in patients with Behcet’s disease and familial Mediterranean fever. They suggest that the cause of lower levels of TIMP-1 in the patients with inflammatory arthritis may be the consumption of TIMP-1 in order to neutralize the increased levels of MMP-1 in joint spaces [25].
Kapsoritakis et al. declared that ulcerative colitis and Crohn’s disease patients had significantly higher serum TIMP-1 levels when compared to healthy controls. There was an increased production of TIMP-1 in the patients of inflammatory bowel disease and this increase was correlated with the production of the well-known inflammatory markers called C reactive protein (CRP) and serum amyloid A (SAA) [26].
It has been shown that TIMP expression is associated with a variety of infectious and noninfectious inflammatory conditions. Lee et al. declared that TIMP-1-deficient mice were resistant to Pseudomonas aeruginosacorneal and pulmonary infections [27].
In a study by Mühl et al., TIMP-1 was significantly elevated in patients with severe sepsis on admission and started to decrease from the third day onward [28].
The association of TIMP-1 level with FMF is controversial. Dinç et al. found no significant difference between FMF patients and healthy subjects in terms of TIMP-1 levels [29]. IL-1β is involved in inflammatory manifestations of FMF [30]. In a study by Qu et al., it is claimed that IL-1β induces upregulation of MMPs and downregulation of TIMPs [31]. In this case, low levels of TIMP-1 may be expected in FMF patients but there are also different thoughts in the literature. Welser-Alves et al. showed that IL-1β promotes TIMP-1 expression in mixed glial cultures [32]. IL-1β may stimulate astrocytic expression of tissue inhibitor of metalloproteinases in mice [33]. On the other hand, Kapral et al. declared that proinflammatory cytokine IL-1β enhances MMP and TIMP mRNAs expression in colon cancer epithelial cells [34]. MEFV mutations in FMF patients are correlated with higher levels of secreted IL-1β. Increased secretion of IL-1β was observed not only in patients but also in the carriers [35]. Robert et al. suggested that pro-inflammatory mediators have complex effects in hepatic stellate cells via MMP/TIMP imbalance and IL-1 can stimulate hepatic cells to produce MMP-9, MMP-13, and TIMP-1, resulting in fibrogenesis [36].
On the basis of data obtained from various studies, we thought that there was a positive correlation between IL-1β and TIMP-1 in inflammatory processes. In our study, the levels of TIMP-1 in FMF patients were statistically higher than healthy controls.
MMPs are normally expressed at low levels, but they rapidly increase during inflammatory processes. For example, Subtypes MMP-2 and MMP-9 are highly expressed in apical periodontitis and have been suggested to play an important role in the development of this disease [37]. In this context, the over-expression of MMPs in tissue may be closely associated with the severity of inflammation [38]. If matrix metalloproteinase activity contributes to inflammation, higher TIMP-1 levels in FMF cases may explain the self-limited nature of the disease.
Thrombospondins are a family of extracellular matrix (ECM) proteins. Thrombospondin-1 is a calcium-binding glycoprotein involved in some biological functions such as wound repair, tumor growth and metastasis, angiogenesis, hemostasis, and inflammation [39].
TSP-1 stimulates endothelial cell apoptosis and inhibits endothelial cell migration and proliferation as an angiogenesis inhibitor [40].
Fordham et al. declared that TSP-1 modulates some components of the immune response at the sites of inflammation. It is associated with neutrophil and monocyte chemotaxis, phagocytosis, and the inhibition of angiogenesis [41]. Thrombospondin-1 (TSP-1) can be upregulated in various inflammatory diseases. Secretion of TSP-1 by endothelial cells can be modulated by proinflammatory cytokines such as TNFα and IL-1. For example, in vitrohantavirus infection of endothelial cells suppresses the transcription and accumulation of TSP-1 [42]. Previous studies suggest that interleukin-1β (IL-1) may have a major role in the pathogenesis of FMF [43]. Velasco et al. found the increase of IL-1β mRNA levels in the inflamed skin of TSP-1-deficient mice [44]. There may be a negative correlation between IL-1 β expression and the level of TSP-1. In this case, low levels of TSP-1 may be expected in FMF patients. Whereas, there was no significant difference in patients and controls in terms of the levels of TSP-1 in our study.
In conclusion, we detected higher TIMP-1 levels in FMF patients than in controls. IL-1β plays an important role in FMF disease and it stimulates expression of TIMP-1. It can be suggested that TIMP-1 levels are elevated in FMF disease and it may contribute to limiting inflammation. On the other hand, we did not find any significant difference between TSP-1 levels of FMF patients and control group. We thought that there is no change in TSP-1 levels in FMF disease and TSP-1 does not contribute to the pathogenesis of FMF.
Scientific Responsibility Statement
The authors declare that they are responsible for the article’s scientific content including study design, data collection, analysis and interpretation, writing, some of the main line, or all of the preparation and scientific review of the contents and approval of the final version of the article.
Animal and human rights statement
All procedures performed in this study were in accordance with the ethical standards of the institutional and/or national research committee and with the 1964 Helsinki declaration and its later amendments or comparable ethical standards. No animal or human studies were carried out by the authors for this article.
Funding: None
Conflict of interest
None of the authors received any type of financial support that could be considered potential conflict of interest regarding the manuscript or its submission.
References
1. Coskun S, Ustyol L, Bayram Y, Bektas M.S, Gulsen S, Cim A, et al. The spectrum of MEFV gene mutations and genotypes in Van province, the eastern region of Turkey, and report of a novel mutation (R361T). Gene. 2015; 562: 128-31.
2. Beheshtian M, Izadi N, Kriegshauser G, Kahrizi K, Mehr E.P, Rostami M, Et al. Prevalence of common MEFV mutations and carrier frequencies in a large cohort of Iranian populations. Journal of Genetics. 2016; 95: 667-74.
3. Haghighat M, Moghtaderi M, Farjadian S. Genetic Analysis of Southwestern Iranian Patients with Familial Mediterranean Fever. Rep Biochem Mol Biol.2017; 5: 117-20.
4. Battal F, Silan F, Topaloğlu N, Aylanç H, Yıldırım Ş, Köksal Binnetoğlu F, et al. The MEFV gene pathogenic variants and phenotype-genotype correlation in children with familial Mediterranean fever in the Çanakkale population.Balkan J Med Genet. 2017; 19: 23-8.
5. Aypar E, Ozen S, Okur H, Kutluk T, Besbas N, Bakkaloglu A. Th1 polarization in familial Mediterranean fever. J Rheumatol2003; 30: 2011-13.
6. ZhuJ, PaulW.E. Peripheral CD4 T cell differentiation regulated by networks of cytokines and transcription factors.Immunol Rev. 2010; 238: 247–62.
7. Chojnacki M, Zając A, Pięt M.The involvement of matrix metalloproteinases in the development and progression of neoplasm diseases.Postepy Biochem.2017; 63: 277-86.
8. Singh R, Mandhani A, Agrawal V, Garg M. Positive Correlation between Matrix Metalloproteinases and Epithelial-to-Mesenchymal Transition and its Association with Clinical Outcome in Bladder Cancer Patients. Cancer Microenviron. 2018; 11: 23-39.
9. Kondo N, Temma T, Aita K, Shimochi S, Koshino K, Senda M, etal. Development of matrix metalloproteinase-targeted probes for lung inflammation detection with positron emission tomography. Sci Rep.2018; 8: 1347.
10. Roine I, Pelkonen T, Lauhio A, Lappalainen M, Cruzeiro ML, Bernardino L, et al. Changes in MMP-9 and TIMP-1 Concentrations in Cerebrospinal Fluid after 1 Week of Treatment of Childhood Bacterial Meningitis. J Clin Microbiol. 2015; 53: 2340-2.
11. Mandel ER, Uchida C, Nwadozi E, Makki A, Haas TL. Tissue Inhibitor of Metalloproteinase 1 Influences Vascular Adaptations to Chronic Alterations in Blood Flow. J Cell Physiol.2017; 232: 831-41.
12. Lin SJ, Wu SW, Chou YC, Lin JH, Huang YC, Chen MR, et al. Novel expression and regulation of TIMP-1 in Epstein Barr virus-infected cells and its impact on cell survival. Virology. 2015; 481: 24-33.
13. Helmersson-Karlqvist J, Akerfeldt T, Gunningberg L, Swenne CL, Larsson A. Serum MMP-9 and TIMP-1 concentrations and MMP-9 activity during surgery-induced inflammation in humans. Clin Chem Lab Med. 2012; 50: 1115-9.
14. Teixeira LR, Dias MB, Sales RK, Antonangelo L, Alvarenga VA, Puka J, et al. Profile of Metalloproteinases and Their Association with Inflammatory Markers in Pleural Effusions. Lung. 2016; 194: 1021-7.
15. Kashihara H, Shimada M, Yoshikawa K, Higashijima J, Tokunaga T, Masaaki N, et al. Correlation Between Thrombospondin-1 Expression in Non-cancer Tissue and Gastric Carcinogenesis. Anticancer research. 2017; 37: 3547-52
16. Albo D, Shinohara T, Tuszynski GP. Up-regulation of matrix metalloproteinase 9 by thrombospondin 1 in gastric cancer. J Surg Res.2002; 108: 51-60.
17. Xie A, Xue J, Shen G, Nie L. Thrombospondin-1 inhibits ossification of tissue engineered cartilage constructed by ADSCs. Am J Transl Res.2017; 9: 3487-98.
18. Xing T, Wang Y, Ding WJ, Li YL, Hu XD, Wang C, et al. Thrombospondin-1 Production Regulates the Inflammatory Cytokine Secretion in THP-1 Cells Through NF-κB Signaling
Pathway. Inflammation.2017; 40: 1606-21.
19. Koga T, Kawashiri SY, Migita K, Sato S, Umeda M, Fukui S, et al. Comparison of serum inflammatory cytokine concentrations in familial Mediterranean fever and rheumatoid arthritis patients. Scand J Rheumatol.2017; 2: 1-3.
20. Nissinen L, Kähäri VM. Matrix metalloproteinases in inflammation.Biochim Biophys Acta.2014; 1840: 2571-80.
21. ManiconeA.M, McGuireJ.K. Matrix Metalloproteinases as Modulators of Inflammation.Semin Cell Dev Biol. 2008; 19: 34–41.
22. Travis TE, Ghassemi P, Prindeze NJ, Moffatt LT, Carney BC, Alkhalil A, et al. Matrix Metalloproteinases Are Differentially Regulated and Responsive to Compression Therapy in a Red Duroc Model of Hypertrophic Scar. Eplasty.2018;18:1.
23. Hu J, Van den Steen PE, Sang QX, Opdenakker G. Matrix metalloproteinase inhibitors as therapy for inflammatory and vascular diseases. Nat Rev Drug Discov.2007; 6: 480-98.
24. Chiang TY, Yu YL, Lin CW, Tsao SM, Yang SF, Yeh CB. The circulating level of MMP-9 and its ratio to TIMP-1 as a predictor of severity in patients with community-acquired pneumonia. Clin Chim Acta. 2013; 424: 261-6.
25. Pay S, Erdem H, Serdar M, Dinç A, Simşek I, Turan M. Comparison of synovial MMP-1 and TIMP-1 levels in patients with various inflammatory arthritides: is there any difference between rheumatoid arthritis, Behçet’s disease and familial Mediterranean fever? Clin Rheumatol. 2002; 21: 511-5.
26. Kapsoritakis AN, Kapsoritaki AI, Davidi IP, Lotis VD, Manolakis AC, Mylonis PI, et al. Imbalance of tissue inhibitors of metalloproteinases (TIMP) – 1 and – 4 serum levels, in patients with inflammatory bowel disease. BMC Gastroenterol.2008; 8: 55.
27. Lee MM, Yoon BJ, Osiewicz K, Preston M, Bundy B, van Heeckeren AM, et al. Tissue inhibitor of metalloproteinase 1 regulates resistance to infection. Infect Immun.2005; 73: 661-5.
28. Mühl D, Nagy B, Woth G, Falusi B, Bogár L, Weber G, et al. Dynamic changes of matrix metalloproteinases and their tissue inhibitors in severe sepsis. J Crit Care.2011; 26: 550-5.
29. Dinç M, Tanoğlu A, Yazgan Y, Beyazıt Y, Öncü K, Önem Y, et al. Serum matrix metalloproteinase-9 and tissue inhibitor of metalloproteinase-1 expression in patients with familial Mediterranean fever. Turk J Gastroenterol.2015; 26: 487-91.
30. Soriano A, Verecchia E, Afeltra A, Landolfi R, Manna R. IL-1β Biological Treatment of Familial Mediterranean Fever. Clinic Rev Allerg Immunol. 2013; 45: 117–30.
31. Qu H, Li J, Wu LD, Chen WP. Trichostatin A increases the TIMP-1/MMP ratio to protect against osteoarthritis in an animal model of the disease.Mol Med Rep.2016; 14: 2423-30.
32. Welser-Alves JV, Crocker SJ, Milner R. A dual role for microglia in promoting tissue finhibitor of metalloproteinase (TIMP) expression in glial cells in response to neuroinflammatory stimuli. J Neuroinflammation.2011; 8: 61.
33. Johnson KM, Crocker SJ. TIMP-1 couples RhoK activation to IL-1β-induced astrocyte responses. Neurosci Lett.2015; 609: 165-70.
34. KapralM, WawszczykJ, JurzakM, HollekA, WęglarzL. The effect of inositol hexaphosphate on the expression of selected metalloproteinases and their tissue inhibitors in IL-1β-stimulated colon cancer cells. Int J Colorectal Dis. 2012; 27: 1419–28.
35. Omenetti A, Carta S, Delfino L, Martini A, Gattorno M, Rubartelli A. Increased NLRP3-dependent interleukin 1β secretion in patients with familial Mediterranean fever: correlation with MEFV genotype. Ann Rheum Dis.2014; 73: 462-9.
36. Robert S, Gicquel T, Bodin A, Lagente V, Boichot E. Characterization of the MMP/TIMP Imbalance and Collagen Production Induced by IL-1β or TNF-α Release from Human Hepatic Stellate Cells.PLoS One.2016; 11: DOI: 10.1371/journal.pone.0153118.
37. Takahama A Jr, Rôças IN, Faustino ISP, Alves FRF, Azevedo RS, Gomes CC, et al. Association between bacteria occurring in the apical canal system and expression of bone-resorbing mediators and matrix metalloproteinases in apical periodontitis. Int Endod J.2018; 51: 738-46.
38. Zhang Z, Yang X, Zhang H, Liu X, Pan S, Li C. The role of extracellular matrix metalloproteinase inducer glycosylation in regulating matrix metalloproteinases in periodontitis. J Periodontal Res.2018; 53: 391-402.
39. Qu Y, Olonisakin T, Bain W, Zupetic J, Brown R, Hulver M,et al. Thrombospondin-1 protects against pathogen-induced lung injury by limiting extracellular matrix proteolysis. JCI Insight.2018; 3 (3):DOI: 10.1172/jci.insight.96914.
40. Huang T, Sun L, Yuan X, Qiu H. Thrombospondin-1 is a multifaceted player in tumor progression. Oncotarget.2017; 8: 84546-58.
41. Fordham JB, Hua J, Morwood SR, Schewitz-Bowers LP, Copland DA, Dick AD, et al. Environmental conditioning in the control of macrophage thrombospondin-1 production. Sci Rep.2012; DOI: 10.1038/srep00512
42. Khaiboullina SF, Morzunov SP, St Jeor SC, Rizvanov AA, Lombardi VC. Hantavirus Infection Suppresses Thrombospondin-1 Expression in Cultured Endothelial Cells in a Strain-Specific Manner. Front Microbiol.DOI: 10.3389/fmicb.2016.01077
43. Akar S, Cetin P, Kalyoncu U, Karadag O, Sari I, Cınar M, et al. Nationwide Experience With Off-label Use of Interleukin-1 Targeting Treatment in Familial Mediterranean Fever Patients. Arthritis Care Res (Hoboken).2018; 70: 1090-94.
44. Velasco P, Huegel R, Brasch J, Schröder JM, Weichenthal M, Stockfleth E, et al. The angiogenesis inhibitor thrombospondin-1 inhibits acute cutaneous hypersensitivity reactions. J Invest Dermatol.2009; 129: 2022-30.
Download attachments: JCAM_5959.pdf
Yıldırım ME, Kurtulgan HK, Kılıçgün H, Bakır D, Erşan S. A possible interaction of TIMP-1 and TSP-1 with familial mediterranean fever. J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 104-8.
Citations in Google Scholar: Google Scholar
This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. To view a copy of the license, visit https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
Prevalence of trigeminal neuralgia patients in the community: A retrospective study
Ayse Ozcan Kucuk 1, Aydin Keskinruzgar 2
1 Department of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery, Faculty of Dentistry, Mersin University, Mersin, 2 Department of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery, Faculty of Dentistry, Adiyaman University, Adiyaman, Turkey
DOI: 10.4328/JCAM.5982 Received: 29.07.2018 Accepted: 03.09.2018 Published Online: 05.09.2018 Printed: 01.01.2019 J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 16-9
Corresponding Author: Aydin Keskinruzgar, Department of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery, Faculty of Dentistry, Adıyaman University, 02000, Adiyaman, Turkey. GSM: +905416795521 E-Mail: akeskinruzgar@gmail.com ORCID ID: 0000-0001-5735-6890
Aim: The aim of this study is to evaluate the prevalence of trigeminal neuralgia (TN) in Adıyaman and its surrounding populations. Material and Method: The study population consisted of 154.969 patients admitted to the Adıyaman University, Department of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery between 2015 and 2018. Clinical records of 41 patients diagnosed with TN were retrospectively reviewed. Demographic data and clinical characteristics of the patients were recorded. Localization, age and sex distribution and the prevalence of TN were determined. Results: Among the 41 cases with TN, 27 were female and 14 were male. The mean age of the patients was 58.59 ± 16.38 years. Thirty-nine patients (95.1%) had unilateral and 2 patients (4.9%) had bilateral TN. While the mandibular branch (V3) involvement of the trigeminal nerve was observed in 16 patients, 5 patients showed maxillary branch (V2) involvement, and 3 patients exhibited ophthalmic branch (V1) involvement. In addition, V1+V2 involvement was observed in 1 patient, V2+V3 involvement was observed in 5 patients and V1+V2+V3 involvement was described in 11 patients. Overall, the prevalence of TN was found to be approximately 0.03% (26/100.000). Discussion: TN is a rare disease, estimation of its prevalence is difficult, hence, the literature on the prevalence and of TN is limited. The prevalence rate is about 4.5-29.5 per 100.000 individu-als in other studies. The present study revealed that the prevalence of TN in Adıyaman and its surroundings was 26/100.000. This study may be the first one in Turkey to investigate the prevalence of TN.
Keywords: Trigeminal Neuralgia; Prevalence; Epidemiology
Introduction
Trigeminal neuralgia (TN) is a disease characterized by frequent unilateral, sudden and paroxysmal pain attacks affecting the orofacial region, often described as “the worst pain in the world” by patients [1]. TN affects one or more branches of the trigeminal nerve, often the second or third branches [2]. The trigger factors for TN attacks include washing the facial area, shaving, smoking, speaking, brushing teeth or exposure to cold [3]. The pain caused by these attacks usually ends within a few seconds, but in some cases, it has been reported to last for up to 2 minutes [4].
The etiology of TN may be idiopathic or symptomatic. Symptomatic TN cases are thought to be secondary to diseases such as tumors, cardiovascular infarction, and multiple sclerosis. On the other hand, the causes of idiopathic TN are not fully understood. It is postulated that demyelination along the trigeminal nerve causes pain, which is presumed to occur due to the neurovascular interaction between the trigeminal nerve and an abnormal venous or arterial vascular structure [5].
While TN is treated by various specialists, including oral and maxillofacial surgeons, there is no consensus on the modality of treatment for TN. The treatment is often delayed due to misdiagnosis, in addition to the complexity of treatment for this condition. When diagnosed, the initial medical treatment, which is performed through the use of carbamazepine, oxcarbazepine, baclofen, gabapentin, phenytoin, clonazepam, lamotrigine, valproic acid or topiramate, may be followed by conducting rhizotomy, microvascular decompression or Gamma-Knife [6-8].
TN is rare; therefore, it is difficult to obtain high-quality epidemiological data [9]. TN can occur at any age, but more than 90% of the cases are observed after 40 years of age. It is observed more frequently in women than in men [4, 10]. In addition, TN may occur in conjunction with some diseases, which is why individuals with multiple sclerosis and hypertension have a higher risk of TN [11].
Although there is no consensus on the prevalence and incidence of TN in the literature, several studies have investigated this subject in various regions of the world [2,3,12-15]. In these studies, the prevalence of TN in the population was reported to range between 0.7-27/100.000. To the best of author’s knowledge, there are no studies reporting the prevalence of TN in Turkey. Thus, the aim of this study was to determine the prevalence of TN in Adıyaman and its surrounding populations.
Material and Method
This retrospective study was approved by Adıyaman University, Ethics Committee for Non-Interventional Research (2018/3-3). The data of 154.969 patients, who were admitted to the Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery Clinic of Adıyaman University between 2015 and 2018 due to various dental and orofacial problems, were examined. These patients were either admitted directly to Adıyaman University, Oral and MaxillofacialSurgery clinic and were diagnosed with TN or were referred to Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery clinic after they were diagnosed with TN at the Faculty of Medicine Training and Research Hospital. The demographic information (age and sex) of the patients and the clinical characteristics of TN (affected side of the face, which branches of the trigeminal nerve were affected) were recorded. By using these data, the frequency, localization, age, and distribution of TN in Adıyaman and its surroundings were determined.
Results
Of the 154.969 patients who applied to oral and maxillofacial surgery clinic, 41 had TN, thus the prevalence of TN was ~0.03% (26/100.000). Among these 41 patients, 27 (66%) were female and 14 (34%) were male. The mean age was 56 ± 18.14 years for women and 63.57 ± 10.66 years for men. Table 1 shows the demographic characteristics of the TN patients.
Thirty-nine (95.1%) patients were unilaterally affected while 2 (4.9%) patients were affected bilaterally. Of the total of 39 unilateral cases, 15 patients were found to have neuralgic pain on the left side and 24 of them had pain on the right side (Table 2).
While a single branch of the trigeminal nerve was involved in 24 of the 41 patients (58.5%), 17 patients (41.5%) exhibited involvement of multiple branches of the trigeminal nerve. The mandibular branch (V3) involvement of the trigeminal nerve was observed in 16 patients, maxillary branch (V2) involvement in 5 patients, ophthalmic branch (V1) involvement in 3 patients, V1 + V2 involvement in 1 patient, V2 + V3 involvement in 5 patients and V1 + V2 + V3 involvement was identified in 11 patients (Table 3).
Discussion
Because TN is a rare disease, estimation of its prevalence is difficult, hence, the literature on the prevalence and incidence of TN is limited [2, 9]. The average prevalence rate is about 4.5 per 100.000 individuals [16,17]. MacDonald and colleagues [12] reported the annual incidence of TN to be 8/10.000 and the annual lifetime prevalence of TN to be 0.07%. TN prevalence was calculated to be 0.02% (15/100.000) by Sindou et al. [13] in Rochester, Minnesota, 0.3% (10/3336) by Mueller et al. [2] in Germany and 0.03% (29.5/100.000) by El-Tallawy et al. [3] in Egypt. In the present study, the prevalence of TN in Adıyaman and its surrounding population was found to be 0.03% (26/100.000).
TN can be observed at all ages but is more common in the elderly population, especially in the 50-70 years of age range. Katusic et al. [15] reported the incidence of TN as 25.9/100.000 among individuals over 80 years of age. In a retrospective study with 92 patients diagnosed with TN, the mean age of the patients was reported to be 67.3 ± 12.7 [6]. In the present study, there was no age limit and the mean age of the patients (58.59 ± 16.38), which was in the 5th decade, was found to be lower than in the other studies (minimum age: 29-maximum age: 89).
In the present study, 66% of the TN patients were female, while in a previous study, 55-70% of TN patients were female and 45% of the patients had maxillary pain [6]. In a retrospective study by Rothman and Monson [18] using data on patients in the Massachusetts General Hospital, the ratio of women with TN was reported to be 1.17-fold higher compared to men. Jainkittivong et al. [19] reported that 62.8% of the TN cases were observed in women. In studies by Bangash [20] and Loh et al. [21], the ratio of women with TN to men was found to be 2/1 and 1.75/1, respectively. Thus, the male to female ratio in the present study is consistent with the findings of previous studies [6, 20, 21]. However, it should be noted that, contrary to these studies, three separate studies in India reported that TN was more prevalent in males [22-24].
In the current study, 95.1% of TN patients were affected unilaterally and 61% of the patients with unilateral involvement were affected on the right side (right/left ratio: 1.6). A retrospective study by Ibrahim and colleagues [6] has previously reported that 98% of TN patients had unilateral and 2% had bilateral involvement in a cohort of 92 patients. In the same study, 56% of patients with unilateral involvement were found to be affected on the right side. Jainkittivong et al. [19] showed bilateral involvement in only two patients while unilateral involvement was observed in 98.9% of 188 TN patients. In addition, in this study, it was reported that the right side of the face was affected 1.8 times more than the left side. Loh et al. [21] reported that the right side was 1.4 times more affected than the left side in unilateral involvement cases. The results of the current study are in line with those of previous studies [6, 19, 21]. The reason for the right side being affected more than the left side is thought to be caused by the narrowness of the foramen ovale and foramen rotunda compared to those on the left side [25].
The causes of the degree of nerve branch involvement in TN are not known [20]. Previous studies have shown that the most commonly affected nerve in TN is the mandibular branch (V3) and that the ophthalmic branch (V1) is less affected [12, 14, 15, 19-21]. On the other hand, a limited number of studies have suggested that the maxillary branch was the most widely affected nerve in TN [2, 6]. Katusic et al. [15] suggested that the maxillary and mandibular branches were affected equally and the ophthalmic nerve was less affected than the other branches. In the current study, the most affected branch was found to be the mandibular branch (V3), consistent with the findings of the majority of the previous studies. It was also found that about 26% of the patients had all three branches of the trigeminal nerve (V1 + V2 + V3) affected and 12% of the patients had the second and third branches (V2 + V3) affected together.
Conclusion
TN is a rare disease and it is difficult to diagnose. The present study showed the prevalence of TN in Adıyaman and its vicinity to be 26/100.000. This is the first study investigating the prevalence of TN in Turkey and the authors believe that this study’sresults form a basis for understanding the TN prevalence in the general population in Turkey. On the other hand, more community-based and multicenter studies are needed to confirm and elucidate this study’s results.
Scientific Responsibility Statement
The authors declare that they are responsible for the article’s scientific content including study design, data collection, analysis and interpretation, writing, some of the main line, or all of the preparation and scientific review of the contents and approval of the final version of the article.
Animal and human rights statement
All procedures performed in this study were in accordance with the ethical standards of the institutional and/or national research committee and with the 1964 Helsinki declaration and its later amendments or comparable ethical standards. No animal or human studies were carried out by the authors for this article.
Funding: None
Conflict of interest
None of the authors received any type of financial support that could be considered potential conflict of interest regarding the manuscript or its submission.
References
1. Punyania SR, Jasujab VR. Trigeminal neuralgia: An insight into the current treatment modalities. J Oral Biol Craniofac Res. 2012; 2(3): 188–97.
2. Mueller D, Obermann M, Yoon MS, Poitz F, Hansen N, Slomke MA, et al. Prevalence of trigeminal neuralgia and persistent idiopathic facial pain: a population-based study. Cephalalgia. 2011; 31(15): 1542-8.
3. El-Tallawy HN, Farghaly WM, Rageh TA, Shehata GA, Abdel Hakeem M N, Badry R, et al. Prevalence of trigeminal neuralgia in Al-Quseir city (Red sea Governorate), Egypt. Clin Neurol Neurosurg. 2013; 115(9): 1792-4.
4. De Toledo IP, Conti Réus J, Fernandes M, Porporatti AL, Peres MA, Takaschima A, et al. Prevalence of trigeminal neuralgia: A systematic review. J Am Dent Assoc. 2016; 147(7): 570-6.
5. Krafft RM. Trigeminal neuralgia. American Family Physician. 2008; 77(9): 1291–6.
6. Ibrahim S. Trigeminal neuralgia: diagnostic criteria, clinical aspects and treatment outcomes. A retrospective study. Gerodontology. 2014; 31(2): 89-94.
7. Zakrzewska JM, Lopez BC. Trigeminal neuralgia. Clin Evid. 2005; 14: 1669–77.
8. Ashkan K, Marsh H. Microvascular decompression for trigeminal neuralgia in the elderly: a review of the safety and efficacy. Neurosurgery. 2004; 55(4): 840–48
9. Allsop MJ, Twiddy M, Grant H, Czoski-Murray C, Mon-Williams M, Mushtaq F, et al. Diagnosis, medication, and surgical management for patients with trigeminal neuralgia: a qualitative study. Acta Neurochir (Wien). 2015; 157(11): 1925-33.
10. Rehman A, Abbas I, Khan SA, Ahmed E, Fatima F, Anwar SA. Spectrum of trigeminal neuralgia. J Ayub Med Coll Abbottabad. 2013; 25(1-2): 168-71.
11. Kim JS, Kang JH, Lee MC. Trigeminal neuralgia after pontine infarction. Neurology. 1998; 51(5): 1511–2.
12. MacDonald BK, Cockerell OC, Sander JW, Shorvon SD. The incidence and lifetime prevalence of neurological disorders in a prospective community-based study in the UK. Brain. 2000; 123(4): 665–76.
13. Sindou M, Leston J, Howeidy T, Decullier E, Chapuis F. Micro-vascular decompression for primary Trigeminal neuralgia (typical or atypical): long-term effectiveness on pain; prospective study with survival analysis in a consecutive series of 362 patients. Acta Neurochirurgica. 2006; 148(12): 1235–45.
14. Hall GC, Carroll D, Parry D, McQuay HJ. Epidemiology and treatment of neuropathic pain: the UK primary care perspective. Pain. 2006; 122(1-2): 156-62.
15. Katusic S, Beard CM, Bergstralh E, Kurland LT. Incidence and clinical features of trigeminal neuralgia, Rochester, Minnesota, 1945-1984. Ann Neurol. 1990; 27(1): 89-95.
16. Mazoni C, Torelli P. Epidemiology of typical andatypical craniofacial neuralgias. Neurol Sci. 2005; 26(2): 65–7.
17. Ritter M, Friedman A. Trigeminal neuralgia. Adebilitating pain syndrome. Adv Nurse Pract. 2009; 17(3): 51–2.
18. Rothman KJ, Monson RR.J. Epidemiology of trigeminal neuralgia. Chronic Dis. 1973; 26(1): 3-12.
19. Jainkittivong A, Aneksuk V, Langlais RP. Trigeminal neuralgia: a retrospective study of 188 Thai cases. Gerodontology. 2012; 29(2): DOI: 10.1111/j.1741‐2358.2011.00530.x
20. Bangash TH. Trigeminal Neuralgia: Frequency of Occurrence in Different Nerve Branches. Anesth Pain. 2011; 1(2): 70-2.
21. Loh HS, Ling SY, Shanmuhasuntharam P, Zain R, Yeo JF, Khoo SP. Trigeminal neuralgia. A retrospective survey of a sample of patients in Singapore and Malaysia. Aust Dent J. 1998; 43(3): 188-91.
22. Kalysanaraman S, Ramamurthi B. Trigeminal neuralgia: a review of 331 cases. Neurol India. 1970; 18(1): 100-8.
23. Abraham J, Chandy J. Trigeminal neuralgia. Neurol India. 1962; 10: 59-63.
24. Daftary VG, Javeri PM, Dighe SD. Treatment of trigeminalneuralgia by sensory rhizontomy: a clinical study of 100 operated cases. J Indian Med Assoc. 1965; 45: 419-24.
25. Neto HS, Camilli JA, Marques MJ. Trigeminal neuralgia is caused by maxillary and mandibular nerve entrapment: greater incidence of right-sided facial symptoms is due to the foramen rotundum and foramen ovale being narrower on the right side of the cranium. Med Hypotheses. 2005; 65(6): 1179-82.
Download attachments: JCAM_5982.pdf
Kucuk AO, Keskinruzgar A. Prevalence of trigeminal neuralgia patients in the community: A retrospective study. J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 16-9.
Citations in Google Scholar: Google Scholar
This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. To view a copy of the license, visit https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
Evaluation of performance of orient gene strep a rapid antigen test in tonsillopharyngitis
Sibel Gumus 1, Betil Ozhak Baysan 1, Ozlem Koyuncu Ozyurt 1, Hatice Yazisiz 2, Gozde Ongut 1, Kubra Yildirim 3, Aynur Inan 4, Nilgun Erkek 5, Dilara Ogunc 1
1 Department of Microbiology, Faculty of Medicine, University of Akdeniz, 2 Microbiology Laboratory, Antalya Education and Research Hospital, 3 Central Laboratory, Akdeniz University Hospital, 4 Medical Student, Akdeniz University, Faculty of Medicine, 5 Department of Pediatri, Faculty of Medicine, University of Akdeniz, Antalya, Turkey
DOI: 10.4328/JCAM.5783 Received: 17.07.2018 Accepted: 16.08.2018 Published Online: 27.08.2018 Printed: 01.01.2019 J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 41-4
Corresponding Author: O. Koyuncu Ozyurt, Department of Microbiology, University of Akdeniz, Faculty of Medicine, 07070 Antalya, Turkey. T.: +90 2422496393 F.: +90 2422496906 E-Mail: ozlemkoyuncu_@hotmail.com ORCID ID: 0000-0003-1260-0671
Aim: The aim of this study is to investigate the performance of Orient Gene Strep A rapid test kit (Zhuhai Encode Medical, China), which detects the presence of Lancefield Group A antigen of S. pyogenes in throat swab specimens by lateral flow immunoassay, in comparison with throat culture. Material and Method: A total of 250 throat swabs obtained from pediatric patients who were admitted to Akdeniz University Hospital between January 20, 2015 and March 4, 2016 for acute tonsillopharyngitis were included in the study. Throat swab specimens were placed on the transport medium (Copan, Italy) and plated on Columbia blood agar plates (BBL, BD, US). Plates were incubated for 24-48 hours at 35-37 °C under aerobic conditions. S. pyogenes isolates were identified by colony morphology, beta hemolysis formation, L-pyrrolidonyl-naphthylamide (PYR, Remel, USA) hydrolysis, Lancefield group typing kit (Plasmatec, UK) and MALDI-TOF MS (Bruker Daltonik, GmBH, Germany). Results: S. pyogenes growth was observed in 54 (21.6%) of the 250 samples that were being worked on. Rapid antigen test was positive in 46 (85.2%) of those 54 culture positive cases and negative in the remaining 8 (14.8%) cases. Moreover, strep-A rapid diagnostic test was positive in 4 cases with negative culture. The sensitivity and specificity of Orient Gene Strep A compared with culture were 85.2% and 98%, respectively.Discussion: Orient Gene Strep A rapid test is inexpensive and provides rapid results with considerable sensitivity and specificity so is suitable for using together with culture for the diagnosis of streptococcal pharyngitis.
Keywords: Streptococcus Pyogenes; Throat Culture; Orient Gene Strep A Rapid Test
Introduction
S. pyogenes emerges as a causative agent in approximately 616 million pharyngitis cases per year [1]. Suppurative complications such as peritonsillar abscess, retropharyngeal abscess, cervical adenitis, otitis media, sinusitis, mastoiditis, bacteriemia and nonsuppurative complications such as acute rheumatic fever and acute glomerulonephritis may develop due to pharyngitis caused by S. pyogenes[2]. At least 517,000 people die each year due to serious S. pyogenesinfections worldwide, and acute rheumatic fever alone accounts for 233,000 of these cases [3]. Untreated streptococcal pharyngitis lasts 7-10 days. Patients with untreated streptococcal pharyngitis are infectious during the acute phase of the disease and for the next week. Effective antibiotic treatment reduces the risk of transmission and symptom duration to about one day. Appropriate treatment of GAS pharyngitis also prevents most complications [4]. On the other hand, inappropriate use of antibiotics contributes to antimicrobial resistance development, side effects and excess health care costs [2,5].
Clinical findings may provide insight into the causative agent, but it is not always possible even for experienced physicians to make a definite decision as to whether the agent is S. pyogenes. In the diagnosis of acute tonsillopharyngitis due to S. pyogenes, culture method, rapid antigen tests, polymerase chain reaction (PCR) and serological tests are used. Culture is the gold standard method [6]. The sensitivity of the culture method is 90-95% when the throat sample is collected, transported, incubated and evaluated properly [2]. However, the culture method takes 1-2 days to get results (and it requires more experience and laboratory equipment). Serological tests can be used to diagnose non-suppurative complications, but they are not useful in diagnosing acute infection because antibody titers reach detectable levels after 1-2 weeks of acute infection, reaching a maximum level within 3-6 weeks after acute infection, and after months of infection, it may still be high even if it is not active streptococcal pharyngitis [7]. Tests for detecting nucleic acids are highly sensitive but they are very costly.
Rapid antigen tests detect the carbohydrate antigen presence in the cell wall of S. pyogenes. These tests are simple to perform. There are many commercial kits available for rapid antigen test. In this test, first, the antigen is extracted from the sample of the throat swab by enzymatic or chemical methods. After that, antigen presence is demonstrated by methods such as enzyme immunoassay (EIA) and agglutination [8].
According to the recommendations of IDSA, testing for GAS pharyngitis by rapid antigen testing and/or culture should be performed if the patient has no cough, nasal discharge, oral ulcer or hoarseness [4]. These symptoms strongly suggest viral etiology. A streptococcal pharyngitis cannot reliably be distinguished from viral pharyngitis according to clinical findings. In pediatric patients, confirmation with culture is recommended if the rapid antigen test is negative. If the result of the rapid antigen test is positive, culture is not necessary because the test has high specificity.
ESCMID recommends the use of Centor clinical scoring system or rapid antigen test for the diagnosis of group A streptococcal sore throat. According to the Centor criteria (temperature > 38°C, absence of cough, tonsillar exudates, tender anterior cervical adenopathy) in patients with a high probability of group A streptococcal infection, rapid antigen testing can be performed. If the rapid antigen test result is negative, then the culture is not necessary [9,10].
In this study, our aim is to investigate the performance of Orient Gene Strep A rapid test kit (Zhuhai Encode Medical, China), which detects the presence of Lancefield Group A antigen of S. pyogenesin throat swab specimens by lateral flow immunoassay, in comparison with throat culture.
Material and Method
A total of 250 throat swabs obtained from pediatric patients who were admitted to Akdeniz University Hospital between January 20, 2015 and March 4, 2016 for acute tonsillopharyngitis were included in the study. Throat swab specimens were placed on the transport medium (Copan, Italy) and plated on Columbia blood agar plates (BBL, BD, US). Plates were incubated for 24-48 hours at 35-37 °C under aerobic conditions. S. pyogenes isolates were identified by colony morphology, beta hemolysis formation, L-pyrrolidonyl-naphthylamide (PYR, Remel, USA) hydrolysis, Lancefield group typing kit (Plasmatec, UK) and MALDI-TOF MS (Bruker Daltonik, GmBH, Germany).
Results
The distribution of male and female patients was 152 (60.8%) and 98 (39.2%) respectively. The age distribution ranged from 1 to 18 years, with an average age of 6.76 years and a median age of 6 years.
S. pyogenesgrowth was observed in 54 (21.6%) of the 250 samples that were being worked on. Rapid antigen test was positive in 46 (85.2%) of those 54 culture positive cases. The test result was negative in the remaining 8 (14.8%) cases. Moreover, strep-A rapid diagnostic test was positive in 4 cases with negative culture (Table 1). The sensitivity and specificity of the Strep-A rapid diagnostic test in our study were 85.2% and 98%, respectively.
Discussion
Although acute tonsillopharyngitis which is very common especially in children is a self-limited disease, it may cause suppurative and nonsuppurative sequelae when S. pyogenesis present. There is no reliable clinical sign or finding to make a definite decision about the etiology of the disease [11].
Acute tonsillopharyngitis is among the most common reasons for inappropriate antibiotic prescribing. It is stated that 70% of the patients who go to the primary care physicians in the USA with a sore throat are prescribed antibiotics and only 20-30% of them have clinical findings suggesting that S. pyogenesis the causative agent [12,13].
Rapid antigen detection testing plays an important role in the diagnosis of GAS pharyngitis because of their easy application and quick results. In a study in France, antibiotic prescribing status of doctors who did and did not perform rapid antigen testing in patients with acute tonsillopharyngitis were compared and doctors who did not perform rapid antigen testing showed 20% more antibiotic prescriptions [14]. Sensitivity and specificity of the test may vary according to the factors ranging from the sampling procedure to test kit. In the studies conducted, the specificity of the test is above 95% and the sensitivity is between 65-90% [15,16]. As a result of the studies by Gürol et al., the sensitivity and specificity of the rapid antigen test they used was 64.6% and 96.79%, respectively [17]. The number of patients involved in the study was 132, the sensitivity of the test was 66% and the specificity was 99% [18]. Stewart and his colleagues examined 59 different studies on 55,766 pediatric patients and found the mean sensitivity and specificity of rapid antigen tests as 86% and 92%, respectively [19]. Cohen and his colleagues studied 98 different studies comparing rapid antigen test with throat culture method between 1980 and 2015 [20]. As a result, they found the mean sensitivity of the rapid antigen test as 85.6% and the mean specificity as 95%. Lean and his colleagues evaluated 48 different studies on pediatric patients between 1996 and 2013 for the same purpose and found the sensitivity and specificity of the rapid antigen test as 86% and 96%, respectively [21]. Köse and his colleagues assessed the decision of the pediatrician to arrange antibiotic treatment before and after performing the rapid antigen test for 223 pediatric patients with acute pharyngitis [23]. They also compared the sensitivity and specificity of the rapid antigen test with the culture method. The sensitivity and specificity of the rapid antigen test were found to be 92.1% and 97.3% respectively. The decision of the physicians to prescribe antibiotics after the rapid antigen test was reduced by 53% in the group of patients without S. pyogenesin throat culture and increased by 7.9% in the group of patients with S. pyogenesin throat culture in case of rapid antigen test. Ruiz Aragon and his colleagues examined 24 different studies in 2009 and found that the sensitivity of the rapid antigen test was 65.6% and the specificity was 96.4% [23].
In our study, the sensitivity of the rapid antigen test was 85.2% and the specificity was 98%, and it was found that our results were compatible with previous studies. Strep-A rapid diagnostic test was positive in 4 cases that had negative culture for s. pyogenes. The release of group-A carbohydrate antigen by the bacteria of the Streptococcus milleri group in the throat flora and receiving antibiotics shortly before collecting the sample, may be among the reasons for the false positive test result [24,25]. However, in our study, the anamnesis of the patients did not contain any antibiotic use history before the test.
In conclusion, early diagnosis of GAS pharyngitis by rapid antigen testing provides early antibiotic therapy to alleviate symptoms of the patient, prevent sequelae and reduce infectivity. Our study showed that the Orient Gene Strep A rapid test kit is a test that can be used in the diagnosis of acute tonsillopharyngitis because the sensitivity of the kit is within acceptable limits ( > 80%). For those patients who have negative results with rapid test, optimal results can be obtained by performing throat culture.
Scientific Responsibility Statement
The authors declare that they are responsible for the article’s scientific content including study design, data collection, analysis and interpretation, writing, some of the main line, or all of the preparation and scientific review of the contents and approval of the final version of the article.
Animal and human rights statement
All procedures performed in this study were in accordance with the ethical standards of the institutional and/or national research committee and with the 1964 Helsinki declaration and its later amendments or comparable ethical standards. No animal or human studies were carried out by the authors for this article.
Funding: None
Conflict of interest
None of the authors received any type of financial support that could be considered potential conflict of interest regarding the manuscript or its submission.
References
1. Bessen DE. Population biology of the human restricted pathogen, Streptococcus pyogenes. Infect Genet Evol. 2009; 9(4): 581-93.
2. Shulman ST, Bisno AL, Clegg HW, Gerber MA, Kaplan EL, Lee G, et al. Clinical practice guideline for the diagnosis and management of group A streptococcal pharyngitis: 2012 update by the Infectious Diseases Society of America. Clin Infect Dis. 2012; 55(10): 1279–82.
3. Carapetis JR, Steer AC, Mulholland EK, Weber M. The global burden of group A streptococcal diseases. Lancet Infect Dis. 2005; 5(11): 685-94.
4. Vincent MT, Nadhia Celestin MS, Hussain AN. Pharyngitis. Am Fam Physician. 2004; 69(6): 1465-70.
5. Małecki M, Mazur A, Sobolewski M, Bury MB, Marc M, Januszewicz P. Rapid strip tests as a decision-making tool about antibiotic treatment in children – A prospective study. Pediatria Polska. 2017; 92(2): 149-55.
6. Cohen JF, Cohen R, Levy C. Selective testing strategies for diagnosing group A streptococcal infection in children with pharyngitis: a systematic review and prospective multicentre external validation study. CMAJ. 2015; 187(1): 23-32.
7. Shet A, Kaplan EL. Clinical use and interpretation of group A streptococcal antibody tests: a practical approach for the pediatrician or primary care physician. Pediatr Infect Dis J, 2002;21:420–30.
8. Carroll KC, Hobden JA. The Streptococci, Enterococci and Related Genera. In, Carroll KC Mietzner T, Miller S, Detrick B, editors. Jawetz Melnick & Adelberg’s Medical Microbiology. 27th ed. New York: MC Graw Hill; 2016. p.219.
9. Pelucchi C, Grigoryan L, Galeone C, Verheij T. ESCMID Guideline for the management of acute sore throat. Clin Microbiol Infect. 2012; 18 (Suppl. 1): 1–27.
10. Aalbers J, O’Brien KK, Chan WS, Falk GA, Teljeur C, Dimitrov BD, et al. Predicting streptococcal pharyngitis in adults in primary care: a systematic review of the diagnostic accuracy of symptoms and signs and validation of the Centor score. BMC Medicine. 2011; 9: 67.
11. Shaikh N, Swaminathan N, Hooper EG. Accuracy and Precision of the Signs and Symptoms of Streptococcal Pharyngitis in Children: A Systematic Review J Pediatr. 2012; 160: 487-93.
12. Linder JA, Bates DW, Lee GM, Finkelstein JA. Antibiotic treatment of children with sore throat. JAMA. 2005; 294: 2315–22.
13. Nyquist AC, Gonzales R, Steiner JF, Sande MA. Antibiotic prescribing for children with colds, upper respiratory tract infections, and bronchitis. JAMA. 1998; 279: 875–7.
14. Michel-Lepage A, Ventelou B, Verger P. Factors associated with the use of rapid antigen diagnostic tests in children presenting with acute pharyngitis among French general practitioners. Eur J Clin Microbiol Infect Dis. 2014; 33(5): 723-8.
15. Gerber MA, Shulman ST. Rapid diagnosis of pharyngitis caused by group A streptococci. Clin Microbiol Rev. 2004; 17: 571–80.
16. Tanz RR, Gerber MA, Kabat W, Rippe J, Seshadri R, Shulman ST. Performance of a rapid antigen-detection test and throat culture in community pediatric offices: implications for management of pharyngitis. Pediatrics. 2009; 123: 437–44.
17. Gurol Y, Akan H, Izbirak G, Tekkanat ZT, Gunduz TS, Hayran O, et al. Int J Pediatr Otorhinolaryngol. 2010; 74(6): 591-3.
18. Gözüküçük R, Göçmen I, Nas Y, Yılmazer F, Ünüvar E. Streptokoksik tonsillofarenjit tanısında strep-A hızlı testinin etkinliği. J Child. 2011; 11(4): 157-9.
19. Stewart EH, Davis B, Clemans-Taylor BL, Littenberg B, Estrada CA, Centor RM. Rapid antigen group A streptococcus test to diagnose pharyngitis: a systematic review and meta-analysis. PLoS One. 2014; 9(11). DOI: 10.1371/journal.pone.0111727
20. Cohen J F, Cohen R, Levy C, Thollot F, Benani M, Bidet P, et al. Selective testing strategies for diagnosing group A streptococcal infection in children with pharyngitis: a systematic review and prospective multicentre external validation study. Canadian Medical Association Journal. 2015; 187(1): 23-32.
21. Lean WL, Arnup S, Danchin M, Steer AC. Rapid diagnostic tests for group A streptococcal pharyngitis: a meta-analysis. Pediatrics. 2014; 134(4): 771-81.
22. Kose E, Sirin Kose S, Akca D, Yildiz K, Elmas C, Baris M, et al. The effect of rapid antigen detection test on antibiotic prescription decision of clinicians and reducing antibiotic costs in children with acute pharyngitis. Journal of tropical pediatrics. 2016; 62(4): 308-15.
23. Ruiz-Aragon J, Rodriguez LR, Molina LJ. Evaluation of rapid methods for detecting Streptococcus pyogenes. Systematic review and meta-analysis. An Pediatr (Barc). 2010; 72: 391-402 .
24. Johnson DR, Kaplan EL. False-positive rapid antigen detection test results: reduced specificity in the absence of group A streptococci in the upper respiratory tract. J. Infect. Dis. 2001; 183: 1135-7.
25. Rubin LG, Kahn RA, Vellozzi EM, Isenberg HD. False positive detection of group A Streptococcus antigen resulting from cross-reacting Streptococcus intermedius (Streptococcus milleri group). Pediatr Infect Dis J. 1996; 15: 715-7.
Download attachments: JCAM_5783.pdf
Gumus S, Baysan BO, Ozyurt OK, Yazisiz H, Ongut G, Yildirim K, Inan A, Erkek N, Ogunc D. Evaluation of performance of orient gene strep a rapid antigen test in tonsillopharyngitis. J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 41-4.
Citations in Google Scholar: Google Scholar
This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. To view a copy of the license, visit https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
Should we use remifentanil in every dose and every case?
Naldan Muhammet Emin 1, Ali Taghizadehghalehjoughi 2
1 Department of Anesthesiology and Reanimation, Erzurum Regional Training and Research Hospital, 2 Department of Pharmacology and Toxicology, Faculty of Veterinary Science, Atatürk University, Erzurum, Turkey
DOI: 10.4328/JCAM.5942 Received: 21.06.2018 Accepted: 25.07.2018 Published Online: 29.07.2018 Printed: 01.01.2019 J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 26-30
Corresponding Author: Naldan Muhammet Emin, Department of Anesthesiology and Reanimation, Erzurum Regional Training and Research Hospital, 2500, Yakutiye, Erzurum, Turkey. GSM: +905063803300 F.: +90 4422325025 E-Mail: muhammetnaldan@gmail.com ORCID ID: 0000-0002-7492-1975
Aim: We widely use remifentanil as a pain killer in all cases that need surgery such as: broken bone, intestine, brain disease, organ transplantation. But we need to apply any of opioid analgesics according to the surgery type. The aim of the study is to determine neurotoxic or neuroprotective effects of differ-ent remifentanil doses in glutamate induced toxicity model in cerebellum cell culture. Material and Method: Cerebellum neurons were obtained from pupil of newborn Sprague dawley rat. Glutamate (10-5 mM) was added to all culture dishes except negative control group. Remifentanil was added in three different doses for 24 hours, and then evaluation was done by 3-(4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl)-2,5-diphenyltetrazolium bromide (MTT), Total Antioxidant Capacity (TAC), Total Oxidant Status (TOS) and Flow cytometry (Annexin V- apoptosis marker). Results: Our data shows the highest and the lowest viability obtained from low and high remifentanil dose around %91 and %75 respectively. TAC and TOS results have correlation with MTT results. TAC capacity in remifentanil 0,2 mM group shows nearest to control group value. Discussion: According to our result, remifentanil has potential to decrease toxicity level of glutamate and increases cell viability ratio.
Keywords: Remifentanil; Cerebellum; Glutamate; Neurotoxicity; Total Oxidant Status
Introduction
The cerebellum is approximately one-tenth of the cerebrum and contains almost 80% of the total brain neurons. Anatomically, cerebellum situated in the posterior cranial fossa and connected directly or indirectly to a variety of structures, including brainstem, spine, and diverse cerebral subcortical and cortical regions.
Opioids are the most important drugs type that commonly used for the treatment of any acute or chronic types of pain [1]. Broken femur bone, abdominal surgery, brain and spinal surgery are some of those usage areas. In all cases, we widely use remifentanil as a painkiller and it is widely used in young children and parturient/pregnant women exposed to surgical anesthesia [2]. Remifentanil is an ultra-short-acting and selectively have affinity to the mu receptor and also shows GABA agonist effects [3]. Recently, scientists have shown that remifentanil can be used in different area, starting from anesthetic agent to organ protection (kidney and heart) [4,5]. But there is a challenge between researchers whether remifentanil has neuroprotective or neurotoxic effect.
Glutamate is the main excitatory mediator [6]. Elevated extracellular glutamate levels induced neuronal damage [7]. Mainly in cerebral hypoxia/anoxia and in the most of nervous system illnesses, the glutamate transporter did not work properly; extracellular glutamate level increased and caused irreversible neuronal damage [8]. Also, Glutamate by attaching to NMDA, AMPA receptors for a long time than physiological level, causes Ca++ and Na+ influx [9]. Zhao M and Joo DT showed that remifentanil induced acute increases in NMDA responses that are concentration-depended and receptor subtype-dependent [3]. There is a strong evidence that glutamate toxicity majorly has relation with NMDA receptor. Also, N-methyl-d-aspartate (NMDA) receptors play a major role in the central sensitization processes associated with hyperalgesia [10].
In the present study, we evaluated different doses of remifentanil to determine if it is proper to use remifentanil in glutamate toxicity model or not. We have reached this aim using MTT, TAC, TOS and apoptosis marker in cerebellum culture for the first time.
Material and Method
Chemicals and reagents
This study was conducted at the Medical Experimental Research Center in Ataturk University (Erzurum, Turkey). The ethical committee of Ataturk University approved the study protocol (36643897-000-E.1800108979).
Remifentanil was purchased from Ultiva (GlaxoSmithKline, Genval, Belgium). Dulbecco modified eagle’s medium (DMEM), Fetal calf serum (FCS), Neurobasal medium (NBM), MTT, phosphate buffer solution (PBS), antibiotic antimitotic solution (100×), L glutamine and trypsin–EDTA were obtained from Sigma-Aldrich (St. Louis, MO, USA). TAC and TOS were obtained from Rel assay diagnostics (Turkey). Annexin V was purchased from bioVision (San Francisco, USA).
In vitro studies
Cell cultures
Cerebellum cell cultures were obtained from the department of medical pharmacology of the Ataturk University (Erzurum, Turkey). Briefly, the cells after being centrifuged in 1200 rpm for 5 min were sown in 24 well plate (Corning, USA) by fresh medium (Neurobasal medium, FBS %10, B27 %2 and antibiotic %0,01) and stored at incubator (5% CO2; 37°C) [11,12] (Figure 1).
Glutamate toxicity
By the 10thday the cells have had adequate branches. All medium poured and glutamate 10-5mM for inducing toxicity was added to each well except negative controls (NC). After 10 min, final concentration of remifentanil (2, 0,2 and 0,02 mM) was added to each well except negative control (NC) groups and incubated for 24 hours (5% CO2; 37°C). As to a negative control, only 150 μL of NBM was added to each well and positive control contained only 10-5mM glutamate for 24 hours.
MTT assay
Then, MTT assay was carried out by commercially available kit (Sigma alderich, USA). Briefly, MTT reagent (10 μL) was added to the well and the plate was incubated (5% CO2; 37°C) for 4 hours. Then, the medium was discarded and 100 μL of dimethylsulfoxide (Sigma, USA) was added to each well. The optical density was determined at 570 nm using Multiskan™ GO Microplate Spectrophotometer reader (Thermo Scientific, Canada, USA) and the cell viability (%) was calculated [13].
Total oxidant status (TOS)
In total oxidant status (TOS) assay, the assessment was done by measuring spectrophotometrically the density of the color related to the amount of oxidants in the sample. In the present study, we used TOS (Total Oxidant Status) kits manufactured by Rel Assay Diagnostics® Company (Turkey).
The kit consisted of following components: Reactive 1 Solution, Reactive 2 Solution, Standard 1 solution, and Standard 2 Solution. In order to determine the TOS level, 500 µl Reactive 1 solution was added to the wells with plasma sample (75 µl) and after reading the initial absorbance value at 530 nm, 25 µl Reactive 2 solution was added to the same well and second absorbance was read at 530 nm at the end of the waiting period of 10 minutes at room temperature. Standard 2 Solution in the kit was used for Standard 2. Using obtained absorbance values and the following formula, TOS levels were determined in mmol Trolox equiv./l [14].
TOS =Δexample/ΔST2×20
Δ ST2 (Δstandard 2 = ST2 second reading – ST2 first reading), Δ Sample (ΔSample= Sample second reading- Sample first reading)
Total Antioxidant Capacity (TAC)
In TAC assay, antioxidant capacity was determined by inhibiting formation of the 2-2’-azinobis (3-ethylbenzothiazoline 6-sulfonate= ABTS+) radical cation. In the assay process, Rel Assay Diagnostics® Company (Turkey) commercial kit was used.
The kit consisted of following components: Reactive 1 Solution, Reactive 2 Solution, Standard 1 solution, and Standard 2 Solution. In order to determine the TAC level, 500 µl Reactive 1 solution was added to the wells containing 30 µl sample and first absorbance was read at 660 nm. Then, 75 µl Reactive 2 was added to the same wells and allowed to wait at room temperature for 10 minutes. At the end of the waiting period, second absorbance value was read at 660 nm. While distilled water was used for Standard 1, Standard 2 solution in the kit was used for Standard 2. The absorbance values obtained were placed according to the following formula and TAC levels were determined in mmol Trolox equiv /l [15].
TAC = ((ΔST1-Δexample))/((ΔST1-ΔST2))
Δ ST1 (Δstandard 1 = ST1 second reading – ST1 first reading), Δ ST2 (Δstandard 2 = ST2 second reading – ST2 first reading), Δ Sample (ΔSample= Sample second reading- Sample first reading)
Annexin V-FITC (fluorescein isothiocyanate) and propidium iodide (PI) staining assay
According to the manufacturer’s protocol (BioVision, USA), the cells (1 × 105) were collected, washed and stained after the treatment with remifentanil at final concentrations of 2, 0,2 and 0,02 mM of 24 hours. Briefly, cells were washed with PBS and after adding 500 µL binding buffer, annexin v-FITC and PI were added in the dark for 10 min at room temperature. The stained samples were then analyzed on a CytoFLEX flow cytometer as instructed by the manufacturer (Beckman Coulter, USA) [16].
Statistically analysis
The statistical analysis was performed by one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) and Tukey’s HSD using the SPSS 20.0 software. P < 0.05 was considered as statistically significant difference for all tests.
Results
MTT assay
Cerebellum culture was prepared. After 24-hour remifentanil (2, 0,2 and 0,02 mM) exposing time, the experiment was finished by adding MTT solution. The analyzed data is shown in Figure 2. According to our result, highest viability ratio was seen in the lowest dose. Also positive control group (only have 10-5mM glutamate) has viability ratio near %40. In the 2 and 0,2 mM treatments data shows significantly difference compared with control group (P<0,05). Remifentanil in 2 and 0,2 mM shows viability ratio %75 and %82 respectively. In addition, 0,02 mM shows the highest cell viability ratio up to %90. According to our data remifentanil dose concentration-dependent shows neuroprotection or toxicity tolerance (Figure 2).
TAC assay
The data of examined total antioxidant capacity of neurons are shown in Figure 3. NC showed the highest antioxidant capacity compared to the treatment. TAC status in 0,02 and 0,2 mM groups is close to NC group, but in 2 mM dose there is statically difference in P<0,05. The high dose of midazolam did not increase antioxidant capacity higher than 3,8 trolox equivalent/mmol-1. The lowest level of antioxidant capacity was in glutamate control group compared to other treatments (Figure 3).
TOS Assay
The total oxidant level of neurons is shown in Figure 4. Our data show the lowest oxidant level gained by negative control group and the highest level of oxidant obtained by glutamate control group. According to our data, only remifentanil 0,02 mM in all culture did not show any significant results compared to the control group. But dose-dependently remifentanil shows P<0,05 and P<0,001 difference compared to negative control group respectively (Figure 4).
Flow cytometry:
MTT test shows viability ratio, but we need to determine apoptosis level in the early apoptosis or in the late apoptosis stage. For evaluation of apoptosis, we used annexin v-FITC and PI. Early apoptosis stage can be reversible and cells can return to normal but in the late apoptosis, cells go to irreversible stage and in some literature the name of the late apoptosis is changed to early necrosis stage.
Figure 5 shows cerebellum neuron culture stain after 24 hours. According to our result, negative control group show %95,69 cell viability with early and late apoptosis 0,1 and %0,4 respectively. Glutamate control shows %57,7 viability with 28,47 and %11,89 early and late apoptosis ratio. Also our data shows correlation with MTT result. According to our data, early apoptosis level is higher than late apoptosis in all treatments except 2 mM. Among groups, 2 mM treatment has lower viability and 0,02 mM shows higher viability ratio. The Late apoptosis level and necrosis level in the glutamate toxicity group are larger than others.
Discussion
Neurons have different type and function in cerebellum. The cerebellum neurons regulate complex soft motor pattern and also play a role in sensory behaviors. Those neurons mainly work by glutamate and GABA neurotransmitters. Remifentanil is a mu receptors agonist and regulates pain-related information. Mu receptor agonists by affecting glutamate mediate NMDA receptors increase hyper analgesia after operation. But in the brain illness, all time glutamate toxicity occurs. In addition, remifentanil is widely used as a painkiller in brain relation complication. According to our result, remifentanil protection changes dose-dependently. The current study provides strong evidence that remifentanil hydrochloride has a protective effect on glutamate toxicity.
Studies by Emmanuel Guntz et al. show that remifentanil did not affect NMDA receptor directly. In those studies, NMDA receptors current were evaluated electrophysiologically. In addition, the binding assay technique does not show that remifentanil is able to bind to the glutamate sites of the NMDA receptor. Dr. Guntz did not find any increased current level in NMDA receptor in rat dorsal root neurons [17]. This data is very important to us because NMDA receptor elevated current induced toxicity to neuron by reducing action potential threshold. Also, remifentanil attachment to glutamate binding site increased glutamate toxicity ratio consequently causes neuron degeneration and induced epilepsy in the patient.
Zhao M and Joo DT have shown that concentration of remifentanil (4, 6, and 8 nM) increased NMDA current compared to healthy dorsal root ganglion of rat culture up to %37. This data has some difference in comparison with our studies. Dr. Zhao and Joo did not induce glutamate toxicity to those neurons and also our dose concentration is higher than they have used [3]. But in our case, remifentanil reduced glutamate toxicity mainly by NMDA receptor.
Dr. Liu Y and colleagues showed that activation of N-methyl-d-aspartate (NMDA) receptor by reactive oxygen species (ROS) in the spinal cord plays an important role in the development of hyperalgesia in several neuropathic pain models [18]. This data refers to our studies because we investigate total antioxidant and oxidant capacity of neuron after 24-hour exposure time to glutamate toxicity and the result did not show any decrease in cell viability and elevated oxidant status.
Studies by Ji-Young Yoon et al. show that remifentanil prevents hydrogen peroxide-induced apoptosis to COS-7 cells [19]. This data has also correlation with our data and with paradox in Dr. LiuY studies. According to our studies, a lower dose of remifentanil effectively decreased TOS level and reduced late apoptosis percent. We found remifentanil neuroprotection effect in 0,02 mM dose.
Bo Pan et al. in his studies, tried to evaluate the neuroprotective effects of remifentanil on isoflurane-induced apoptosis in the neonatal rat brain. In the base of this study, pure remifentanil in combination with isoflurane were injected subcutaneously into rat pupils [20]. The result shows that remifentanil did not have prominent neuroprotective effect in cortex neurons. But after isoflurane administration, remifentanil decrease apoptotic cell formation in cortex and thalamic area. This data has correlation with our data; maybe pure remifentanil shows some adverse effect but in complication effectively protect neuron from harmful materials. In our data, protection was done not only by increasing TAC level but also by decreasing TOS status. There is some blind pathway about glutamate transporter expression level and glutaminase enzyme; therefore, in future study we will try to dissolve this puzzle.
In conclusion, remifentanil dependent on dose have neuroprotective effect. It is very important because the patients have different complications with glutamate background and high dose of remifentanil may involuntary induce irreversible neuronal degradation. We highly recommend to use low dose of remifentanil for patient’s safety.
Scientific Responsibility Statement
The authors declare that they are responsible for the article’s scientific content including study design, data collection, analysis and interpretation, writing, some of the main line, or all of the preparation and scientific review of the contents and approval of the final version of the article.
Animal and human rights statement
All procedures performed in this study were in accordance with the ethical standards of the institutional and/or national research committee and with the 1964 Helsinki declaration and its later amendments or comparable ethical standards. No animal or human studies were carried out by the authors for this article.
Funding: None
Conflict of interest
None of the authors received any type of financial support that could be considered potential conflict of interest regarding the manuscript or its submission.
References
1. Anderson B. The Use of Remifentanil as the Primary Agent for Analgesia in Parturients. Crit Care Nurs Clin. 2017; 29(4): 495.
2. Tourrel F, de Lendeu PK, Abily-Donval L, Chollat C, Marret S, Dufrasne F et al. The Antiapoptotic Effect of Remifentanil on the Immature Mouse Brain: An Ex Vivo Study. Anesth Analg. 2014; 118(5): 1041-51.
3. Zhao M, Joo DT. Enhancement of spinal N-methyl-D-aspartate receptor function by remifentanil action at delta-opioid receptors as a mechanism for acute opioid-induced hyperalgesia or tolerance. Anesthesiology. 2008; 109(2): 308-17.
4. Yoo S, Nam K, Kim WH. Association between remifentanil and acute kidney injury. J Anesth. 2018; 32(2): 306.
5. Sakai W, Yoshikawa Y, Hirata N, Yamakage M. Effect of remifentanil during cardiopulmonary bypass on incidence of acute kidney injury after cardiac surgery. J Anesth. 2017; 31(6): 895-902.
6. Gundogdu G, Taghizadehghalehjoughi A, Senol O, Cicek B, Nalci KA, Hacimuftuoglu A. Investigation of Protective Effect of Parietin against Glutamate Excitotoxicity in Primary Cortical Neuron Culture. Acta Physiol. 2017; 221: 228.
7. Sevim C, Dogan E, Taghizadehghalehjoughi A, Gedikli S, Ozkaraca M, Comakli S et al. Tissue-protective effects of French maritime pine bark (Pycnogenol) on glutamate-induced cytotoxicity in adult human dermal fibroblasts. Toxicol Lett. 2017; 280: 159.
8. Lian YN, Lu Q, Chang JL, Zhang Y. The role of glutamate and its receptors in central nervous system in stress-induced hyperalgesia. Int J Neurosci. 2018; 128(3): 283-90.
9. Lacreuse A, Moore CM, LaClair M, Payne L, King JA. Glutamine/glutamate (Glx) concentration in prefrontal cortex predicts reversal learning performance in the marmoset. Behav Brain Res. 2018; 346: 11-5.
10. Marcos JL, Galleguillos D, Pelissier T, Hernandez A, Velasquez L, Villanueva L et al. Role of the spinal TrkB-NMDA receptor link in the BDNF-induced long-lasting mechanical hyperalgesia in the rat: A behavioural study. Eur J Pain. 2017; 21(10): 1688-96.
11. Minovi A, Aguado A, Brunert D, Kurtenbach S, Dazert S, Hatt H et al. Isolation, culture optimization and functional characterization of stem cell neurospheres from mouse neonatal olfactory bulb and epithelium. Eur Arch Otorhinolaryngol. 2017; 274(8): 3071-85.
12. Kamalak H, Kamalak A, Taghizadehghalehjoughi A. Cytotoxic effects of new-generation bulk-fill composites on human dental pulp stem cells. Cell Mol Biol. 2018; 64(3): 62-71.
13. Abel SDA, Baird SK. Honey is cytotoxic towards prostate cancer cells but interacts with the MTT reagent: Considerations for the choice of cell viability assay. Food Chem. 2018; 241: 70-8.
14. Rowicka G, Dylag H, Ambroszkiewicz J, Riahi A, Weker H, Chelchowska M. Total Oxidant and Antioxidant Status in Prepubertal Children with Obesity. Oxid Med Cell Longev. 2017; DOI: 10.1155/2017/5621989.
15. Makedou KG, Vagdatli E, Patziarela E, Konstantinidou V, Poimenidou E, Lymperaki E. Total Antioxidant Capacity, Haematological and Coagulation Parameters after Orthodox Christian Fast. Open Access Maced J Med Sci. 2018; 6(2): 284-6.
16. Eray M, Matto M, Kaartinen M, Andersson L, Pelkonen J. Flow cytometric analysis of apoptotic subpopulations with a combination of annexin V-FITC, propidium iodide, and SYTO 17. Cytometry 2001; 43(2): 134-42.
17. Guntz E, Dumont H, Roussel C, Gall D, Dufrasne F, Cuvelier L et al. Effects of remifentanil on N-methyl-D-aspartate receptor – An electrophysiologic study in rat spinal cord. Anesthesiology. 2005; 102(6): 1235-41.
18. Ye L, Xiao L, Bai X, Yang SY, Li Y, Chen Y et al. Spinal mitochondrial-derived ROS contributes to remifentanil-induced postoperative hyperalgesia NMDA receptor in rats via modulating. Neurosci Lett. 2016; 634: 79-86.
19. Kim CH, Jeong SS, Yoon JY, Yoon JU, Yu SB, Kim EJ. Remifentanil reduced the effects of hydrogen peroxide-induced oxidative stress in human keratinocytes via autophagy. Connect Tissue Res. 2017; 58(6): 597-605.
20. Pan B, Huang SQ, Sun S, Wang TT. The neuroprotective effects of remifentanil on isoflurane-induced apoptosis in the neonatal rat brain. Am J Transl Res. 2017; 9(10): 4521-33.
Download attachments: JCAM_5942.pdf
Emin NM, Taghizadehghalehjoughi A. Should we use remifentanil in every dose and every case? J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 26-30.
Citations in Google Scholar: Google Scholar
This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. To view a copy of the license, visit https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
Information about bottom of iceberg of ammonia measurements in human plasma: Evaluation of uncertainty
Fatma Ceyla Eraldemir
Department of Biochemistry, Kocaeli University, Kocaeli, Turkey
DOI: 10.4328/JCAM.5949 Received: 26.06.2018 Accepted: 10.07.2018 Published Online: 11.07.2018 Printed: 01.01.2019 J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 93-8
Corresponding Author: Fatma Ceyla Eraldemir, Department of Biochemistry, Kocaeli University, Kocaeli, Turkey. T.: +90 2623037256 E-Mail:ceyeraldemir@gmail.com ORCID ID: 0000-0001-9410-8554
Aim: Uncertainty of measurement (UM) defines the distribution of quantity values attributed to a measurand. The clinician assesses how much of the reported test result reflects its true value. UM for plasma ammonia was estimated according to the International Organization for Standardizairton (IOS ISO is actually the same organization as IOS. 15189) requirements in our laboratory. Material and Method: Plasma Ammonia of UM was calculated in accordance with The Guide to The Expression of Uncertainty of Measurement (GUM) and European Analytical Chemistry (EURACHEM) principles. Laboratory reproducibility was estimated with internal quality control (IQC), while external quality assessment (EQA) results were used to estimate bias and bias uncertainty. Uncertainity of reagents and calibrators was similarly determined. Using this data, including standard uncertainty, is combined with expanded uncertainty, and was also determined for ammonia. Results: The expanded uncertainty (k = 2) of ammonia was determined as 14.72 % (95% confidence interval). Discussions: Ammonia is a sensitive test which can be easily affected by preanalytcal errors; thus, it is important that the report is comprised of all analytical uncertainity factors for ammonia. Reporting UM for ammonia answered some questions (e.g., ‘How effective are the analytical sources in the analysis of ammonia?’ and ‘What is the true value of blood ammonia?’). This study may be a prime UM example of ammonia’s function in terms of the literature.
Keywords: Plasma Ammonia; Uncertainty; Internal Quality Control; External Quality Control; Within-Laboratory Reproducibility
Introduction
The uncertainty of measurement (UM) is the distribution of the values that could reasonably be based on the measurand as defined by International Vocabulary of Metrology (VIM) and Guide to the Expression of Uncertainty of Measurement (GUM) as mentioned Joint Committee for Guides in Metrology (JCGM) 2012 and 2008 [ 1].
If UM is accompanied with measurand in the laboratory report, clinicians’ will have more reliable information about the expression of results. By this report format which consists of variables such as reagents, calibrator within-laboratory reproducibility, external quality control results, the clinician gains an insight to the quality of the measurement.
Additionally, It is useful for comparing the quality of metrology among accredited clinical laboratories and helps in the interpretation of measurement results, especially when they are close to critical values. ISO/ IEC 17025:1999, ISO 15189 defines some standard requirements of international accreditation for estimation of the uncertainty of a test result. The analysis methods suitable for these procedures are mentioned in GUM, published by ISO. UM may be estimated by two different approaches: the bottom-up approach, and the top-down approach as mentioned JCGM [ 2].The bottom-up approach suggested in the GUM is based on a wide investigation of the measurement, in which each potential resource of uncertainty is recognized, quantified and integrated to create a whole estimate of the uncertainty of the result with the use of statistical distribution rules. This model has been confirmed by metrology institutions and suppliers of reference materials. Accredited laboratories use these reference measurement procedures. UM mainly reflects the effect of bias and within-laboratory reproducibility (or precision) [3, 4, 5].
Bias is obtained by using appropriate reference material or external quality control material. It is expressed as systematic variables. While within reproducibility is expressed as random variables by using internal quality control materials in laboratories as mentioned Eurolab 2007.
Ammonia is normally produced by deamination of amino acids and metabolized to urea by hepatocytes. Ammonia is toxic if it accumulates in the body. Some diseases such as urea cycle defects, hepatic dysfunction cause blood ammonia elevation [6]. It is essential to give reliable results in diseases associated high ammonia levels.
In this paper, plasma ammonia UM is calculated using reagent, calibrator, internal quality control (IQC), and external quality control (EQC) assessment data in order to obtain high-quality patient test results.
Material and Method
In this study, data from the reagent, calibrator, IQC and EQC samples were used. No ethical committee approval is required since patient data were not used for the samples included in this study. All sources of uncertainty for plasma ammonia is determined by fishbone diagram in Figure 1. Values ofuncertainity of external quality assessment data are given in Table 1. For the sources and values of uncertainty of plasma ammonia see Table 2.
Measurement of ammonia
Ammonia was measured using a glutamate dehydrogenase enzymatic method by infinity ™ Ammonia reagent with Beckman Coulter AU 5800 Biochemistry autoanalyzer (USA); Lot number OSR61154 for reagents and calibrator. Sample collection, transportation, and analysis were carried on according to the manufacturer’s instructions. In this method α-ketoglutarate is converted to glutamate and NAD produced is proportional to the ammonia concentration. Reference intervals were adopted from published manufacturer ranges and verified using normal volunteers as 27 – 90 μg/dL. The analytical measuring range of the assay is 17 – 1020 μg/dL.
Internal quality control material
Ammonia/Alcohol control for normal level (range, 41–109 µg/dL, lot number M703701, level 1), lot number M703702 for high level (range, 194-262 µg/dL, lot number M703702, level 2) were used as internal quality control (IQC) samples (UniCel DxC Synchron Systems, Beckman Coulter). These were measured at two concentration levels at each run. Data from IQC were then obtained for the consecutive fifty-six result for same lot number, so as to ensure that potential variations due to calibration by different operators, reagents, product batch numbers and routine maintenance, were accounted. Data from every rejected run were omitted.
External quality control material
Bio-rad Laboratories, as external quality assessment (EQA) provider, sends out EQA survey samples in Ethanol/Ammonia Program twelve times per year. Bio−Rad Laboratories is accredited by the American Association for Laboratory Accreditation (A2LA) to the ISO/IEC 17043:2010 standard (Biorad, California, USA). Laboratories measure the samples and upload the results to the Bio-rad website. After submission of results, statistical analysis was performed according to the ISO 17043:2010 guidelines. The laboratories received EQA report, which included the results itself and the consensus values from laboratories using the same type of assay. The six sequent period EQA data sets of ammonia analyte were used for the evaluation of UM. Beckman Coulter AU 5800 biochemistry autoanalyzer has been serving since September 2017 in our laboratory. Therefore, last five months data of EQA were investigated for this study.
Determination of uncertainty sources and calculation of uncertainty components
GUMand EURACHEM guidelines were used to calculate the measurement uncertainty of the ammonia test performed in our laboratory. The following sources that may lead to uncertainty for these tests have been reviewed [3]:
1. Calibrator and Calibration Uncertainty (Type A)(Group evaluated by statistical methods) U (calibrator):The standard uncertainty (U (calibrator)) value was calculated by working of the calibrator 10 times in succession and finding the standard deviation. Calibrator worked 10 times consecutively for the same patient sample. Then standard deviation (SD) and standard uncertainty (SD / √n) were calculated with these results as follows:
U (calibrator) (Calibrator standard uncertainty)=(SD/√n)x(1/Xmean)
n: number of repeated measurements
2. Uncertainty of Calibration Shift (Type A)(Group evaluated by statistical methods) (U (calibrator-bias)):The uncertainty from the calibration curve shift is found by dividing the maximum shift value by √3 “(rectangular distribution). The arithmetic mean of the single-level calibrator that was run 10 times in a row was taken. This mean value was subtracted from the target value to calculate the maximum shift value and the difference is divided by the target value. With the assumption of rectangular distribution, this quotient is divided by √3.
3. Uncertainty of Reproducibility (Type-A)(Group evaluated by statistical methods)(URw):CV% for ammonia was calculated using fifty-six consecutive IQC material values of the same lot number.
4. Uncertainty of the certificate value of the reagent (Type B)(Group evaluated by non-statistical methods) (Ur): CV% values for within run and for total repeatability of the reagent are given by the manufacturer. The greatest CV% of the reagent provides us with the highest uncertainty estimate. This value is recorded as Ur (reagent) when the measurement uncertainty is calculated.
5. Uncertainty by external quality control performance data (UEQA):Interlaboratory bias were calculated using EAQS data. Bias is calculated as the deviation rate of the laboratory test result from the test result averages [= (Test result – Compared group mean) / Compared group mean]. The calculated EQA report biases are used to calculate the uncertainty by external quality control value as shown in the formula below.
UEQA= (Σ(BiasEQA)2/n )1/2
n = Number of EQA
UEQA: Uncertainty by External Quality Control
6. Calculation of combined standard uncertainty: (Uc)
Combined standard uncertainty was calculated using uncertainties of all sources.
7. Expanded uncertainty (Ue)
According to the characteristics and requirements of the medical laboratory, the coverage factor (k) 2 produces an interval having a level of confidence of approximately 95 %.
Ue = k×Uc
Statistical analysis
For statistical purposes, descriptive statistics95% confidence interval calculation were used.
Results
Calculation of Uncertainty Components in Ammonia Measurement
1. Calibrator standard uncertainty: (U (calibrator)
The calibrator with a concentration of 100 μg / dL was run 10 times (n = 10) consecutively. The mean for these was found to be 102.2 with a standard deviation of 17,06667.
The standard uncertainty was calculated as 5.396956.
U(calibrator) = (17.06667/√10) x (1/102.2) = 0.052807 was found for ammonia.
2. Uncertainity of calibration bias: U(calibrator bias)
When calibrator was run for the same patient for 10 times, maximum ammonia shift value is obtained at 2.2%.
Calibrator value = 100 μg / dL
Mean = 102.2
Calibrator bias value = (100-102.2)/100 = 0.022
U(calibrator bias)(Uncertainity of calibrator bias) = 0.022/ √3 = 0.012701
3. Within-laboratory reproducibility: U(Rw)
CV% = 6.78% was found for normal IQC level of ammonia.
CV = 0.0678
U(R-1) = 0.0678/√56 = 0.009060
CV% = 4.77% was found for high IQC level of ammonia.
CV = 0.0477
U(R-2) = 0.0477/√56 = 0.006400
Uw = U(R-1) + U(R-2)/2 = 0.009060+0.006400/2 = 0.007730
4. Uncertainty of reagent: U(reagent)
The highest CV%value was reported as 5 for ammonia by the manufacturer.
U(reagent) = 0.05/√3 = 0.028867
5. Uncertainty by external quality assessment (EQA) performance data: (UEQA)
Serum ammonia level was determined according to the results of the last 5 months analysis of the EQAS program in which the laboratory was included in the previous year for uncertainty from EQCperformance data (Table 1).
UEQA2= 0.039757
6. Calculation of combined standard uncertainty: (Uc)
Uc = √[ U(calibrator)2+U(calibrator-bias)2+U(Rw)2+ U(reagent)2+U(EQA)2]
Uc =Uc = √[(0.028867)2+ (0.052807)2+(0.012701)2+(0.007730)2+(0.039757)2]
Uc = √[0.000833+ 0.002788+0.000161+0.000059+0.001580]
Uc = √0.005421 = 0.073627
Uc = 7.36 % for ammonia
7. Expanded uncertainty (Ue)
Ue = 2×7.36 = 14.72% for ammonia.
Discussion
The aim of this study was to calculate the UM for plasma ammonia using the procedures recommended by the GUM and EURACHEM guidelines. The within-laboratory reproducibility was estimated from consecutive fifty-six IQC data of the same lot numbers at two different levels. Bias was determined according to interlaboratory comparisons using EQA results. In this manner, the effects of some systematic uncertainty factors were evaluated.
Increased levels of plasma ammonia pass through the blood-brain barrier and affect adversely the brain tissue. This can cause deterioration of cognitive functions, which can present in various process. Finally, considerable cerebral damage occured [7]. Because of elevated levels, plasma ammonia is associated with a high morbidity and mortality, effective treatment for the reduction of plasma ammonialevels are important in the management of these diseases for clinicians. The diagnosis of this state is important because it is often treatable [8]. However, preanalytical factors such as inappropriate transport and storage, procedure delay can cause false positive ammonia levels [9, 10].Therefore, some important preanalytical procedures must be followed; samples should be kept cold immediately after sampling, centrifuged, aliquoted, and analyzed within 15-30 minutes for accurate analysis of ammonia.If preanalytical factors are under control, reported UM reflects analytical sources effect.
The determined or standardized percent of UM are not yet adviced for plasma ammonia levels, in clinical laboratories. For this reason, interlaboratory comparisons are not possible. On the other hand, for accreditation of a laboratory UM is a prerequisite but in the future, there may be an expectation of definite percents.
Although in the present literature most of the factors causing sources of preanalytical error in ammonia measurement have been described [9, 10]; there is no previous study on UM for plasma ammonia.
Ammonia obtained from the catabolism of amino acids and the action of intestinal bacteria on the diet protein is converted to urea in liver hepatocytes and rendered non-toxic [11]. Under normal conditions, the concentration of ammonia in the circulation remains low, usually below 85 μg / dL (50 μmol / L) in Beckmann Coulter reagent insert, reference range was 15-45 μg / dL in adult, reference range is different from newborn to two years old [12].
Guidelines for detection and management of hyperammonaemia suggest that levels of ammonia up to 280 μg / dL (200 μmol/L) are associated with acquired conditions such as sepsis, chemotherapy or liver dysfunction, while ammonia levels higher than 280 μg / dL indicate metabolic disorders as mentioned guidelines for hyperammonemia in United Kingdom national metabolic biochemistry network.
The ammonia levels of the internal quality control sample used in our laboratory were also appropriately selected for diagnostic purposes.
According to our findings, an ammonia analyze result of 81.6 μg / dL (normal IQC level) by our laboratory means a level interval between 69.59 μg / dL and 93.61 μg / dL with a confidence interval of 95%. For ammonia analyze result of 245.7 μg / dL(high IQC level) reported our laboratory, the result actually lies somewhere between 209.54 μg / dL and 281.86 μg / dL, with a 95% confidence interval. If the clinician had the 245.7 μg / dL value only, the diagnosis would possibly be “metabolic disorder”, but with the confidence interval values the clinician’s decision will change, and may decide further evaluation. Furthermore, if this patient’s plasma ammonia level measurements are repeated at our laboratory or at another laboratory with the same UM methodology, the clinician will have the opportunity to compare the results.
The evaluation of UM interval may be assessed by total allowable error (TEa) based on biological variation components [13] because there is no any source about UM interval limits for ammonia.
American Association of Bioanalysts (AAB) advised TEa for serum ammonia as ± 14 µg/dL (10 µmol/L) or ± 5%. The Royal College of Pathologists of Australasia(RCPA) advised up to ± 20% for ammonia (Lower Goal ± 5 % ≤ 70 µg/dL (50 µmol/L), Upper Goal ± 20% >70 µg/dL) as total allowable error (TEa) while clinical laboratory improvement amendments (CLIA) does not advise any ratio for ammonia.
Our laboratory UM for ammonia was 14.72% and this value is in accordance with TEa recommended by RCPA.
The TEa defines the upper and lower limits and it formulates the event over the limits of systematic error and random error. By this formulation some of the results from external quality control evaluation results are used for systematic error evaluation and the CVs from internal quality control evaluation results are used for random error evaluation. In this sense, there are similarities between TEa and UM calculation. In addition to the CV from the EQC, which comes from the internal quality control results, the maximum CV value of the reagent given by the reagent manufacturer is added to the calculation of the uncertainty probabilities that may arise from the calibrator shift while calculating the UM. In addition to informing the clinician that the laboratory contribution of the UM reflects a certain interval of the results, it also leads to the revealing of sources of uncertainty. It is also an important advantage which allows to compare between laboratories using the same UM calculation method. However, since UM computation involves more complex mathematical formulas, the use at non-accredited laboratories is not common. Formulas can be integrated into the laboratory information system for each test. These models have differences, but these should not be over-emphasized. TEa e.g. defines a region around the reference (“true”) value where measured analytical results can be found with a defined probability. UM defines a region around the measured analytical result where the “true” value can be found with a defined probability. The similarity between both models is, that they both express the reliability of the test result, however from a different perspective [14].
There is an uncertainty for each result presented by a laboratory. It may be ascribed to a number of small variations originating at any phase of the analytical process if preanalytical process is followed. It is important to understand that uncertainty is not the same as an error. An error means that there is a difference between a measured value and the true value caused by an unknown factor, whereas uncertainty is an acceptable interval (UM) within which a result can fall. If laboratory experts need some constrict for this interval, they may intervene sources of UM such as bias or use another reagent.
A recent study showed that the reference change values (RCV) of (using the within-subject and between-subject biological variation) ammonia was found to be 43.7 % for healthy subjects in fresh samples [15]. If we evaluate our laboratory UM according to RCV for ammonia, 14.72% ratio is lower than this ratio.
UM is useful for a number of reasons; it gives information about the quality of the measurements and is useful for comparing the metrological quality of several clinical laboratories (among accredited clinical laboratories, provided that it is calculated in the same way), and helps interpretation of measurement results, especially when close to critical disease -defining values. In fact, when comparing a result with a decision limit we can give clear information to the clinician only if the limit is not included within the uncertainty around the result. Thus, there is no doubt that the concept is valuable.
Our UM results are below the levels of RCPA ammonia values. There is no any reference study for ammonia UM.
In practice, by estimating and reporting uncertainty, the laboratory can indicate the quality and reliability of the reported result. Then, this information can be used by clinicians to compare a result to a cut-off limit or to a previous result from a sample for the same patient. Such information can be used by a clinician to determine whether the difference between two results is negligible due to uncertainty or significant due to a change in the condition of the patient. Without an estimate of UM, comparisons of previous results or reference values are not satisfactory.
In conclusion, this paper is the first in the literature that suggest an interval calculation for UM of plasma ammonia. UM is important for the clinician in the management of diseases with elevated ammonia levels. The addition of UM for ammonia to laboratory report enriches the reliability of the results as advised and required as a quality indicator.
Scientific Responsibility Statement
The author declare that they are responsible for the article’s scientific content including study design, data collection, analysis and interpretation, writing, some of the main line, or all of the preparation and scientific review of the contents and approval of the final version of the article.
Animal and human rights statement
All procedures performed in this study were in accordance with the ethical standards of the institutional and/or national research committee and with the 1964 Helsinki declaration and its later amendments or comparable ethical standards. No animal or human studies were carried out by the authors for this article.
Funding: None
Conflict of interest
None of the author received any type of financial support that could be considered potential conflict of interest regarding the manuscript or its submission.
References
1. Türkmen S, Türkmen Yıldırmak S, Yekrek M, Çimen B, Atalay S, Çetin Paker N, et al. Within the context of good clinical laboratory practices evaluation of measurement uncertainty of TSH and PSA parameters. Turk J Biochem. 2014; 39(4): 476–81.
2. Magnusson B, Naykki T, Hovind H, Krysell M, editors. Çevre Laboratuvarlarinda Ölçüm Belirsizligi Hesaplamalari için El Kitabi (NT TR 537 – Edition 3.1 Turkish version). Oslo, Norway: Nordic Innovation; 2017. p.33-4.
3. Lee JH, Choi JH, Youn JS, Cha YJ, Song W, Park AJ. Comparison between bottom-up and top-down approaches in the estimation of measurement uncertainty. Clin Chem Lab Med. 2015; 53(7): 1025–32.
4. Zhou R, Qin Y, Yin H, Yang Y, Wang Q. Measurement uncertainty of γ-glutamyltransferase (GGT) in human serum by four approaches using different quality assessment data. Clin Chem Lab Med. 2018; 56(2): 242-248.
5. Çelebiler A, Serin H, Güleç D, Karaca B. Measurement uncertainty in clinical biochemistry laboratories: practical application. Turk J Biochem. 2011; 36 (4): 362–6.
6. Levitt DG, Levitt MD.A model of blood-ammonia homeostasis based on a quantitative analysis of nitrogen metabolism in the multiple organs involved in the production, catabolism, and excretion of ammonia in humans.Clin Exp Gastroenterol. 2018; 24(11):193-215.
7. Clayton M.Hepatic encephalopathy: causes and health-related burden. Br J Nurs.2018;;27(Suppl3):S4-S6. Doi: 10.12968/bjon.2018.27.Sup3.S4.
8. Green A.When and how should we measure plasma ammonia? Ann Clin Biochem. 1988; 25 (3): 199-209.
9. Hashima IA, Cuthbert JA. Elevated ammonia concentrations: Potential for pre-analytical andanalytical contributing factors. Clin Biochem. 2014; 47(16-17): 233–6.
10. Nikolac N, Omazic J, Simundic AM. The evidence based practice for optimal sample quality for ammonia measurement. Clin Biochem. 2014; 47(12): 991–5.
11.Levitt DG, Levitt MD.A model of blood-ammonia homeostasis based on a quantitative analysis of nitrogen metabolismin the multiple organs involved in the production, catabolism, and excretion of ammonia in humans. Clin Exp Gastroenterol. 2018; 24(11): 193-215. Doi: 10.2147/CEG.S160921.
12. Alan HB. Wu, editor. Tietz Clinical Guide to Laboratory tests. editors. 4 th ed. St. Louis: W.B. Saunders; 2006. p.99.
13. CelapI, Vukasovic I, Juricic G, Simundic AM. Minimum requirements for the estimation of measurement uncertainty: Recommendations of the joint Working group for uncertainty of measurement of the CSMBLM and CCMB. Zagreb: Biochem Med2017; 15:27(3).Doi: 10.11613/BM.2017.030502.
14. Oosterhuis WP, Theodorsson E. Total error vs. measurement uncertainty: revolution or evolution? Clin Chem Lab Med. 2016; 54(2): 235– -9. Doi: 10.1515/cclm-2015-0997.
15. Fatma Ucar, Gonul Erden, Seyda Ozdemir, Nurgul Ozcan, Erdem Bulut and Alpaslan Ozturk. First data on the biological variation and quality specifications for plasma ammonia concentrations in healthy subjects. Clin Chem Lab Med. 2016; 54(5):857-63. Doi: 10.1515/cclm-2015-0591.
Download attachments: JCAM_5949.pdf
Eraldemir FC. Information about bottom of iceberg of ammonia measurements in human plasma: Evaluation of uncertainty. J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 93-8.
Citations in Google Scholar: Google Scholar
This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. To view a copy of the license, visit https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
Effects of ramadan lifestyle on lipid profile and oxidative stress markers in adult males
Kübranur Ünal 1, Canan Topçuoğlu 2, Çiğdem Yücel 2, Turan Turhan 2, Salim Neşelioğlu 3, Özcan Erel 3
1 Department of Biochemistry, Polatlı Public Hospital, 2 Department of Biochemistry, Ankara Numune Training and Research Hospital, 3 Department of Biochemistry, Ankara Yıldırım Beyazit University, Ankara, Turkey
DOI: 10.4328/JCAM.5943 Received: 21.06.2018 Accepted: 17.07.2018 Published Online: 17.07.2018 Printed: 01.01.2019 J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 5-9
Corresponding Author: Kübranur Ünal, Department of Biochemistry, Ankara Polatlı Public Hospital, Ankara, Turkey. E-Mail: dr.kubranur_unal@outlook.com ORCID ID: 0000-0001-7940-4590
Aim: In most Muslim societies the daily routine and lifestyle change markedly during the month of Ramadan because of fasting during daylight hours and the altered day and night rituals. These changes could potentially have significant metabolic effects. The aim of this study was to explore the effects of Ramadan fasting and the resultant lifestyle changes on the biochemical profile and oxidative stress markers in healthy adult males. Material and Method: Forty-two healthy male volunteers following their usual Ramadan fasting routine were included in the study. The following serum variables were measured at the beginning and at the end of the month: triglycerides, total cholesterol, HDL cholesterol, non-HDL cholesterol, albumin, total protein, CRP, uric acid, ischemia-modified albumin (IMA), albumin adjusted-IMA (AAIMA), and thiol/disulfide homeostasis. Results: Triglycerides, total cholesterol, non-HDL cholesterol, IMA and AAIMA levels were significantly higher on the last day of Ramadan compared to the first day (p<0.05). HDL cholesterol levels were statistically lower on the last day of Ramadan than the first day (p<0.05). However, there were no significant changes in the remaining variables (total albumin, uric acid, CRP, and thiol/disulfide homeostasis parameters). Discussion: Lifestyle, nutritional, and diurnal rhythm changes during the month of Ramadan may be associated with hormonal and biorhythm alterations which could be responsible for the observed elevations in serum IMA, AAIMA and non–HDL cholesterol levels. However, further studies are required to ascertain the direct causes of these changes.
Keywords: Ramadan Fasting; Oxidative Stress; Ischemia Modified Albumin; Thiol/disulfide Homeostasis; Non-HDL Cholesterol
Introduction
Fasting is defined as the voluntary abstinence, for a limited period, from solid food, calorie-containing fluids, smoking, and stimulants such as coffee or tea, and it usually implies some degree of caloric restriction (negative daily energy balance). Fasting is one of the 5 pillars of Islam. The type of fasting practiced by Muslims during the month of Ramadan calls for abstaining from eating, drinking, smoking, and engaging in sexual activity during the hours between sunrise and sunset. However, it does not necessarily require maintaining a negative energy balance through caloric restriction. Muslims follow the lunar calendar in which the month is approximately 29.50 days. Every year the month of Ramadan falls approximately 10 days earlier than the previous year. The interval of fasting extends from approximately 1 hour before sunrise to sunset and its length depends on the season in which Ramadan occurs. For instance, during the summer in some parts of the world, fasting may exceed 17 hours [1,2]. Muslims break their fast shortly after sunset with the main meal called “Iftar”, which is often a calorie-rich multi-course affair. Also, just before “Imsak” (the point at which fasting begins 1 hour before sunrise), a light breakfast-like meal (Sahur) is consumed. In addition, it is common for people to stay up late at night visiting relatives and friends, socializing, and indulging in the consumption of food especially sweets, tea, and coffee.
Fasting for a period of weeks at certain times of the year is a common tradition in many cultures since the dawn of civilization, and it is believed to be good for the individual’s body and soul. For this reason, many studies have reported that the potential health benefits of fasting are the subject of laboratory and clinical research [3]. A few randomized controlled trials and observational clinical outcomes studies suggest that fasting is beneficial to health including improved insulin sensitivity, lower fasting insulin levels, and reduced mass of visceral adipose tissue [4,5]. There is also observational evidence that a few weeks of medically supervised fasting (with calorie intake limited to 250-500 kcal per day) is helpful in the treatment of the metabolic syndrome, hypertension, rheumatic diseases, and chronic pain syndromes. Intermittent fasting with caloric restriction may also help to slow the progression of chronic inflammatory diseases [6,7]. However, extensive research in humans is required before recommending fasting as a therapeutic modality. The yearly Muslim fasting ritual presents one opportunity to engage in such research [8-10].
During the month of Ramadan, the day and night rituals and lifestyle of the fasting individual are markedly altered as well as the biorhythm. It is therefore conceivable that during the Ramadan fast significant changes occur in the diurnal rhythm of hormones, substrate flux, and energy metabolism, and that these changes may be accompanied by oxidative stress. The latter is defined as an imbalance between the cellular production of reactive oxygen species (ROS) and the capacity of the antioxidant mechanisms to prevent oxidative damage [11]. Several studies have evaluated the effect of Ramadan fasting on proinflammatory mediators and oxidative stress using a variety of redox markers [12-19]. Al-Shafei and co-workers, using glutathione (GTH) as a measure, reported that Ramadan fasting ameliorated oxidative stress in hypertensive patients [13]. In the present study, we chose to use the serum levels of ischemia-modified albumin (IMA) and thiol/disulfide homeostasis species to assess oxidative stress in healthy, fasting individuals. To our knowledge, there are no published data using these measures in the context of Ramadan fasting.
Material and Methods
Subjects
The study was conducted during Ramadan in June 2016. Forty-two healthy male volunteers aged 25-55 years who were continuing their regular fasting during Ramadan were included in the study. Volunteers with any acute or chronic disease or medication or any addiction except smoking during the study were excluded from the study.
Sample Preparation for Biochemical Analyses
Two venous blood samples were collected from each volunteer, one on the first day and one on the last day of Ramadan. The samples were collected in the morning into tubes containing gel and centrifuged at 1500 g for 10 min to separate the serums, which were immediately frozen and stored at -80°C until the day of analysis. Hemolyzed and icteric samples were discarded.
The samples collected on the first day are considered as the control group while those collected on the last day represent the experimental or fasting group.
Serum triglycerides (TG), total cholesterol (TC), high-density lipoprotein cholesterol (HDL-col), albumin, total protein, C-reactive protein (CRP) and uric acid (UA) levels were measured by enzymatic colorimetric methods in a C8000 Architect Abbott auto-analyzer (Rungis, France) using original commercial kits. Non-HDL cholesterol was calculated as the difference between TC and HDL cholesterol.
Ischemia-modified albumin assay
IMA was measured by a colorimetric assay developed by Bar-Or et al. based on measurement of unbound cobalt after incubation with patient serum [20]. Increased amounts of IMA results in less cobalt binding and more residual unbound cobalt available for complex with a chromogen [dithiothreitol (DTT)], which can be measured photometrically. The procedure was as follows: 50 μL of 0.1% cobalt chloride (Merck KGaA, Darmstadt, Germany) was added to 200 μL of serum, gently mixed, and waited 10 min for adequate cobalt-albumin binding. DTT (50 μL) (Merck KGaA, Darmstadt, Germany), at a concentration of 1.5 mg/ml, was added as a colorizing agent and the reaction was stopped 2 min later by adding 1.0 mL of 0.9% NaCl. The colored product was measured using a spectrophotometer at 470 nm (Shimadzu, UV1601, Japan) and compared to a serum cobalt blank without DTT and reported in absorbance units (ABSU).
The Albumin Adjusted IMA (AAIMA) level was calculated according to the following formula= (Individual serum albumin concentration/ median albumin concentration of the population)x IMA value [21]. Both IMA and AAIMA are still expressed in absorbance units.
Total and native thiol assay
Serum total and native thiol content was measured using a fully automated colorimetric method developed by Erel et al. [22]. Erel and colleagues used modified Ellman’s reagent to measure the thiol content. For measurement of total thiol, sodium borohydride (NaHB4) was added into sample, so that the dynamic disulfide bonds are reduced to the functional thiol groups. The numberof disulphide bonds in the sample was calculated as (total thiol – native thiol)/2. Inter-essay precisions were 4%, 5% and 13% concentrations of 29.12, 16.03, 7.15 µmol/L respectively. The detection range of the assay was 2.8- 4000 µmol/L.
Statistical analysis
The fasting group (last day samples) and the control group (first-day samples) were compared using SPSS 20.0 (Statistical Package for the Social Sciences). The Kolmogorov–Smirnov test was used to determine whether the parameters were normally distributed. The results were expressed as means ± standard deviations or median and minimum-maximum. Wilcoxon and paired t-test were used for data analysis. A p-value of less than 0.05 was considered statistically significant.
Results
Table 1 shows the serum levels of TG, TC, HDL cholesterol, non-HDL cholesterol, IMA, AAIMA, total protein, CRP, UA, total thiol, native thiol, disulfide, and disulfide/native thiol in the two groups. The serum levels of TG, TC, and non-HDL cholesterol were significantly higher on the last day of Ramadan than on the first day (p < 0.05), whereas the HDL cholesterol levels were significantly lower (p < 0.001). IMA and AAIMA levels were significantly higher on the last day of Ramadan (p < 0.05). Figure 1 shows the changes in results between two groups.
There were no significant changes in serum albumin, total protein, CRP, UA, total thiol, native thiol and disulfide, disulfide/native thiol levels (p > 0.05).
Discussion
Metabolic adaptation to hunger is very important for survival. The adaptation of transition from satiety to hunger is well regulated in the human body. The hunger arising from the nature of living is called physiological hunger. The hunger between meals and during sleep is an example of physiological hunger. The post-prandial 2-4 hours is called the absorptive phase and it’s a phase of satiety. For a fasting person, this period starts after ‘‘iftar’’. In this period levels of glucose, amino acids and TG in blood are raised and insulin/glucagon ratio is also increased. High postprandial insulin levels enhance the entry of glucose into muscle, liver and fat tissues. Glycogen synthesis is stimulated in the muscles and liver, while in fat tissue glucose serves as glycerol-3-phosphate source to build TG. Postprandial biochemical activities are generally an anabolic process which aims to store fuels for the body. Hunger phase starts 2-4 hours after the meals. For a fasting person, this phase starts after “sahur”. This is a catabolic phase as insulin/glucagon ratio is decreased. Starving phase can be divided into two: an early phase (post-absorptive) and prolonged starving. First 6-12 hours is the early phase, when blood glucose is obtained from liver stocks. After 12 hours, the prolonged starving starts and depleted blood glycogen is compensated from other sources like amino acids with gluconeogenesis [23]. In daily life, anabolic phase is observed in days and catabolic phase at nights but in Ramadan, vice versa occurs. This causes the inverse metabolic cycle. Given these aspects, fasting in Ramadan changes the biorhythm of the body. For that reason, it is expected for the body to change its energy sources and hormone balance [24]. The human metabolism takes all these changes as stress [10].
Several clinical studies reported the effect of Ramadan fasting on oxidative stress [12-19]. However, the studies have measured different biomarkers related to oxidative stress to explain the effects of Ramadan fasting on oxidative stress. The current study characterizes the effects of Ramadan fasting on serum TG, TC, HDL-col, non-HDL cholesterol, albumin, total protein, CRP, UA,IMA, AAIMA and thiol/disulfide homeostasis parameters (total thiol, native thiol and disulfide) in adult males.
In this study, we report that serum triglyceride and total cholesterol levels were significantly higher on the last day of Ramadan than on the first day. The elevations in triglyceride could be attributed to the increased Glycogen synthesis. Glycogen synthesis stimulates production of glycerol-3-phosphate source to build triglycerides. Also, the elevations in triglyceride and total cholesterol levels in this study could be attributed to blood sampling time. All blood samples were taken in the morning hours. However, several studies reported that the cortisol levels in morning hours during Ramadan are lower than at the same time before Ramadan [25,26]. These findings suggest that cortisol rhythm can be altered during Ramadan [27]. During Ramadan, many people change their sleeping habits and stay awake most of the night. For this reason, it would have been better if the blood samples in this study were taken in the noon hours on the last day of Ramadan.
We report that serum HDL-col levels were significantly lower on the last day of Ramadan than on the first day. And the decrease in HDL-col levels in this study could be attributed to inactivity. It should be noted that Muslims do not fast for the whole day during the month of Ramadan; their activity reduces until sunset. There are studies in the literature evaluating lipid panel and related diseases during Ramadan fasting. But the results of these studies differ from one another. In some studies serum triglyceride, total cholesterol, LDL levels were found to be decreased and HDL-col levels elevated [28-30]. But in other studies, there was no change in lipid profile [31,32]. It seems that the effect of Ramadan fasting on serum lipid levels may be closely related to the nutritional diet and the duration of fasting.
The current study reports that Ramadan fasting increases IMA and significantly adjusted IMA levels in healthy individuals. However, there was a significant increase in non–HDL cholesterol which is an index of risk associated with dyslipidemia [33]. There were also increases in thiol/disulfide homeostasis parameters, but the differences were not significant. This study confirms that oxidative stress in healthy individuals is seen to be higher during Ramadan fasting and also this stress has negative effects with regard to their non-HDL cholesterol levels. These results are generally consistent with the findings of the few studies reporting oxidative stress during fasting [16,17]. The several studies have shown no significant effect on oxidative stress during Ramadan fasting [18,19]. However, other studies reported decreased oxidative stress during Ramadan fasting [12-15]. In a study with 32 healthy participants, triglyceride, total cholesterol and LDL levels were found to be lower during Ramadan, but the HDL-col and a heat-shock protein HSP-70 levels were found to be elevated [15]. Results of another study demonstrated that Ramadan fasting has some positive effects on IL-6, CRP and homocysteine in healthy volunteers [12]. In another study, significant reductions in levels of MDA and the significant elevations in levels of GSH were seen in hypertensive patients during Ramadan [13]. In a study carried out in 27 PCOS patients, beneficial effects on NO and GSH levels were observed [14].
Oxidative status is described as a balance between the development and inactivation of ROS [11]. Any increase in the rate of ROS development, or decrease in their inactivation, may disrupt this balance, resulting in oxidative damage. IMA is a biomarker, which is formed as a consequence of modification of albumin by ROS. Consequently, the elevations in ROS may modify the N-terminal portion of albumin causing an increased formation of IMA. These different levels of IMA in the serum may be used as a marker of the oxidative stress [34].
The thiols are mainly organic compounds having a sulfhydryl group, and cysteine residues, which are functional sulfhydryl groups, are present in many proteins in the human body. Proteins are one of the main targets for oxidative damage. Thiols react with ROS to produce many products as reversible disulfides (RSSR), sulfinic acid and thiol radicals. Disulfides are metabolized to thiols in vivo by specific reductase enzymes, such as thioredoxin (Trx) and glutaredoxin (Grx), to maintain thiol/disulfide homeostasis in the body. Thio/disulfide homeostasis may also be referred to as oxidation-antioxidation homeostasis [22,35]. Consequently, thiol/disulfide homeostasis parameters may be used as a marker of oxidative stress.
In conclusion, Ramadan fasting is an intermittent fasting and different from other hunger. During Ramadan, Muslims disrupt their sleep with sahur. Also, their activity and energy intake patterns change during Ramadan. Given these changing regimens, the diurnal profile of hormones which have a circadian rhythm like cortisol may change. Also, with the initiation of Ramadan fasting, insulin levels and therefore the synthesis of anabolic enzymes in response to insulin will be decreased. A switch from anabolic to catabolic phase occurs with the decreased insulin/glucagon ratio. The changes in biorhythm and cortisol rhythm during Ramadan fasting could be the major reason of elevations in oxidative stress markers. To the best of our knowledge, this is the first study ever to report the effects of Ramadan fasting on IMA and thiol/disulfide homeostasis parameters in healthy individuals. It is necessary to carry out further investigations to illustrate these possible mechanisms. It is also required to evaluate in detail the effect of Ramadan fasting on oxidative stress and various parameters with more participants as well.
Limitation
This study has its own limitations. The low number of participants and the fact that all of them are males makes it different to apply these results to the general population. Female volunteers were not included in the study, because they may be exempt from fasting during Ramadan at their menstrual period. Physical activity records are not obtained from participants. Smoking is not used as exclusion criteria. Food consumption habits are not recorded so the differences in food regimens are unclear. There were no weight measurements of the participants before and after Ramadan.
Scientific Responsibility Statement
The authors declare that they are responsible for the article’s scientific content including study design, data collection, analysis and interpretation, writing, some of the main line, or all of the preparation and scientific review of the contents and approval of the final version of the article.
Animal and human rights statement
All procedures performed in this study were in accordance with the ethical standards of the institutional and/or national research committee and with the 1964 Helsinki declaration and its later amendments or comparable ethical standards. No animal or human studies were carried out by the authors for this article.
Funding: None
Conflict of interest
None of the authors received any type of financial support that could be considered potential conflict of interest regarding the manuscript or its submission.
References
1. Günaydin GP, Dogan NÖ, Çevik Y, Korkmaz H, Savrun A, Çikrikçi G. Evaluation of Patients with Renal Colic that Present to an Emergency Department During the Month of Ramadan/Ramazan Ayinda Renal Kolikle Acil Servise Basvuran Hastalarin Degerlendirilmesi. J Acad Emerg Med. 2013; 12(1): 24.
2. Alkandari JR, Maughan RJ, Roky R, Aziz AR, Karli U. The implications of Ramadan fasting for human health and well-being. J Sports Sci. 2012; 30(Suppl. 1): S9-S19.
3. Çevik C. Oruç ve Sağlık. Ankara: Beşer Matbaası; 2001: p.22-45.
4. Mazidi M, Rezaie P, Chaudhri O, Karimi E, Nematy M. The effect of Ramadan fasting on cardiometabolic risk factors and anthropometrics parameters: a systematic review. Pak J Med Sci. 2015; 31(5): 1250.
5. Salim I, Al Suwaidi J, Ghadban W, Alkilani H, Salam AM. Impact of religious Ramadan fasting on cardiovascular disease: a systematic review of the literature. Curr Med Res Opin. 2013; 29(4): 343-54.
6. de Toledo FW, Buchinger A, Burggrabe H, Hölz G, Kuhn C, Lischka E et al. Fasting therapy-an expert panel update of the 2002 consensus guidelines. Complement Med Res. 2013; 20(6): 434-43.
7. Mattson MP, Longo VD, Harvie M. Impact of intermittent fasting on health and disease processes. Ageing research reviews. 2017; 39: 46-58.
8. Park S, Yoo KM, Hyun JS, Kang S. Intermittent fasting reduces body fat but exacerbates hepatic insulin resistance in young rats regardless of high protein and fat diets. J Nutr Biochem. 2017; 40: 14-22.
9. Rouhani MH, Azadbakht L. Is Ramadan fasting related to health outcomes? A review on the related evidence. J Res Med Sci. 2014; 19(10): 987.
10. Sohal RS, Weindruch R. Oxidative stress, caloric restriction, and aging. Science (New York, NY) 1996; 273(5271): 59.
11. Sies H. Oxidative stress: from basic research to clinical application. Am J Sports Med. 1991; 91(3): S31-S8.
12. Aksungar FB, Topkaya AE, Akyildiz M. Interleukin-6, C-reactive protein and biochemical parameters during prolonged intermittent fasting. Ann Nutr Metab. 2007; 51(1): 88-95.
13. Al-Shafei AI. Ramadan fasting ameliorates arterial pulse pressure and lipid profile, and alleviates oxidative stress in hypertensive patients. Blood Press. 2014; 23(3): 160-7.
14. Asemi Z, Samimi M, Taghizadeh M, Esmaillzadeh A. Effects of Ramadan Fasting on Glucose Homeostasis, Lipid Profiles, Inflammation and Oxidative Stress in Women with Polycystic Ovary Syndrome in Kashan, Iran. Archives of Iranian Medicine (AIM). 2015; 18(12): 806-10.
15. Zare A, Hajhashemi M, Hassan Z, Zarrin S, Pourpak Z, Moin M et al. Effect of Ramadan fasting on serum heat shock protein 70 and serum lipid profile. Singapore Med J. 2011; 52(7): 491-5.
16. Chaouachi A, Coutts AJ, Wong DP, Roky R, Mbazaa A, Amri M et al. Haematological, inflammatory, and immunological responses in elite judo athletes maintaining high training loads during Ramadan. Applied Physiology, Nutrition, and Metabolism. 2009; 34(5): 907-15.
17. Ibrahim WH, Habib HM, Jarrar AH, Al Baz SA. Effect of Ramadan fasting on markers of oxidative stress and serum biochemical markers of cellular damage in healthy subjects. Ann Nutr Metab. 2009; 53(3-4): 175-81.
18. Lee K-H, Bartsch H, Nair J, Yoo D-H, Hong Y-C, Cho S-H et al. Effect of short-term fasting on urinary excretion of primary lipid peroxidation products and on markers of oxidative DNA damage in healthy women. Carcinogenesis. 2006; 27(7): 1398-403.
19. Ozturk E, Balat O, Ugur MG, Yazıcıoglu C, Pence S, Erel Ö et al. Effect of Ramadan fasting on maternal oxidative stress during the second trimester: a preliminary study. J Obstet Gynaecol Res. 2011; 37(7): 729-33.
20. Bar–Or D, Lau E, Winkler JV. A novel assay for cobalt-albumin binding and its potential as a marker for myocardial ischemia—a preliminary report. The Journal of emergency medicine 2000; 19(4): 311-5.
21. Koç F, Erdem S, Altunkaş F, Özbek K, Gül EE, Kurban S et al. Ischemia-modified albumin and total antioxidant status in patients with slow coronary flow: a pilot observational study. Anadolu Kardiyol Derg. 2011; 11(7): 582-7.
22. Erel O, Neselioglu S. A novel and automated assay for thiol/disulphide homeostasis. Clin Biochem. 2014; 47(18): 326-32.
23. Champe P, Harvey R, Ferrier D. Biochemistry. ed. In. Lippincott’s Illustrated Reviews ed. CP Harvey RA; 2005: p.125-35.
24. Azizi F. Islamic fasting and health. Ann Nutr Metab. 2010; 56(4): 273-82.
25. De Leon M, McRae T, Rusinek H, Convit A, De Santi S, Tarshish C et al. Cortisol Reduces Hippocampal Glucose Metabolism in Normal Elderly, but Not in Alzheimer’s Disease 1. The Journal of Clinical Endocrinology & Metabolism. 1997; 82(10): 3251-9.
26. Salem LB, B’chir S, Bchir F, Bouguerra R, Slama CB. Rythme du cortisol pendant le mois de ramadan. East Mediterr Health J. 2003; 9(5/6): 1093.
27. Al-Hadramy M, Zawawi T, Abdelwahab S. Altered cortisol levels in relation to Ramadan. Eur J Clin Nutr. 1988; 42(4): 359-62.
28. Adlouni A, Ghalim N, Benslimane A, Lecerf JM, Saïle R. Fasting during Ramadan induces a marked increase in high-density lipoprotein cholesterol and decrease in low-density lipoprotein cholesterol. Ann Nutr Metab. 1997; 41(4): 242-9.
29. Iraki L, Bogdan A, Hakkou F, Amrani N, Abkari A, Touitou Y. Ramadan Diet Restrictions Modify the Circadian Time Structure in Humans. A Study on Plasma Gastrin, Insulin, Glucose, and Calcium and on Gastric pH 1. Int J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 1997; 82(4): 1261-73.
30. Temizhan A, Tandogan I, Dönderici O, Demirbas B. The effects of Ramadan fasting on blood lipid levels. Am J Med. 2000; 109(4): 341.
31. Sarraf-Zadegan N, Atashi M, Naderi GA, Baghai AM, Asgary S, Fatehifar MR et al. The effect of fasting in Ramadan on the values and interrelations between biochemical, coagulation and hematological factors. Ann. Saudi Med. 2000; 20(5/6): 377-81.
32. Ziaee V, Razaei M, Ahmadinejad Z, Shaikh H, Yousefi R, Yarmohammadi L et al. The changes of metabolic profile and weight during Ramadan fasting. Singapore Med J. 2006; 47(5): 409.
33. Pearson TA, Denke MA, McBride PE, Battisti WP, Brady WE, Palmisano J. A community-based, randomized trial of ezetimibe added to statin therapy to attain NCEP ATP III goals for LDL cholesterol in hypercholesterolemic patients: the ezetimibe add-on to statin for effectiveness (EASE) trial. In, Mayo Clin. Proc.: Elsevier; 2005: 587-95.
34. Roy D, Quiles J, Gaze D, Collinson P, Kaski J, Baxter G. Role of reactive oxygen species on the formation of the novel diagnostic marker ischaemia modified albumin. Heart. 2006; 92(1): 113-4.
35. Cremers CM, Jakob U. Oxidant sensing by reversible disulfide bond formation. J Biol Chem. 2013; 288(37): 26489-96.
Download attachments: JCAM_5943.pdf
Ünal K, Topçuoğlu C, Yücel Ç, Turhan T, Neşelioğlu S, Erel Ö. Effects of ramadan lifestyle on lipid profile and oxidative stress markers in adult males. J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 5-9.
Citations in Google Scholar: Google Scholar
This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. To view a copy of the license, visit https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
The effect of induced legal abortions on anxiety levels before and after the procedure
Sule Ozel 1, Yaprak Engin-Ustun 1, Rifat Taner Aksoy 1, Hatice Kansu-Celik 1, Rabia Nazik Yuksel 2, Bugra Coskun 1, Salim Erkaya 1
1 Obstetrics and Gynecology, Zekai Tahir Burak Woman’s Health, Education and Research Hospital, 2 Psychiatry Department, Ankara Numune Education and Research Hospital, Ankara, Turkey.
DOI: 10.4328/JCAM.5800 Received: 06.03.2018 Accepted: 17.05.2018 Published Online: 22.05.2018 Printed: 01.01.2019 J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 10-5
Corresponding Author: Hatice Kansu-Celik, Obstetrics and Gynecology, Zekai Tahir Burak Woman’s Health, Education and Research Hospital, 06230, Ankara, Turkey. T.: +90 3123065000 F.: +90 3123124931 E-Mail: h_kansu@yahoo.com
Aim: The aim of this study was to investigate the effect of abortion procedure on psychological status of women. Material and Method: A total of 193 women seeking an elective abortion in legal 10 weeks gestational age interval were included in this prospective study. State-Trait Anxiety Inventory Scale (STAI) was performed twice; one is half an hour before the induced abortion and the other 10 days after the abortion. State anxiety (S-Anxiety) can be determined as discomfort, fear etc. Trait anxiety (T-anxiety) can be determined as a tendency to feel worried and discomfort. Results: S and T-Anxiety scores of cases showed statistical significant decrease after abortion (p = 0.000, p = 0.037 respectively). 65.3% of women had post-abortion T-anxiety scale score above 43 points (cut off for severe anxiety). Higher education levels are associated with lower pre and post-abortion T- Anxiety levels (p=0.000, p=0.003). Higher educated women were less likely to be at the risk of preabortion trait anxiety score above 43 points (OR 0.55, CI=0,5–1.14) and women with higher income were more likely to be at the risk of post-abortion State Anxiety Score above 43 point (OR 2.5, CI=0.94-0.42). Discussion: Anxiety scores are altered after induced legal abortions. Women who are admitted to gynecology clinics for an induced abortion should be monitored closely for psychological symptoms, and education about contraception should be given to all of the women in reproductive ages.
Keywords: Induced Abortion; Anxiety Disorders; Contraception; Family Planning
Introduction
About 56 million abortions occur each year in the world and elective abortion ratio in Turkey is detected as 4.7 in 100 pregnancies [1, The Ministry of Health of Turkey Health Statistics year book. 2014]. In Turkey Family planning acts are widespread and women reach such serves easily [Hacettepe University Turkey Demographic and Health Survey (TDHS), 2013]. Until 1983, abortion in Turkey was permitted only to save the life or preserve the health of the pregnant woman and in cases of fetal impairment [Penal Code of 1 March 1936; Law No. 557 of 1 January 1965, and Ordinance of 12 June 1967]. Due to the increasing number of unsafe abortions at the beginning of 1980s and the related mortality and morbidity problems, the Government was prompted to make changes in the existing regulations, thus abortion became widely available, allowing abortion to be performed per the request of the pregnant woman up to the 10th week of pregnancy [The Population Planning Law. Law No. 2827 of 24 May 1983].
In Turnaway study, women experienced decreasing emotional intensity after abortion over time, and the 99% of women felt that termination was the right decisionfor them over three years [2]. On the contrary, higher rates of admissions to psychiatry clinic in the 12-months following abortion compared to the 12-months following birth reported ın a study from Denmark [3].
See comment in PubMed Commons below
Understanding of the women’s knowledge about contraception is very important in the efforts to avoid unwanted pregnancies. The reasons for seeking an elective abortion are effected by economic and social factors of a nation in present period of time. Health policy makers must be aware of the women’s knowledge about contraception and the current reasons why a woman is directed to elective abortion. The aim of the present study was to investigate the effect of elective pregnancy termination procedure on anxiety levels of women in a short period of time.
Materials and Method
A prospective study was carried out at a tertiary care teaching hospital in Turkey. All women seeking an elective abortion in legal 10-week gestational age interval were invited to participate in the study. The women were informed about the Project and gave their consent to participate in an interview based on a questionnaire and STAI anxiety test. The study was approved by Zekai Tahir Burak Woman’s Health, Education and Research Hospital’s Institutional Review Board (No:68/2015) and informed consent was obtained from the participants. 309 women who applied to our family planning unit between 1 June and 31 August 2015 were asked to take part in this prospective study. 225 of them accepted to participate in the study. A questionnaire was applied to these volunteers. After the questionnaires were evaluated, 193 women aged 18-47 years were included in the study, and 32 women who had more than two unanswered questions were excluded. All included pregnancies were unwanted or unintended and the cases who had abortions for medical reasons were excluded. These women were given a data form including a series of standard questions that were asked by an obstetrician and gynecologist who performed the abortion procedure. The questions dealt with demographic characteristics, contraceptive knowledge, abortion- seeking reasons. Records included the following information: age, education (primary- 5 years, secondary- 8 years, high school- 11 years, university), occupation, income, obstetric history (gestational age, gravida, parity, previous elective abortion, interpregnancy interval), contraceptive knowledge, the main reason for seeking induced abortion. The participants were divided into two income groups as < 1300 TL and ≥ 1300 TL based on hunger threshold which was a minimum amount of money necessary for basic food needs of a family of 4 members [Confederation of Turkish Trade Unions [Turk-Is] June 2015 Hunger threshold]. The Questionnaire about contraceptive knowledge was including the names of known family planning methods: modern methods; oral contraceptives, implants, injectable contraceptives, intrauterine device, condom, male sterilization, tubal ligation, lactational amenorrhea method (LAM), diaphragm, foam and traditional methods; calendar, withdrawal, vaginal douche. Women were also offered a list of specific reasons for having abortion which was classified into 3 groups. The first group includes women-focused reasons like risk to maternal health, unwilling to have any more children, advanced maternal age, wants to postpone childbearing, a new baby would interfere with future opportunities, newly married, not married. The second group includes other- focused reasons (need to focus on other children, relationship problem, risk to fetal health). The third group is material reasons (financial and housing limitations). State-Trait Anxiety Inventory Scale (STAI) was performed twice; one is half an hour before the induced abortion and the other 10 days after the abortion. STAI is a self-reported scale [4]. It can be applied to people over the age of 14. STAI is often used to measure the presence and severity of current symptoms of anxiety and a generalized propensity to be anxious. State anxiety (S-Anxiety) can be determined as discomfort, fear, and the autonomic nervous system symptoms induced by situations perceived as dangerous. Besides, Trait anxiety (T-Anxiety) can be determined as a tendency to feel worried, discomfort and under pressure [5]. The STAI includes 40 items, 20 items for the S-Anxiety and 20 items for the T-Anxiety subscales. Each subscale has a range of scores of 20-80, and the higher scores indicate greater anxiety. 36 points and below is accepted as no anxiety, 37- 42 points indicates mild anxiety, and 43 and higher scores indicate a severe anxiety. Especially 60 points and higher scores are accepted as a mark of a need for professional help. STAI Scale was used to assess anxiety status has been validated for Turkish population [6]. We also analysed the effect of variables on S and T-Anxiety scores.
Statistical analysis
Statistical analyses were evaluated using SPSS 17.0 for Windows (Chicago, IL). The mean and standard deviation (SD) were calculated for continuous variables. Independent samples t-test and paired-samples t-test were used to evaluate associations between continuous variables. The mean values of the three groups were analyzed using one-way ANOVA followed by Tukey post-hoc testing for multiple comparisons. Binary logistic regression was used to determine the association of anxiety scores with age, employment, gravida, parity, education, income, contraceptive use while adjusting for covariates. Odds ratios (ORs) with 95% confidence intervals (CIs) were obtained for statistically significant outcomes. P-values were considered statistically significant at p < 0.05. Statistical analyses were cross-checked by a statistician.
Results
In our 3 month study period, The proportion of abortions to hospital parturitions was 7.6 %. This ratio was 5.6 % for elective abortions. A total of 225 women underwent induced abortion during the study period accepted to take part in this study and 193 women completed the questionnaire. The mean age of the women was 31.2 SD ± 6.4 (min 18, max 47) years. Median gestational week was 7 (min 4, max10). Median gravida and parity were 3 (min 1,max 12), 2 (min 0-max 5) respectively.
Interpregnancy interval was over 2 years in 55.4% of women. 46.8% had previous abortion and about 19.7% of them had at least one previous elective abortion. %20.2 of women didn’t use any birth control method during implantation cycle and condom was the most commonly used method (37.3%) (Table 1). 95.3% of women knew at least one contraceptive method and 75,6% of them knew at least one modern method. Mean number of birth control methods the women knew about was 2.04±1.5. The most known method was condom (61%) (Table 2).
The reasons for seeking abortion were depicted in Tab. 3. The most common reasons were
need to focus on other children 39/193 (20.2%), risk to maternal health 36/193 (18.7%), financial reasons 35/193 (18.1%).
Mean values of preabortion S and T-Anxiety scores of cases were 48±4,6 (min 20, max 77), 45±7,1 (min 20, max 69) and postabortion S and T-Anxiety scores of cases were 44±7,3 (min 20, max 73), 44±7,1 (min 20, max 59). S and T- Anxiety scores of cases showed statistical significant decrease after abortion, respectively (p = 0.000, p=0.037). Pre-abortion and post-abortion S-anxiety levels were not effected by the education level (p>0.05). T-Anxiety levels are found to be effected by education level. Higher education levels are associated with lower pre and post-abortion T-Anxiety levels (p=0.000, p=0.003). Lower monthly income is found to be associated with higher pre-abortion T-Anxiety levels (p=0.011) and higher income is found to be associated with higher postabortion S-Anxiety levels (p=0.033). Occupational status is found not to be associated with pre and post- abortion S and T-Anxiety levels in the whole groups (Table 4).
Grouping cases according to STAI scale scores showed that the vast majority of scores were higher than 43 points (severe anxiety cut off score ) (Table 5). When we used Logistic Regression Models to adjust effect of age, employement, gravida, parity, education, income and contraceptive use during implantation cycle on anxiety levels of women, we found that higher educated women were less likely to be at the risk of preabortion trait anxiety score above 43 points (OR 0.55, CI=0,5–1.14) and women with higher income were more likely to be at the risk of post-abortion State Anxiety Score above 43 point (OR 2.5, CI= 0.94-0.42) (Table 6).
Discussion
Preservation of women’s physical and psychological health is an important object in family and society health. Fertility control of women is an indirect indicator of their reproductive health. The Main goal within reproductive health is that women should have the ability to control their fertility by getting access to reproductive education, modern contraceptives, and safe abortions [World Health Organization, Department of Reproductive Health and Research. Safe Abortion: Technical and Policy Guidance for Health Systems. 2nd ed. Geneva: World Health Organization, 2012].
TDHS-2013 showed that 19% of whole gestations resulted in abortion and 5% of them were elective abortions. Family planning services are widely available and free of charge in Turkey. In our 3 month study period, the ratio of abortions to whole hospital parturitions was 7.6% and this was 5.6% for elective abortions. Access to family planning services in need of abortion is an opportunity for healthcare professionals to educate women about suitable family planning methods. A study in South India found that 15.2% of the total elective abortion seekers had a history of elective abortion [7]. In our study 19.6% of the total abortion seekers had a history of elective abortion. We also found out that 20.2% of abortion seekers didn’t use any contraceptive method during implantation cycle. Only 5% of seekers were aware of emergency contraception. In one study, 96.1% of the participants knew about at least one modern method of birth control. The mean number of birth control methods the women knew about was 5.9%. The method best known by the women was Depo-Provera (89.5%), followed by condom (88.9%) and oral contraceptives (81.7%) [8].
TDHS-2013 showed that almost all of the Turkish women (99.8%) knew at least one modern family planning method and the number of methods they knew was 7.6. IUD and oral contraceptives are the most commonly known modern contraceptive methods in Turkey. However, in our study, the most known method was condom (61%) and 75.6% of the participants knew about at least one modern method of birth control. We also found out that the mean number of birth control methods known by women was 2.
Formal sexual education is not a mandatory component of the high school curriculum in Turkey. By supplementing sexual knowledge of girls in school, we can invest the contraceptive awareness of women in reproductive ages. Health policy makers must be aware of the real reasons which lead women to elective abortion. Abortion rate can be reduced by giving emotional or financial support for the pregnancy or potential child. In one study, women reported need of postponing childbearing (25.9%) as their primary reasons for choosing an abortion [9, 10].
In our study women’s reasons for seeking an abortion fell in to 12 broad themes. The predominant themes identified as reasons for seeking abortion were need to following: focus on other children (20%), risk to maternal health (18.7%) and financial reasons (18.1%). In a great review, reasons for abortion grouped in three categories, At first, ’women-focused’ reasons, such as those related to timing, the woman’s physical or mental health, or completed family size; second are ‘Other-focused’ reasons, such as those related to the intimate partner, the potential child, existing children, or the influences of other people, and the third are ‘material’ reasons, such as financial and housing limitations. Material reasons were the most frequently mentioned theme [11].
In our study we also encapsulated our reasons in three categories to show their relevance with anxiety levels. ‘Women focused’ reasons were the most frequently mentioned theme. Pregnancy and the postpartum period is a time of many challenges for women physically and psychologically as well. Postpartum mental health has been a remarkable focus of previous studies but present literature does not contain enough data about pregnancy loss. Regardless of the reason, type or timing, pregnancy loss may create great psychological stress for women. In this study, we focused on the pregnancy loss by elective abortions. Understanding the effect of induced abortion on mental health is important for clinical practice and policy. Today, conflicting data exists in the literature about abortion and as a consequence mental health problems. Long- term psychological effect of abortion on mental health status must be predicted for family wellbeing. Measuring Anxiety levels of electively aborted women can be helpful to identify the footsteps of mental health problems. So, understanding of the women’s anxiety level, factors effecting her anxiety and current reasons why a woman is directed to elective abortion by health policy makers is very important in the efforts to give psychological, economic and social support to women whatever her decision about elective abortion.
Steinberg et al. reported by their research made on a nationally representative U.S. sample, that women who had abortions were more likely to have more mental health problems in post- pregnancy follow up than women in the childbirth group, and to have each type of psychiatric disorder or suicidal ideation at some point in the post- pregnancy follow up [12]. They found -as a result of 8 to 10 years follow up- that women who had an abortion had an increased risk of having post- pregnancy anxiety disorder, impulse-control disorder, substance use disorder, eating disorder, and suicidal ideation compared to women who gave birth. Giannandrea et al. reported that past- pregnancy loss –independent from the cause or type- is related with increased risk for subsequent postpartum psychiatric disorders[13].
Our study includes an early assessment of S and T-Anxiety levels in women who had an induced abortion and we found higher S and T-Anxiety levels before the abortion than both S and T-Anxiety levels in the tenth day of the abortion. Some large studies have found no serious adverse psychological effects 1–2 years after an induced abortion [12, 14]. Steinberg et al. stated in the aforementioned study that pre-pregnancy mental health was a strong predictor of post pregnancy mental health [12]. Our results showed that S and T anxiety levels of women decreased in the first control –tenth day- after the induced abortion. However, this is a short time to follow psychiatric outcomes. But at least we can say that some were relieved after the abortion procedure.
The decrease of S-anxiety levels regardless of the cause of abortion, may partially reflect an anxiety for the process things like operation, fear, blood or things related to the operating room. It would be better If we compared anxiety levels of abortion cases with other surgical procedure applied cases. Longer follow- ups may help to clarify the whole effect of the abortion on women’s psychological state and anxiety. Although, there have been many articles address psychological effects of abortion [15-17]. Our study has novelty in that it compared S and T –Anxiety levels of pre and post- abortion and their association with covariates such as age, employment, gravida, parity, education, income, contraceptive use during implantation cycle. In our study T- anxiety in educated women has found to be less than the others. Lower monthly income has found to be related to higher pre-abortion trait anxiety and lower post-abortion state anxiety levels. This shows that when poverty may cause an increase in long- term anxiety levels, in contrary it acts as a relieving factor for her conscience and may cause a decrease in state anxiety levels. We should say that education level and socioeconomic status stand out among the factors that influence the women in an abortion process. We also found that 65.3% of women who had postabortion T- anxiety scale score above 43 points [severe anxiety cut off] would probably need long- term professional psychological follow up. This rate is, even in the tenth day of the operation, considered a fairly high rate of anxiety for T-anxiety. But existing health care system does not have a mechanism to scan these women’s need for psychological support by professionals. Herein, it may be beneficial to discuss the insufficiency of psychological support for all the women in these abortion processes. In many countries, as in Turkey, there is not a routine psychological/psychiatric counseling for women in the pre-abortion, abortion and postabortion processes.
Conclusion
Anxiety scores are altered after induced legal abortions. Women who are admitted to gynecology clinics for an induced abortion should be monitored closely for psychological symptoms, and education about contraception should be given to all of the women in reproductive ages.
Scientific Responsibility Statement
The authors declare that they are responsible for the article’s scientific content including study design, data collection, analysis and interpretation, writing, some of the main line, or all of the preparation and scientific review of the contents and approval of the final version of the article.
Animal and human rights statement
All procedures performed in this study were in accordance with the ethical standards of the institutional and/or national research committee and with the 1964 Helsinki declaration and its later amendments or comparable ethical standards. No animal or human studies were carried out by the authors for this article.
Funding: None
Conflict of interest
None of the authors received any type of financial support that could be considered potential conflict of interest regarding the manuscript or its submission.
References
1. Sedgh G, Bearak J, Singh S, Bankole A, Popinchalk A, Ganatra B, et al. Abortion incidence between 1990 and 2014: global, regional, and subregional levels and trends. The Lancet 2016; 388(10041): 258-67.
2. Rocca CH, Kimport K, Roberts SC, Gould H, Neuhaus J, Foster DG.DecisionRightnessand Emotional Responses to Abortionin the United States: A Longitudinal Study. PLoS One. 2015; 8: 10(7). e0128832.
3. Munk-Olsen T, Laursen TM, Pedersen CB, Lidegaard Ø, Mortensen PB.Induced first trimester abortion and risk of mental disorder. N Engl J Med. 2011; 364(4): 332–9.
4. Spielberger, Charles D. StateTrait anxiety inventory. John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 2010.
5. Knight RG, Waal-Manning HJ, Spears GF. Some norms and reliability data for the State-Trait Anxiety Inventory and the Zung Self-Rating Depression scale. Br J Clin Psychol. 1983; 22(4): 245–9.
6. Oner N, Le Compte A. State-Trait anxiety inventory hand book, Istanbul Bogazici Univercity publications. 1983; p: 1-26
7. Holla R, Kanchan T, Unnikrishnan B, Kotian MS, Kumar N, Thapar R, et al.Profile of women seeking medical termination of pregnancy in South India. Int J Gynaecol Obstet. 2014; 125(3): 253-5.
8. Berin E, Sundell M, Karki C, Brynhildsen J, Hammar M.Contraceptive knowledge and attitudes among women seeking induced abortion in Kathmandu, Nepal. Int J Womens Health. 2014; 6: 335-41.
9. Bankole A, Susheela S, Taylor H.Reasons why women have induced abortions: evidence from 27 countries. Int Fam Plan Perspect 1998; 24(3): 117-52.
10. Finer LB, Frohwirth LF, Dauphinee LA, Singh S, Moore AM.Reasons US women have abortions: quantitative and qualitative perspectives. Int Perspect Sex Reprod Health 2005; 37(3): 110-8.
11. Kirkman M, Rowe H, Hardiman A, Mallett S, Rosenthal D.Reasons women give for abortion: a review of the literature. Arch Womens Ment Health .2009; 12(6): 365–78.
12. Steinberg JR, McCulloch CE, Adler NE. Abortion and mental health: findings from the national comorbidity survey-replication. Obstet Gynecol. 2014; 123(2 Pt 1): 263-70.
13. Giannandrea SA, Cerulli C, CH Anson LE, Chaudron LH.Increased risk for postpartum psychiatric disorders among women with past pregnancy loss. J Womens Health (Larchmt). 2013; 22(9): 760-8.
14. Major B, Cozzarelli C, Cooper ML, Zubek J, Richards C, Wilhite M, et al. Psychological responses of women after first-trimester abortion. Arch Gen Psychiatry 2000; 57(8): 777–84.
15. Bradshaw Z, Slade P. The effects of induced abortion on emotional experiences and relationships: a critical review of the literature. Clin Psychol Rev. 2003; 23(7): 929-58.
16. Broen AN, Moum T, Bødtker AS, Ekeberg O. The course of mental health after miscarriage and induced abortion: a longitudinal, five-year follow-up study. See comment in PubMed Commons belowBMC Med. 2005; 12(3): 18.
17. Hemmerling A, Siedentopf F, Kentenich H. Emotional impact and acceptability of medical abortion with mifepristone: a German experience. See comment in PubMed Commons belowJ Psychosom Obstet Gynaecol. 2005; 26(1): 23-31.
Download attachments: JCAM_5800.pdf
Ozel S, Engin-Ustun Y, Aksoy RT, Kansu-Celik H, Yuksel RN, Coskun B, Erkaya S. The effect of induced legal abortions on anxiety levels before and after the procedure. J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 10-5.
Citations in Google Scholar: Google Scholar
This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. To view a copy of the license, visit https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
The relationship between hemoglobin variability and oxidative stress and inflammation in CKD
Tulay Kus 1, Ozlem Tiryaki Usalan 2, Celalettin Usalan 2
1 Departmen of Medical Oncology, Adıyaman University, Training and Research Hospital, Adıyaman, 2 Department of Nephrology, Gaziantep University School of Medicine, Gaziantep, Turkey
DOI: 10.4328/JCAM.5912 Received: 26.05.2018 Accepted: 09.06.2018 Published Online: 10.06.2018 Printed: 01.01.2019 J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 20-5
Corresponding Author: Tulay Kus, Department of Medical Oncology, Adıyaman University, Training and Research Hospital, TR-02040, Adıyaman, Turkey. T.: +90 4162161015 F.: +90 4162161014 E-Mail: drtulaykus83@hotmail.com
Aim: Hemoglobin (Hg) variability, which is frequently seen in patients with chronic kidney disease (CKD) who undergo dialysis, has been shown to be associated with increased mortality and cardiovascular disease (CVD) , but its mechanism remains unclear. Increased oxidative stress and inflammation with uremia lead to the development of anemia. In this context, we aimed to investigate the relationship between Hb variability and oxidative stress and inflammation. Material and Method: The data of 114 patients followed by dialysis service of Gaziantep University were included in this study retrospectively. Myeloperoxidase (MPO), nitrotyrosine (NTY), total antioxidant capacity (TAC), interleukin-6 (IL-6), Hs-CRP, and plasminogen activator inhibitor-1(PAI-1) levels of the patients whom we divided into 6 groups according to their Hg variability were measured. A control group (n = 30) was also formed demographically and clinically appropriate to this group. Results: The mean MPO, NTY, IL-6, Hs-CRP, and PAI-1 levels were higher in the dialysis patients than in the control group, whereas TAC levels were lower. Prooxidant, inflammation and procoagulant activity levels were lower in the Group 6 (Hg>12) and the Group 3 (stable, Hg=11-12 gr/dl) but higher in wide Hg variable group (Group 5) and Group 1 (Hg <12 gr/dl). Discussion: Oxidative stress, inflammation, and procoagulant activity, which are associated with higher CVD and mortality were found to be high in wide Hg variable and anemic groups in patients who underwent dialysis. The present study has a valuable finding in terms of elucidating the possible mechanism of increased mortality in patients with wide variable Hg course.
Keywords: Hemoglobin Variability; Cardiovascular Disease; Oxidative Stress; Inflammation; PAI-1 Activity; Chronic Kidney Disease
Introduction
Anemia, one of the most common complications of chronic kidney disease (CKD), is one of the major etiologic factors for cardiovascular disease (CVD) risk, which is the most important cause of morbidity and mortality [1]. Positive effects of correction of anemia on cardiovascular abnormalities, especially in left ventricular hypertrophy have been shown. It has been recently reported that overcorrection of anemia increases the risk of CVD [2]. In addition to adverse effects on the clinical outcome of anemia and its overcorrection, it is known that the variability of Hg in CKD, especially in dialysis patients, has a negative effect on morbidity, hospitalization, and mortality in recent years [3-5]. In dialysis patients, Hg variability was common and 6 different Hg groups were defined in various retrospective studies: Hg level continuously lower than 11 g / dl, Hg level occasionally lower than 11 g / dl and occasionally 11-12 g / dl (variable group close to lower limit), Hg level constantly 11-12 g / dl (stable) , Hg level sometimes higher than 12 g / dl and sometimes between 11 and 12 g / dl (variable group close to upper limit), Hg level sometimes lower than 11 g / dl, occasionally over 12 g / dl and occasionally between 11 and 12 g / dl (wide Hg variable group) and hg level constantly higher than 12 g / dl (normal) [6]. The highest morbidity and mortality was reported in the anemic group and in the wide Hg variable group, while the patients with stable Hg levels between 11-12 g / dl were reported to have the lowest morbidity and mortality. The reasons for the different morbidity and mortality data and the detailed mechanisms of different hemoglobin pathways are unknown. While many factors are implicated in Hg variability, increased oxidative stress and inflammation seem to play a role in uremic patients.
On the other hand, increased oxidative stress and inflammation are one of the well-defined factors that cause an increase in endothelial dysfunction and procoagulant activity, accelerating the atherosclerotic process and increasing CVD. In this context, the levels of these abnormalities can be different in groups with varied Hg courses, which are likely to be related to the different morbidity and mortality as shown in epidemiological studies. However, there is no published work in the literature regarding this subject. In our study, we assessed prooxidant (myeloperoxidase [MPO], nitrotyrosine [NTY]), antioxidant (total antioxidant capacity [TAC]) markers and inflammation (interleukin 6 [IL-6] Hs-CRP) and procoagulation (plasminogen activator inhibitor type 1 [PAI-1] activity) markers in 6 groups of dialysis patients with different HG courses and aimed to investigate their effects on Hg variability. We suggest that evaluation of these parameters associated with higher CVD in uremic patients may provide potential information in explaining the morbidity and mortality mechanism in patients with wide Hg variability and may be the basis for future prospective studies.
Material and Method
Patients
This retrospective study was conducted in single-center of our university in Turkey. The present study was approved by the Independent Ethics Committee of our university. All procedures performed in this study involving human participants were in accordance with the 1964 Helsinki Declaration and its later amendments. All patients were informed about the procedures and informed consent was obtained.
Total of 114 patients (69 females, 45 males) with end-stage renal disease (ESRD) who were on hemodialysis (HD) program for 3 days a week for 4 hours at the Nephrology Department of Gaziantep University Medical Faculty Hospital are included in our study. A control group consisted of 30 healthy (18 female, 12 male) people with matching age, gender and body mass index (BMI). The mean age of the patients with ESRD was 49.69 ± 15.4 and the control group was 49.72 ± 4.15. The average duration of dialysis in HD patients was 28 months. The causes of renal failure in the HD patient group were following: chronic glomerulonephritis in 16 patients, chronic pyelonephritis in 4 patients, obstructive uropathy in 3 patients, amyloidosis in 3 patients, polycystic kidney disease in 4 patients, HT in 36 patients and DM in 48 patients. Patients with recent past infections, collagen tissue disease, vasculitis, neoplasia, drug use affecting these HD parameters, smokers, patients using vitamin E and vitamin C were excluded from the study as these factors affect the parameters evaluated in this study.
The control group had no renal insufficiency and it was noted that the controls were similar to the patient group in terms of demographic data, DM and HT, which are known to affect oxidative stress, inflammation, and PAI-1 levels. Individuals with any drug use and who had collagen tissue disease, vasculitis, recent infection, CVD were not included in the control group. The Hg values of the HD patients for the last 6 months were retrospectively recorded and based on previous studies. HD patients were divided into following 6 groups according to the Hg course [6]: Group 1 (patients with a continuous Hg level below 11 gr/dl),
Group 2 (Hg level is occasionally between 11-12 gr/dl and occasionally below 11 gr/dl (variable group close to the lower limit)), Group 3 (with Hg level between 11-12 gr/dl),
Group 4 (Hg level was occasionally between 11-12 gr/dl and occasionally higher than 12 gr/dl (variable group close to the upper limit)), Group 5 (with wide Hg variable group), Group 6: (with continuous Hg level above 12 gr/dl).
Blood samples were taken for PAI-1 assays, routine biochemistry, complete blood count, oxidative stress markers (MPO, NTY, TAK), inflammatory markers (IL-6, Hs-CRP), and post-transfusion biomarkers, results were recorded after history and physical examination of all HD patients and control group. Blood samples were taken immediately before the dialysis session.
Measurements and Methods
Blood samples (10 ml) were taken from all the involved patients and from the control group into polypropylene tubes containing 1 ml of 0.109 m trisodium citrate and centrifuged at 4000 rpm for 10 minutes, after which the supernatant was taken up to polypropylene tubes and stored at -70 0C until the study.
Serum MPO level was measured by Immunoassay (Immunoassays AG, Bensheim, Germany), enzyme immunoassay (ELISA). NTY level was similarly determined using the ELISA method with “Bioxtech, Oxisresearch, USA” device. TAC was measured by the colometric method developed by Erel and expressed in terms of mM Trolox eq / L unit. Serum IL-6 levels were studied by the “a human IL-6 ELISA kit (Ultra Sensitive ELISA; R & D systems Inc. USA). Serum hs-CRP level was measured by a nephelometric method using the Cardiophase hs-CRP kit (mg/l) in the Dade Behring Nephelometer 100 analyzer using the precise CRP method. PAI-1 activity was measured by the “Chromogenic Assay (Biopool, Sweden)” method.
Statistics
Continuous variables were expressed as mean ± S.D. Student’s t-test and Mann- Whitney U test was used to compare continuous variables whereas chi-square was used to compare categorical variables. Pearson analysis was applied in the correlation analysis. P <0.05 was considered statistically significant and analyzes were done with SPSS, version 22.
Results
When demographic and clinical data were analyzed in 114 HD patients and 30 control groups studied, there were no significant differences in terms of age, sex, body mass index, the percentage of diabetic and hypertensive patients, LDL cholesterol levels and the proportion of patients receiving antihypertensive drugs (p>0.05). Table 1 summarizes the demographic and clinical data of all patient groups and the control group.
Positive correlation was found between MPO and IL-6, Hs-CRP and PAI-1 activity (r 0.283, r 0.324, r 0.434, respectively, p <0.001), and between NTY and IL-6, Hs-CRP, PAI-1 activity (r 0.212, r 0.246, r 0.312, respectively, p<0.001) of HD patients, whereas negative correlation was detected with TAC, these parameters (IL-6, Hs-CRP and PAI-1 activity) (r –0.236, r -0.186, r, -0.386, respectively, p<0.001).
The mean levels of MPO, NTY, TAC, IL-6, Hs-CRP and PAI-1 activity were compared in the patient group and the control group (Table 2).
HD patients were divided into 6 groups according to the Hg levels as a result of the retrospective screening of last 6 months. The mean levels of oxidative stress markers (MPO, NTY, and TAC), inflammation markers (IL-6, Hs-CRP) and thrombotic-fibrinolytic system determinants (PAI-1 activity) detected in these groups are shown in Table 3.
The mean MPO levels of HD patients were higher than those of the control group (p< 0.001) In HD patient groups MPO level was the highest in Group 1 while the lowest in Group 6 (p = 0.042). The closest MPO level to group 1 was found in Group 5, which was a wide variable group (p = 0.31). The mean MPO level in Group 3 (hb: 11-12 stable) was lower than in Groups 1, 2, 4 and 5 (Figure. 1).
The mean levels of NTY were higher than the control group (p <0.001), similar to MPO. The closest value to the control group was found in Group 6 and Group 3. There was no significant difference between Group 1 and 5 NTY levels (p = 0.56) and it was significantly higher than all other groups. There was no statistically significant difference between Group 3 and 6 NTY levels (p = 0.43) but it was lower than other groups (Figure 1).
The level of TAC was significantly lower in the patient group than in the control group (p<0.001). The lowest value was detected in Group 1 while the highest value was found in Group 6 (p = 0.047). There was no significant difference between TAC levels between Group 1 and Group 5 (p = 0.46). Group 5 had TAC levels lower than Group 3, 6 and control groups. TAK levels were higher in Group 3 than Group 1, and 5 (Figure 2).
HD patient groups were higher than the control group (p <0.001). The highest value for IL-6 was found in Group 1 while the lowest value was found in Group 6 (p = 0.065). In Group 3, the IL-6 level was lower than Group 1 (p = 0.02) but higher than Group 6 (p = 0.03), however, there was no statistically difference with other groups (all parameters p> 0.05) (Figure 3).
The Hs-CRP levels of the patient groups were higher than the control group (p<0.001). The highest value among the groups was in Group 1 and the lowest value was in Group 6 (p = 0.64). Group 1 Hs-CRP levels were also significantly higher than the other groups (all p values were p <0.05), but there was no statistically significant difference in Hs-CRP levels between groups 2,3,4,5 and 6 (all p values were p> 0.05) (Figure 3).
PAI-1 activity levels in hemodialysis patients were higher than the control group (p <0.001). PAI-1 activity level was highest in group 1, while group 6 was the lowest (p = 0.032). The closest group to group 1 was group 5 while the closest group to group 6 was group 3 (p = 0.54 and p = 0.78, respectively) (Figure 2).
Discussion
It is known that uremic patients under hemodialysis treatment with anemia and Hg variability were shown to have increased hospital admission, CVD event, morbidity and mortality rates [7-10]. The relationship between oxidative stress, inflammation and increased procoagulant activity and cardiovascular disease has been described in uremic patients. Oxidative stress and inflammation determinants have not been studied in patients with different Hg variability up to now, although it is known that oxidative stress and inflammation may play a role in the development of Hg variability [11]. In this study, we examined the Hg courses in 6 groups as defined in previous studies and assessed the levels of prooxidant (MPO, NTY), antioxidant (TAC), inflammation (IL-6, Hs-CRP), procoagulation (PAI-1 activity) markers. We showed that the anemic groups and wide Hg variable group had the greatest prooxidant, inflammatory, and procoagulant markers, while the groups with stable Hg course and high Hg course had the lowest levels.
It was shown that morbidity and mortality are the lowest in uremic patients with stable Hg levels between 11-12 g / dl [7]. However, there are difficulties in keeping the above-mentioned narrow ranges of Hg level in conditions with complicated pathogenesis like CKD and accompanied by many comorbid conditions. There are two major difficulties in the treatment of anemia in CKD. One of them is difficult to reach the target value, and the other is the difficulty of staying on the target. In a study conducted by Ebben et al. it was found that only 6.5% of the dialysis patients had stable Hg values during 6-month follow-up [12]. It was emphasized that many factors affecting Hg variability were identified and the most effective factors were infection, inflammation, oxidative stress, comorbid conditions and EPO and iron use habits [8].
It is well known that in chronic renal disease, the level of oxidative stress resulting from the reduction of glomerular filtration rate and the proxidan-antioxidant balance in favor of prooxidant is increased. These anomalies become more evident in patients undergoing dialysis. Patients in the HD program are at higher risk of oxidative stress increase than patients who undergo peritoneal dialysis. The extracorporeal characteristics of dialysis in patients with HD program and the uremic abnormalities as well as common risk factors such as DM, HT, and dyslipidemia associated with renal failure appear to be the most important cause of this frequency. In addition, it is known that oxidative stress levels in dialysis patients are closely related to inflammation, endothelial dysfunction, and thrombotic vascular complications [13-17]. Similar to previous studies, our study showed that prooxidant activity, which is defined by MPO and NTY levels in HD patients, is higher than the control group and that antioxidant level defined by TAC is lower than the control group in HD patients. In our study, it was also found that PAI-1 activity levels which are important determinants of thrombosis and endothelial dysfunction, and IL-6 and Hs-CRP, inflammation markers, were higher in HD patients than in the control group.
In our study, the parameters which showed oxidative stress, inflammation and thrombosis tendency of dialysis patients with stabilized Hg levels (11-12 gr/dl) defined as Group 3 were found to be closest to Group 6 (Hg> 12) and control group. The MPO, NTY, PAI-1 activity levels of this group were found to be lower than the Group 1 (anemic) and Group 5 (wide Hg variable group), whereas the TAC level was higher. Levels of IL-6 and Hs-CRP were found to be lower than Group 1 in particular. When these data are evaluated together, it is seen that stable Hg levels have more positive effects on oxidative stress, inflammation, and endothelial-thrombotic determinants compared to low and variable Hg levels. This may contribute to elucidate the unexplained mechanism of the lowest mortality level in Hg-stabilized patients, as reported in the literature in recent years. It may be assumed that this positive effect we have found in our study is due to the fact that it is not exposed to increased and decreased repetitive tissue perfusion with fixed Hg levels and that the assumed tissue may be protected from perfusion stress and impairment. Since it is considered that tissue hypoxia, oxidative stress, inflammation, endothelial dysfunction, thrombosis, fibrosis, and CVD-mortality cycle are positively affected in this group, it is essential that the markers of oxidative stress, inflammation and thrombosis are lower and the antioxidant capacity is higher. When these data are evaluated together with the fact that the mortality rate of the patient increases in dialysis patients, oxidative stress, inflammation, and PAI-1 elevation are related to mortality and antioxidant treatment decreases mortality, it is clear that it will provide important contributions to explain the cause of low mortality seen at stable Hg levels.
In our study, 22.8% of the patients showed broad fluctuations of Hg level. There are many reasons for this. In our study, the levels of MPO, NTY, IL-6, Hs-CRP and PAI-1 activity were higher in Group 5 than all patients except for the anemic group and the TAC level was lower. When the data showing that morbidity and mortality were the most in the anemic group was evaluated together with the data that studied parameters of the anemic group was the closest to the wide Hg variable group, it can be said that it provides useful information for the explanation of the aforementioned mortality increase in this group. Although it may be argued that the possible cause of increased morbidity and mortality in this wide Hg variable group may be related to the variability of the recurrent tissue perfusion, its mechanism has not been fully explained. The results obtained in our study are the first data on this subject. Oxidative stress, inflammation and procoagulant activity associated with CVD and mortality are evident in this group, which seems to be a possible mechanism of increased mortality. In this sense, it is clear that the data we have obtained will contribute to the literature in the interest of understanding the mechanism of increased Hg fluctuation-mortality increase.
Conclusion
Oxidative stress, inflammation, and procoagulant activity markers were found to be high in the wide Hg variable group and the anemic group, while low in the Hg stable and anemic patients in the uremic patients with hemodialysis program. Oxidative stress, inflammation, and procoagulant activity associated with CVD and mortality seem to be the likely mechanism of increased mortality in groups with variable Hg course. This data is valuable for explaining one of the possible pathogenetic relationships; on the other hand, prospective studies with longer follow-up time are needed.
Scientific Responsibility Statement
The authors declare that they are responsible for the article’s scientific content including study design, data collection, analysis and interpretation, writing, some of the main line, or all of the preparation and scientific review of the contents and approval of the final version of the article.
Animal and human rights statement
All procedures performed in this study were in accordance with the ethical standards of the institutional and/or national research committee and with the 1964 Helsinki declaration and its later amendments or comparable ethical standards. No animal or human studies were carried out by the authors for this article.
Funding: None
Conflict of interest
None of the authors received any type of financial support that could be considered potential conflict of interest regarding the manuscript or its submission.
References
1. Sumida K, Diskin CD, Molnar MZ, Potukuchi PK, Thomas F, Lu JL, et al. Pre-End-Stage Renal Disease Hemoglobin Variability Predicts Post-End-Stage Renal Disease Mortality in Patients Transitioning to Dialysis. Am J Nephrol. 2017; 46(5): 397-407.
2. Mimura I, Tanaka T, Nangaku M. How the Target Hemoglobin of Renal Anemia Should Be. Nephron. 2015; 131(3): 202-9.
3. Chen Y, Fang W, Gu L, Cao L, Yan H, Huang J, et al. The role of hemoglobin variability as a prognostic indicator in peritoneal dialysis patients: a retrospective descriptive study. Int Urol Nephrol. 2018; 50(1): 167-71.
4. Gilbertson DT, Hu Y, Peng Y, Maroni BJ, Wetmore JB. Variability in hemoglobin levels in hemodialysis patients in the current era: a retrospective cohort study. Clin Nephrol. 2017; 88(11): 254-65.
5. Gilbertson DT, Ebben JP, Foley RN, Weinhandl ED, Bradbury BD, Collins AJ. Hemoglobin level variability: associations with mortality. Clin J Am Soc Nephrol. 2008; 3(1): 133-8.
6. Regidor DL, Kopple JD, Kovesdy CP, Kilpatrick RD, McAllister CJ, Aronovitz J, et al. Associations between changes in hemoglobin and administered erythropoiesis-stimulating agent and survival in hemodialysis patients. J Am Soc Nephrol. 2006; 17(4): 1181–91.
7. Ebben JP, Gilbertson DT, Foley RN, Collins AJ. Hemoglobin level variability: associations with comorbidity, intercurrent events, and hospitalizations. Clin J Am Soc Nephrol. 2006; 1(6): 1205–10.
8. Lacson E Jr, Ofsthun N, Lazarus JM. Effect of variability in anemia management on hemoglobin outcomes in ESRD. Am J Kidney Dis. 2003; 41(1): 111–24.
9. Gilbertson DT, Ebben JP, Foley RN, Weinhandl ED, Bradbury BD. Hemoglobin level variability: associations with mortality. Clin J Am Soc Nephrol. 2008; 3(1):133–8.
10. Ishani A, Solid CA, Weinhandl ED, Gilbertson DT, Foley RN, Collins AJ: Association between number of months below K/DOQI haemoglobin target and risk of hospitalization and death. Nephrol Dial Transplant. 2008; 23(5): 1682–9.
11. Yang W, Israni RK, Brunelli SM, Joffe MM, Fishbane S, Feldman HI: Hemoglobin variability and mortality in ESRD. J Am Soc Nephrol. 2007; 18(12): 3164–70.
12. Fishbane S, Berns JS. Hemoglobin cycling in hemodialysis patients treated with recombinant human erythropoietin. Kidney Int. 2005; 68(3): 1337–43.
13. Babior BM. The NADPH oxidase of endothelial cells. IUBMB Life. 2000; 50(4-5): 267–9.
14. Nguyen-Khoa T, Massy ZA, Pascal De Bandt J. Oxidative stress and haemodialysis: role of inflammation and duration of dialysis treatment. Nephrol Dial Transplant. 2001; 16(2): 335–40.
15. Kato A, Odamaki M, Takita T. Association between interleukin-6 and carotid atherosclerosis in hemodialysis patients. Kidney Int. 2002; 61(3): 1143–52.
16. Stenvinkel P, Heimburger O, Jogestrand T. Elevated interleukin-6 predicts progressive carotid artery atherosclerosis in dialysis patients: association with Chlamydia pneumoniae seropositivity. Am J Kidney Dis. 2002; 39(2): 274–82.
17. Pecoits-Filho R, Bárány P, Lindholm B, Heimbürger O, Stenvinkel P. Interleukin-6 is an independent predictor of mortality in patients starting dialysis treatment. Nephrol Dial Transplant. 2002; 17(9): 1684-8.
Download attachments: JCAM_5912.pdf
Kus T, Usalan ÖT, Usalan C. The relationship between hemoglobin variability and oxidative stress and inflammation in CKD. J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 20-5.
Citations in Google Scholar: Google Scholar
This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. To view a copy of the license, visit https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
Clinical and radiologic results of open reduction and fixation with locked plate screws in proximal humerus fracture–dislocation
Orhan Değnek 1, Ramazan Atiç 2, Celil Alemdar 2, Abdulkadir Aydın 2, Azad Yıldırım 3, Emin Özkul 2
1 From the Department of Orthopedics and Traumatology, Selahaddin Eyyubi State Hospital, Diyarbakır, 2 From the Department of Orthopaedics and Traumatology, Dicle University Medical Faculty, Diyarbakir, 3 From the Department of Orthopaedics and Traumatology, Private Muş Healing Hospital, Muş, Turkey
DOI: 10.4328/JCAM.5859 Received: 05.04.2018 Accepted: 02.05.2018 Published Online: 02.05.2018 Printed: 01.01.2019 J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 83-8
Corresponding Author: Ramazan Atıç, Dicle University Medical Faculty, 21280, Diyarbakir, Turkey. T.: +905321728629 F.: 00904122488440 E-mail: ramazanatic@gmail.com
Aim: Proximal fracture dislocations of the humerus are rarely seen in society compared to other fractures. In our study, we evaluated the clinical and radio-logical results of patients who underwent open reduction and locked plate–screw fixation with proximal humerus fracture–dislocation. Material and Method: Between January 2009 and January 2016, 17 patients were treated with open reduction and locking plate screws in the Department of Orthopedics and Trau-matology at the Faculty of Medicine, Dicle University. Patients were divided into two groups according to age. Group 1 consisted of 6 patients over 65 years of age and the mean age was 77.5 (69-87). Group 2 consisted of 11 patients under 65 years of age and the mean age was 41.6 (24-60). Group 1 consisted of all female patients and Group 2 consisted of all male patients. Patient fractures were classified according to the Neer classification. Oxford Shoulder Scale, DASH Score, and Constant Murley Score were used in the clinical evaluation of the patients. Avascular necrosis phase was performed according to Cruess phase. Results: The mean follow-up period of the patients was 13.8 months (range 10-38). The mean duration of surgery was 1.11 days (range 0-4). According to the Neer classification, 11.8% of the cases were two-part fracture dislocation, 64.7% were three-part fracture dislocation, and 23.5% were four-part fracture dis-location. There was a statistically significant difference between Oxford and DASH scores in the clinical outcome according to age groups (p = 0.001, p=0.049). Avascular necrosis was observed in 14 of 17 (82.3%) patients. Additional complications such as wound infection, nonunion were not observed. Discussion: In proximal humerus fracture–dislocations, the first surgical choice should be open reduction and internal fixation in young patients, whereas internal fixation in addition to arthroplasty should be considered in elderly patients.
Keywords: Humerus; Fracture; Avascular Necrosis; Open Reduction; Plate
Introduction
Fracture–dislocations of the proximal humerus constitute 5% of proximal humerus fractures and 0.25% of all fractures. Proximal humerus fracture is the third most prevalent fracture after hip and distal radius fractures in elderly patients aged >65 years [1]. These fractures are rarely seen together with dislocations. Proximal humerus fracture–dislocations usually occur in young people as a result of high-energy injuries. However, in older age groups they mostly occur after simple trauma because of underlying senile osteoporosis. Usually, Neer [2] and AO (Arbeitsgemeinschaft für Osteosynthesefragen) classifications are used in the classification of proximal humerus fracture–dislocations.
Proximal fractures of the humerus are usually treated conservatively [3]. In cases with accompanying dislocation, on the other hand, surgical intervention is required [4]. The main goal in surgical treatment is to ensure that the patient returns to daily activities as soon as possible by choosing a method that results in the least disruption of blood circulation, least damage to the surrounding soft tissue, earliest restoration of patient’s mobility, and earliest stabilisation of the patient’s status. Although adequate reduction and stabilisation can be achieved with open reduction and internal fixation, prosthetic implantation may be an additional treatment option, especially in elderly patients. The reported complications include cut-out or back-out of the screws and plates, avascular necrosis (AVN) of the humeral head, malunion, nonunion, rotator cuff impairment, impingement syndrome, and nail migration [5,6].
In this study, we evaluated clinical and radiological results of the patients who underwent surgical stabilisation of the fracture with open reduction and plate–screw fixation after the diagnosis of fracture–dislocation of the proximal humerus.
Material and Method
A total of 25 patients who presented between January 2009 and January 2016 with traumatic fracture–dislocation of the shoulder and were treated with open reduction and internal fixation with plate and screw were included in the study (Figures 1 and 2). Eight patients were excluded from the study; of those, three died and five were lost during follow-up. Seventeen extremities of the remaining 17 patients were evaluated with history, physical examination, and radiological examinations (Table 1). Pathological fracture–dislocations and pediatric fracture–dislocations were not included in the study.
Six of the patients were female (35.2%) and 11 (64.8%) were male. The mean age was 54.2 years (range 24–87 years). Eight patients had fracture–dislocation in the right shoulder and nine patients in the left shoulder. The cases were divided into two groups according to age. Group 1 included patients aged ≥ 65 years and Group 2 included patients aged < 65 years. Group 1 consisted of 35.2% of patients who all were female. The mean age was 77.5 (69–87) years. Group 2 consisted of 64.8% of all patients who were all male. The mean age was 41.6 (24–60) years. Because of the accompanying acetabular fracture, one patient underwent surgical fixation of acetabular fracture using open reduction and plate–screw fixation in the same session.
According to the Neer classification, 11.8% cases (2 patients) had two-part fracture–dislocation, 64.7% cases (11 patients) had three-part fracture–dislocation, and 23.5% cases (4 patients) had four-part fracture–dislocation. In terms of dislocation direction, 17.6% cases (3 cases) had posterior dislocation and 82.4% cases (14 cases) had anterior dislocation (Table 2). The cause of fracture–dislocation in the patients was simple fall in 47.1% cases, motor vehicle accident in 41.2% cases, and epileptic seizure in 11.8% cases.
Surgical Techniques
The patients were operated on in a modified supine position under general anaesthesia. The deltopectoral approach was used. The joint capsule was opened and humeral head and fractured fragments were reduced without damaging the soft tissue. In cases with posterior dislocation, the humeral head was reduced without using a metal retractor but using digital manipulation. Fragments were fixated with temporary K-wires or bone clamps. A proximal humerus anatomical locking plate was placed lateral to the bicipital groove in order to avoid tendon entrapment during abduction. After verification of the plate position under fluoroscopic control, the locking screws were inserted into the head, under fluoroscopy guidance. ensuring they did not enter the joint space. Then the locking screws were inserted distally. No drain was used.
The shoulder was immobilised postoperatively. Passive mobilisation was performed five days after the operation, taking into consideration the strength of stabilisation, patient’s age, and bone quality.
In the radiological assessment, nonunion, AVN, and presence of osteoarthritis were evaluated. The Cruess classification system was used to evaluate patients for AVN. The Oxford Shoulder Score, the DASH (Disabilities of the Arm, Shoulder and Hand) score, and the Constant Murley Score were used for functional assessment [7, 8].
Statistical Evaluation
The statistical analysis of the data in this study was performed using SPSS version 21 (Statistical Package for the Social Sciences) software. All our assessments were performed within a 95% confidence interval. The significance level for all tests was set to 0.05. The data were analysed by the Shapiro–Wilk test to determine whether or not they showed normal distribution, and it was accepted that the data were normally distributed for the groups with p > 0.05. According to the normality test results, the data were analysed by the parametric Student t-test, or Kruskal–Wallis, Mann–Whitney U-test, and Spearman rank correlation tests, which are nonparametric. Descriptive statistics were used to summarise the demographic data.
Results
The mean duration from trauma to operation was 1.11 days (0–4 days). The mean duration of hospitalisation was 4.17 days (2–7 days), and the mean follow-up time was 13.8 months (range 10–38 months).
In radiological evaluation, there was AVN of humeral head in 14 (82.3%) out of 17 cases. According to the Cruess classification, AVN of humeral head at different stages had developed in all patients in Group 1. The distribution of the cases was that Stage-5 AVN was observed in two cases (33.3%), Stage-4 AVN in three cases (50.3%) and Stage-3 AVN in one case (16.7%). In one patient with Stage 5 (73 years old), Stage-4 AVN was observed in the 12th month postoperative radiograph; removal of the implant and hemiarthroplasty was recommended but the patient refused surgery. In the follow-up, two screws in the humeral head of the patient began to contact the glenoid articular surface and AVN progressed to Stage 5. There was AVN in eight (72.7%) of 11 cases in Group 2. The distribution of the cases was that Stage-5 AVN was observed in two cases (18.1%), Stage-4 AVN in one case (9.09%), Stage-3 AVN in four cases (36.3%), and Stage-2 AVN in one case (9.09%) (Figure 3). Implant extraction surgery was performed on two patients with Stage-5 AVN (45 years, 43 years), in the 10th (45 years) and 30th (43 years) follow-up months upon patient request. The patients had Stage-5 AVN when they were operated on. When the relationship between age and AVN stage was examined using the Spearman rank correlation test, a correlation of 55% was found between these two variables and it is statistically significant in favour of Group 2 (p = 0.022 < 0.05).
When the functional results of Group 1 were examined, the mean Oxford Shoulder Score was 39.16 points (range 32–48). Four cases (66.6%) had moderate-severe loss of shoulder function and two cases (33.4%) had severe loss of shoulder function. The mean Constant Murley Score was 34.5 points (range 12–62). Two cases (33.4%) had a moderate functional result and four cases (66.6%) had a poor functional result (Table 3). The mean DASH score was 52.34 (46.4–60.3).
When the functional results of Group 2 were examined, the mean Oxford Shoulder Score was 26 (13–41) points. Four cases (36.3%) had normal shoulder function, three cases (27.2%) had mild to moderate loss of shoulder function, three cases (27.2%) had moderate to severe loss of shoulder function, and one case (9.3%) had severe loss of shoulder function. The mean Constant Murley Score was 54.18 (range 14–97). One case (9.3%) had a very good functional result, two cases (18.1%) had a good functional result, four cases (36.3%) had a moderate functional result, and four cases (36.3%) had a poor functional result (Table 4). The mean DASH score was 20.9 (0.9–52.8).
According to age groups, the difference between the mean Oxford Shoulder Score and the mean Constant Murley Score was analysed by the Student t-test. In the comparison between the groups, the Oxford Score showed a significant difference in favour of Group 2 (p = 0.001 < 0.05), whereas there was no significant difference in the Constant Murley Score (p = 0.136 > 0.05). In the comparison performed by the Mann–Whitney U-test, the DASH score was significantly higher in Group 2 (p = 0.049 < 0.05).
As age increases, there is also an increase in the AVN stage. The Oxford Shoulder Score and the DASH score were significantly correlated with the age groups; the correlation was lower in Group 1, which consisted of patients aged >65 years and it was higher in Group 2, which consisted of patients aged <65 years. The Constant Murley Score did not correlate with the age groups.
When the relationship between shoulder function scores and AVN levels of the patients was analysed by the Spearman rank correlation test, a statistically significant correlation was found between the AVN level and the Oxford Shoulder Score (p = 0.013 < 0.05) and the Constant Murley Score (p = 0.028 < 0.05). There was no statistically significant correlation between the AVN stage and the DASH score, but p values were close to statistical significance (p = 0.061 > 0.05; Table 5). According to the number of fractured pieces, the AVN distribution was 100% (two cases, both had Stage-5 AVN) in two-part fractures, 72.72% (one case had Stage-5 AVN, four cases had Stage-4 AVN, three cases had Stage-3 AVN and three cases did not have AVN) in three-part fractures, and 100% (one case had Stage-5 AVN, two cases had Stage-3 AVN, one case had Stage-2 AVN) in four-part fractures (Table 6). The relationship between the number of fractured pieces and AVN stage could not be assessed because the data groups would not provide a satisfactory result as they were not adequate in the Chi-Square test.
When the cases were evaluated in terms of complications, nonunion, surgical site problems, infection and neurovascular injury were not observed.
Discussion
In proximal humerus fractures, anatomical reduction and stable fixation is necessary. Biomechanical investigations showed that fixation strength increased after use of locking plates [9, 10]. The PHILOS locking plate system provides anatomical reduction and angular stability in osteoporotic bone. This facilitates early extremity movement, which improves shoulder function while minimising postoperative complications [11, 12]. Our purpose in this study is to reveal functional results of treatment of fracture–dislocations of proximal humerus by locking plate, especially between different age groups.
The outcomes of treatment for proximal humerus fractures using locking plates show great variability [13-15]. In the study conducted by Ye et al. [16], 89 patients with three- or four-part proximal humerus fractures were treated by locking plate; the complication rate during >1 years follow-up period was 20.2%. The complications included screw breakage, AVN of humeral head, back-out of the screws off the humeral head, subacromial impingement, malunion, and tubercle resorption. Complication risk is usually associated with advanced age, bone quality, fracture pattern, loss of reduction, loosening or breakage of implants and AVN (avascular necrosis). According to Konrad [17] and Ruchholtz [18], 40% of complications arise from inappropriate surgical techniques and the complication rate is associated with the surgeon’s experience. In multicentre prospective studies, Sudkamp et al. [19] and Brunner et al. [20] showed that when performed with correct surgical techniques, treatment with locking plates is associated with good functional results. In these studies, although complication rates for the implant are high, DASH and Constant Murley functional results are good.
AVN is a complication that can be seen in proximal humerus fractures and is associated with fracture severity. The rate of development of AVN after four-part proximal humerus fractures is 21%–75% [21, 22]. Hertel et al. [23] stated that AVN can be observed in up to 97% cases with calcar length <8 mm, displaced anatomical head fracture, and disruption in the structure of medial hinge. In our study, AVN was observed in all our patients aged >65 years. AVN was observed in 72.7% patients aged <65 years. In a series of 39 patients with four-part fracture–dislocation treated with open reduction and internal fixation, Soliman et al. [24] reported an AVN rate of 20.51%, but all the cases in this study were reported to be aged <40 years. Trupka et al. [25] reported that in three- and four-part displaced fractures, the presence of dislocation increased the AVN rate and poor functional outcomes only in the elderly population. The cases in our study showed parallel results; it was observed that the AVN rate increased and functional scores decreased with increasing patient age. The relationship between the number of fractured parts and AVN could not be assessed because the principle of statistical adequacy was not met.
In a study conducted on 82 patients with fracture and fracture–dislocation of the proximal humerus, Erasmo et al. [26] showed that functional loss is greater in patients with advanced-stage AVN. When the statistical relationship between AVN stage and functional scores was evaluated in our study, a statistical correlation was found between the Oxford Shoulder Score, the Constant Murley Score, and the AVN stage, although there was no correlation with DASH score although p values were close to statistical significance.
In their study, Khurana et al. [27] evaluated hemiarthroplasty versus internal fixation in terms of functional outcomes in patients with four-part proximal humerus fractures and there was no significant difference between the two groups. In a study by Chen et al., they compared functional outcomes of intramedullary fibula allograft with LCP with hemiarthroplasty in patients with four-part proximal humerus fractures; they reported superior outcomes in the LCP group. In another study, Bonneviella et al. [28] evaluated hemiarthroplasty versus reverse shoulder prosthesis on four-part proximal humerus fractures in terms of functional outcomes; they found reverse shoulder prosthesis superior to hemiarthroplasty. Another subject emphasised in this study is that arthroplasty is suggested in the treatment of humeral fractures only after failure of internal fixation procedure [28].
The main weaknesses of our study are as follows. First, the number of cases was low because fracture dislocations of the shoulder are rare traumatic events. Second, the procedures were performed by different surgeons, although a standard surgical procedure was used. Third, the follow-up period was relatively short, there was no randomisation among patients, and there was no control group. There is a need for multicentre, prospective, randomised and comparative studies where the groups are homogeneous and the number of patients is high so that more accurate results can be obtained.
Conclusion
In our study, although AVN rates in patients with fracture–dislocation of the shoulder who underwent open reduction and internal fixation with locking plates were high, the functional outcomes were better in younger patients than in older patients. In proximal humerus fracture–dislocations, the first surgical choice should be open reduction and internal fixation in young patients, whereas internal fixation in addition to arthroplasty should be considered in elderly patients.
Scientific Responsibility Statement
The authors declare that they are responsible for the article’s scientific content including study design, data collection, analysis and interpretation, writing, some of the main line, or all of the preparation and scientific review of the contents and approval of the final version of the article.
Animal and human rights statement
All procedures performed in this study were in accordance with the ethical standards of the institutional and/or national research committee and with the 1964 Helsinki declaration and its later amendments or comparable ethical standards. No animal or human studies were carried out by the authors for this article.
Scientific Responsibility Statement
The authors declare that they are responsible for the article’s scientific content including study design, data collection, analysis and interpretation, writing, some of the main line, or all of the preparation and scientific review of the contents and approval of the final version of the article.
Animal and human rights statement
All procedures performed in this study were in accordance with the ethical standards of the institutional and/or national research committee and with the 1964 Helsinki declaration and its later amendments or comparable ethical standards. No animal or human studies were carried out by the authors for this article.
Funding: None
Conflict of interest
None of the authors received any type of financial support that could be considered potential conflict of interest regarding the manuscript or its submission.
References
1.Baron JA, Barrett JA, Karagas MR. The epidemiology of peripheral fractures. Bone. 1996;18:209S–13S.
2. Neer 2nd CS. Displaced proximal humeral fractures. I. Classification and evaluation. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1970;52:1077–89.
3. Launonen AP, Sumrein BO, Lepola V. Treatment of proximal humerus fractures in the elderly. Duodecim. 2017;133(4):353-8.
4. Zyto K, Ahrengart L, Sperber A, Tornkvist H. Treatment of displaced proximal humeral fractures in elderly patients. J Bone Joint Surg Br. 1997;79:412–7.
5. Sadowski C, Riand N, Stern R, Hoffmeyer P. Fixation of fractures of the proximal humerus with the PlantTan Humerus Fixator Plate: early experience with a new implant. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2003;12:148–51.
6. Björkenheim JM, Pajarinen J, Savolainen V. Internal fixation of proximal humeral fractures with a locking compression plate: a retrospective evaluation of 72 patients followed for a minimum of 1 year. Acta Orthop Scand. 2004;75:741–5.
7. Constant CR, Murley AHG. A clinical method of functional assessment of the shoulder. Clin Orthop Rel Res. 1987;214:160–4.
8. Matheson LN, Melhorn JM, Mayer TG, Theodore BR, Gatchel RJ. Reliability of avisual analog version of the Quick DASH. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2006;88:1782–7.
9. Siffri PC, Peindl RD, Coley ER, Norton J, Connor PM, Kellam JF. Biomechanical analysis of blade plate versus locking plate fixation for a proximal humerus fracture: comparison using cadaveric and synthetic humeri. J Orthop Trauma. 2006;20(8):547–54.
10. Thanasas C, Kontakis G, Angoules A, Limb D, Giannoudis P. Treatment of proximal humerus fractures with locking plates: a systematic review. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2009;18(6):837–44.
11. Duralde XA, Leddy LR. The results of ORIF of displaced unstable proximal humeral fractures using a locking plate. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2010;19(4): 480–8.
12. Farmer KW, Wright TW. Three- and four part proximal humerus fractures: open reduction and internal fixation versus arthroplasty. J Hand Surg Am. 2010;35(11):1881–4
13. Bigorre N, Talha A, Cronier P, Hubert L, Toulemonde JL, Massin P. A prospective study of a new locking plate for proximal humeral fracture. Injury. 2009;40(2):192–6.
14. Soliman OA, Koptan WM. Proximal humeral fractures treated with hemiarthroplasty: does tenodesis of the long head of the biceps improve results? Injury. 2013;44(4):461–4.
15. Faraj D, Kooistra BW, Vd Stappen WA, Werre AJ. Results of 131 consecutive operated patients with a displaced proximal humerus fracture: an analysis with more than two years follow-up. Eur J Orthop Surg Traumatol. 2011;21(1): 7–12.
16. Ye T, Wang L, Zhuang C, Wang Y, Zhang W, Qiu S. Functional outcomes following locking plate fixation of complex proximal humeral fractures. Orthopedics. 2013;36:715–22.
17. Konrad G, Bayer J, Hepp P, Voigt C, Oestern H, Kaab M, et al. Open reduction and internal fixation of proximal humeral fractures with use of the locking proximal humerus plate. Surgical technique. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2010;92(Suppl. 1 pt 1):85–95
18. Ruchholtz S, Hauk C, Lewan U, Franz D, Kuhne C, Zettl R. Minimally invasive polyaxial locking plate fixation of proximal humeral fractures: a prospective study. J Trauma. 2011;71(6):1737–44.
19. Sudkamp N, Bayer J, Hepp P, Voigt C, Oestern H, Kaab M, et al. Open reduction and internal fixation of proximal humeral fractures with use of the locking proximal humerus plate. Results of a prospective, multicenter, observational study. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2009;91(6):1320–8.
20. Brunner F, Sommer C, Bahrs C, Heuwinkel R, Hafner C, Rillmann P, et al. Open reduction and internal fixation of proximal humerus fractures using a proximal humeral locked plate: a prospective multicenter analysis. J Orthop Trauma. 2009;23(3):163–72
21. Lee CK, Hansen HR. Post-traumatic avascular necrosis of the humeral head in displaced proximal humeral fractures. J Trauma. 1981;21:788–91.
22. Sturzenegger M, Fornaro E, Jakob RP. Results of surgical treatment of multifragmented fractures of the humeral head. Arch Orthop Trauma Surg. 1982;100:249–59.
23. Hertel R, Hempfing A, Stiehler M, Leunig M. Predictors of humeral head ischemia after intracapsular fracture of the proximal humerus. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2004;13:427–33.
24. Soliman OA, Koptan WM. Four-Part fracture dislocations of the proximal humerus in young adults: results of fixation. İnjury. 2013 Apr;44(4):442-7.
25. Trupka A, Wiedemann E, Ruchholtz S, Brunner U, Habermeyer P, SchweibererL. Dislocated multiple fragment fractures of the head of the humerus Does dislocation of the humeral head fragment signify a worse prognosis ? Unfallchirurg. 1997 Feb;100(2):105-10
26. Erasmo R, Guerra G, Guerra L. Fracture and fracture-dislocations of the proximal humerus: A retrospective analysis of 82 cases treated with the Philos (®) locking plate. Injury. 2014 Dec; 45 Suppl 6:S43-8.
27. Khurana S, Davidovitch RI, Kwon YK, Zuckerman JD, Egol KA. Similar Function and Improved Range of Shoulder Motion is Achieved Following Repair of Three- and Four-Part Proximal Humerus Fractures Compared with Hemiarthroplasty. Bull Hosp Jt Dis.(2013). 2016 Sep;74(3):212-8.
28. Bonnevialle N, Tournier C, Clavert P, Ohl X, Sirveaux F, Saragaglia D. Hemiarthroplasty versus reverse shoulder arthroplasty in 4-part displaced fractures of the proximal humerus: Multicenter retrospective study. Orthop Traumatol Surg Res. 2016 Sep;102(5):569-73.
Download attachments: JCAM_5859.pdf
Değnek O, Atiç R, Alemdar C, Aydın A, Yıldırım A, Özkul E. Clinical and radiologic results of open reduction and fixation with locked plate screws in proximal humerus fracture–dislocation. J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 83-8.
Citations in Google Scholar: Google Scholar
This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. To view a copy of the license, visit https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
Effect of anti-inflammatory treatment on Sever’s disease management
Şafak Sayar 1, Hasan Hüseyin Ceylan 2, Barış Çaypınar 3
1 Ortopedi ve Travmatoloji Bölümü, Op. Dr. Medipol Üniversitesi Esenler Uygulama ve Araştırma Hastanesi, 2 Ortopedi ve Travmatoloji Kliniği, Op. Dr. Lütfiye Nuri Burat Devlet Hastanesi, 3 Fizyoterapi ve Rehabilitasyon Bölümü, Yrd. Doç. Dr. Gelişim Üniversitesi, Sağlık Meslek Yüksekokulu, İstanbul, Türkiye
DOI: 10.4328/JCAM.5839 Received: 26.03.2018 Accepted: 08.05.2018 Published Online: 14.05.2018 Printed: 01.01.2019 J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 54-7
Corresponding Author: Şafak Sayar, Medipol Üniversitesi Esenler Hastanesi, Birlik Mah. Bahçeler Cad. No:5 34230, Esenler, İstanbul, Türkiye. Tel: +90 2124401000 GSM: +905306966045 E-Mail: safaksayar@gmail.com ORCID ID: 0000-0003-1293-4436
Aim: Sever’s disease is a calcaneal apophysitis condition and common childhood problem. Despite various treatment methods, there is not a gold standard treatment. In this study, we aimed to report the efficacy of anti-inflammatory treatment on Sever’s disease during a four-year period. Material and Meth-od: The study includes the pediatric patients, between 6-17 years old, who presented to the outpatient clinic with heel pain and had a Sever’s disease diagnosis between 2014 and 2017. Demographics and treatment records of patients were reviewed. Results: Of the 74 children who had a diagnosis of Sever’s disease, 59 were boys. Mean age was 10.77 (6.87-15.73) years at the time of diagnosis. Mean age was 11.14 (8.04-15.73) and 9.28 (6.87-13.20) years for boys and girls, respectively. Complaints were bilateral in 46 (62.16%) of 74 children. Mean symptomatic period between pain and diagnosis was 12.7 (range 2-108) weeks. Except for one patient, all of the 69 (93.2%) patients’ pain was resolved. Two weeks of ibuprofen usage was found to be sufficient for Sever’s disease treatment in 68 (91.89%) of our overall patient cohort. Discussion: Non-steroidal anti-inflammatory medication seems to be sufficient to treat most Sever’s disease patients. Simple anti-inflammatory treatment is enough for most primary cases; there is no evidence of the positive effect of expensive heel insoles or orthoses.
Keywords: Sever’s Disease; Calcaneal Apophysitis; Heel Pain; Ibuprofen
Introduction
Calcaneus apophysitis (called Sever’s disease) is a clinical entity that is common in pediatric patients with heel pain [1]. First described by James Warren Sever in 1912 [2] and typically characterized by pain that can be localized by palpation on the calcaneus postero-inferior, it is clinically aggravated by excessive physical activities such as football [3]. Symptoms are usually associated with activity, but resting pain can also be observed in chronic cases. Because the disease is often benign, it rarely requires an extended casting duration or causes the active athlete to withdraw from sporting activities [4, 5]. Scharfbillig and colleagues reported negative effects of calcaneal apophysitis on quality of life [6].
Even in persistent cases, it is rarely necessary to fix with resting plaster. In addition to clinical diagnosis, X-ray graphics confirm the diagnosis, but magnetic resonance imaging is recommended to exclude fracture, tumor, or infection [7, 8]. Sever’s disease is seen in girls 8 to 13 years. In boys it is frequently seen in the age range of 11 to 15 years [4]. The frequency of the disease has been reported between 2% and 16% in all musculoskeletal injuries [1]. Sever’s disease’s incidence is thought to be higher in the active pediatric population [4]. Treatment is conservative. In addition to anti-inflammatory drugs, resting, stretching, strengthening of the calf muscles, heel lifting supports, and personalized orthosis are recommended for treatment [1, 4, 5, 9]. In this study, anti-inflammatory treatment results were discussed for children who applied with heel pain and were diagnosed with Sever’s disease.
Material and Method
The patients between 6 and 17 years old were retrospectively researched between 1.1.2014 and 15.12.2017. We searched for the terms “heel”, “calc”, and “Sever” in the database. All available data was recorded in a table and details were confirmed. Patients with an anamnesis and diagnosis record other than Sever’s were excluded. Patients with a suspicious diagnosis and missing anamnesis files were eliminated.
Seventy-four patients who were admitted with a bilateral heel pain complaint and who had no history of acute trauma over a four-year period were identified. Pediatric patients who admitted with a heel pain complaint and diagnosed with Sever’s disease were included in this study. The patients’ age, gender, side, admission period, and symptom duration records were noted. The treatment efficacy was questioned by examining all patients who were diagnosed with Sever’s disease and treated with ibuprofen. The results were compared statistically (SPSS Statistics for Windows, Version 20.0, IBM Corp., Armonk, NY, USA).
Results
There were 31 patients in 2014, 19 in 2015, 11 in 2016, and 21 in 2017 who were diagnosed with Sever’s disease (Figure 1). Of 74 patients who were diagnosed with Sever’s disease, 59 were boys and 15 were girls. The mean age of the patients was 10.77 (6.87-15.73) years. The mean age of boys was 11.14 (8.04-15.73) year, while that of girls was 9.28 (6.87-13.20) years. It was found that the disease was seen in girls relatively younger than boys (p = 0.00116). Symptoms were bilateral in 46 (62.16%) of 74 patients, while the rest had pain in one heel. There was no significant difference between the groups in terms of the distribution of the sides (p = 0.68705). The average time between the onset of complaints and referral to clinic was 12.7 weeks (range 2-108). The patient with the longest complaint was an 11-year-old girl at the time of admission.
All patients were treated with an ibuprofen suspension or tablet according to their weight. Total dose was divided into two and treated with a half-dose every 12 hours. Additionally, stretching exercises were described and recommended. All patients were called in during the second week. At the end of two weeks, this treatment was found to be ineffective for only one of the 69 patients. Magnetic Resonance (MR) examination was performed for the differential diagnosis of a nine-year-old male patient who did not benefit from anti-inflammatory therapy. There was only a calcaneal apophyseal edema shown in MR imaging. The patient was treated with a short-leg plaster without mobilization for four weeks. Because of continuing complaints after plaster removal, the patient underwent passive stretching exercises for two weeks under physiotherapist control. Although the patient experienced pain during the eighth week after treatment, it was seen to be relatively less severe than the first application.
The disease was often associated with bilateral involvement and seen more often in boys. There was no significant difference between the seasons in terms of periodical submissions (p=0.246) (Table 1). As a result of this study, it was determined that two weeks of ibuprofen treatment in Sever’s disease was sufficient in 68 (91.89%) of 74 patients.
Discussion
In this study, it was confirmed that anti-inflammatory treatment alone was effective despite the range of treatment options for Sever’s disease. There is little information in the literature on the efficacy of non-steroid anti-inflammatory therapy in the treatment of Sever’s disease. Karahan and colleagues, in addition to heel support and stretching exercises, treated their patients with 3×400 mg ibuprofen and topical diclofenac for three weeks and reported good results [10]. Oral non-steroid anti-inflammatory therapy and short-leg casting can be used for two to four weeks [3, 7]. We have seen that ibuprofen treatment at an appropriate dose based on weight is an effective agent against Sever’s disease.
Although it is the general principle to use conservative methods as a basis for the treatment of Sever’s disease, there is not much evidence showing which conservative treatment is more effective [1]. Some recent publications advise using heel supports and restricting sporting activities [1, 5, 9]. Ice, stretching, resting, and activity restraint are the most important treatment methods in many studies [11, 12]. James et al. showed that heel lifting supports, taping methods, and orthoses have no significant contribution to the healing of calcaneal apophysitis-induced heel pain [12]. In published studies that suggest heel lifters are useful, simultaneous ice and stretching treatment had also been applied so the isolated effect of heel supports was not clarified [12]. There are no studies on Sever’s disease treatment evaluating the efficacy of pre-marketed heel supports used in the treatment of plantar fasciitis [12]. In our patient group, we did not recommend heel support or orthosis. Only in one resistant case, we recommended an orthosis for four weeks with non-weight mobilization.
In the early 20th-century, childhood heel pain, which was defined radiologically and clinically by Sever, was reported in the literature as Sever’s disease [2]. Sever’s first definition of the disease was reported to be seen in overactive and overweight children [2]. The radiological findings of the disease were also emphasized in this first study. Lewin claimed that epiphyseal painful inflammation was caused by opposed traction by Achilles and plantar fascias [13]. Apophyseal traction, which occurs in the Achilles tendon insertion in adolescents at the time of rapid growth, may explain the mechanism of pain [14, 15]. This calcaneal apophysitis situation is a benign, self-limiting disease [16]. Finally, fusion of the apophysis with calcaneus terminates the disease [2]. Inflammation process rarely results in apophyseal fracture [17]. Apophyseal fracture was not found in our patient groups.
Sever’s disease is seen between 8 and 15 years of age [12]. A case with a six-year-old was reported in the literature [18]. In males, it is two or three times more common than in females and symptoms are bilateral in 60% of cases [4]. There was no study on the incidence and prevalence of the disease in the general population until 2013 [12]. Sports traumatology clinics reported 2-16% incidence of disease, but this was considered insufficient to reflect the overall incidence rate [12, 13]. In another study in the Netherlands, Sever’s disease incidence was reported as 3.7 / 1000 [19]. There is no study of incidence in our country.
Although high calcaneal apophyseal densities and fragmentation are observed in lateral calcaneal X-ray graphics, this image is not pathognomonic for the disease and may be seen in healthy children [11, 20]. Diagnosis can be made clinically using a history of the patient and X-ray graphy can be used to exclude potential pathologies [7]. Stress fracture, osteomyelitis, Achilles tendinitis, and calcaneus cysts should be considered in the differential diagnosis [7]. MR examination can be performed for this purpose. Bone marrow edema and increased involvement after gadolinium administration can be observed in MR imaging [7]. In our patient group, it was seen that there was no need for further examination except for the one patient who had MR imaging due to persistent pain. A calcaneus lateral X-ray graphy was taken in all patients for confirmation in addition to clinical diagnosis.
In summary, as awareness of calcaneal apophysitis increases, more studies on diagnosis and treatment will be published. Although it is relatively common, it does not have a worse clinical course, and usually it is spontaneously healed, which may be another reason why doctors are not too interested in this topic. However, increased awareness of clinical diagnosis is important to reduce unnecessary radiological examination and orthopedic outpatient admission rates. There is no up-to-date literature data supporting the prescribing of devices such as insoles and orthoses that add cost to both the patient and the healthcare system, rather than the improvement that can be achieved with simple anti-inflammatory therapy.
Our study has certain limitations. In this retrospective study, some patients may not be included because of failure to access their information and inadequate anamnesis forms of probable diagnosed patients. There may be patients who did not come to the control visit at the hospital despite the fact that there was no diminution in complaints and easy hospital transportation. Some patients may have received additional treatment by referral to other centers. This obstacle can be overcome with a prospective study where the data record is complete. In addition, prospective comparative studies with different drugs can be made in more patient series.
Scientific Responsibility Statement
The authors declare that they are responsible for the article’s scientific content including study design, data collection, analysis and interpretation, writing, some of the main line, or all of the preparation and scientific review of the contents and approval of the final version of the article.
Animal and human rights statement
All procedures performed in this study were in accordance with the ethical standards of the institutional and/or national research committee and with the 1964 Helsinki declaration and its later amendments or comparable ethical standards. No animal or human studies were carried out by the authors for this article.
Funding: None
Conflict of interest
None of the authors received any type of financial support that could be considered potential conflict of interest regarding the manuscript or its submission.
References
1. Scharfbillig RW, Jones S, Scutter SD. Sever’s disease: what does the literature really tell us? Journal of the American Podiatric Medical Association. 2008;98(3):212-23.
2. Sever J. Apophysis of os calcis. NY State J Med. 1912;95:1025.
3. Madden CC, Mellion MB. Sever’s disease and other causes of heel pain in adolescents. American family physician. 1996;54(6):1995-2000.
4. Micheli LJ, Ireland ML. Prevention and management of calcaneal apophysitis in children: an overuse syndrome. Journal of pediatric orthopedics. 1987;7(1):34-8.
5. Weiner DS, Morscher M, Dicintio MS. Calcaneal apophysitis: simple diagnosis, simpler treatment. The Journal of family practice. 2007;56(5):352-5.
6. Scharfbillig RW, Jones S, Scutter S. Sever’s disease–does it effect quality of life? Foot (Edinburgh, Scotland). 2009;19(1):36-43.
7. Lawrence DA, Rolen MF, Morshed KA, Moukaddam H. MRI of heel pain. AJR American journal of roentgenology. 2013;200(4):845-55.
8. Mustapic M, Boric I, Lepur D, Zadravec D, Viskovic K. Sever’s disease complicated with osteomyelitis. Acta clinica Croatica. 2014;53(2):252-5.
9. Bizzini M, Junge A, Bahr R, Dvorak J. Injuries of football referees: a representative survey of Swiss referees officiating at all levels of play. Scandinavian journal of medicine & science in sports. 2011;21(1):42-7.
10. Karahan YA, Salbaş E, Tekin L, Yaşar O, Küçük A. Sever Hastalığı: Çocuklarda topuk ağrısının önemli bir nedeni; Olgu Sunumu. Turkish Journal of Osteoporosis/Turk Osteoporoz Dergisi. 2014;20(2).
11. Hussain S, Hussain K, Hussain S, Hussain S. Sever’s disease: a common cause of paediatric heel pain. BMJ case reports. 2013;2013.
12. James AM, Williams CM, Haines TP. Effectiveness of interventions in reducing pain and maintaining physical activity in children and adolescents with calcaneal apophysitis (Sever’s disease): a systematic review. Journal of Foot and Ankle Research. 2013;6(1):16.
13. Lewin P. Apophysitis of the os calcis. Surg Gynecol Obstet. 1926;41:578.
14. Ogden JA, Ganey TM, Hill JD, Jaakkola JI. Sever’s injury: a stress fracture of the immature calcaneal metaphysis. Journal of Pediatric Orthopedics. 2004;24(5):488-92.
15. Hunt GC, Stowell T, Alnwick GM, Evans S. Arch taping as a symptomatic treatment in patients with Sever’s disease: A multiple case series. The foot. 2007;17(4):178-83.
16. Orava S, Virtanen K. Osteochondroses in athletes. British journal of sports medicine. 1982;16(3):161-8.
17. Lee KT, Young KW, Park YU, Park SY, Kim KC. Neglected Sever’s disease as a cause of calcaneal apophyseal avulsion fracture: case report. Foot & ankle international. 2010;31(8):725-8.
18. Volpon JB, de Carvalho Filho G. Calcaneal apophysitis: a quantitative radiographic evaluation of the secondary ossification center. Archives of orthopaedic and trauma surgery. 2002;122(6):338-41.
19. Wiegerinck JI, Yntema C, Brouwer HJ, Struijs PA. Incidence of calcaneal apophysitis in the general population. European journal of pediatrics. 2014;173(5):677-9.
20. Rachel JN, Williams JB, Sawyer JR, Warner WC, Kelly DM. Is radiographic evaluation necessary in children with a clinical diagnosis of calcaneal apophysitis (sever disease)? Journal of Pediatric Orthopaedics. 2011;31(5):548-50.
Download attachments: JCAM_5839.pdf
Sayar Ş, Ceylan HH, Çaypınar B. Effect of anti-inflammatory treatment on sever’s disease management. J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 54-7.
Citations in Google Scholar: Google Scholar
This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. To view a copy of the license, visit https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
Effects of the use of conventional versus computer-aided design/computer-aided manufacturing sockets on clinical characteristics and quality of life of transfemoral amputees
Abdulkadir Aydın 1, Ramazan Atiç 2, Zekiye Sevinç Aydın 3, Celil Alemdar 2, Mehmet Karakoç 4, Kemal Nas 4, Serda Em 4
1 Dicle University Medical School Prosthetics and Orthotics Department, 2 Dicle University Medical School Orthopedics and Traumatology Department, 3 Dicle University Ataturk Health Services Vocational High School, 4 Dicle University Medical School Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Department, Diyarbakır, Turkey
DOI: 10.4328/JCAM.5845 Received: 28.03.2018 Accepted: 26.04.2018 Published Online: 28.04.2018 Printed: 01.01.2019 J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 67-71
Corresponding Author: Abdulkadir Aydın, Prosthetics and Orthotics Department, Dicle University Medical School, 21280, Diyarbakır, Turkey. T.: +90 4122488001-14 (4522) GSM: +905327114752 E-Mail: akcosut@dicle.edu.tr, akcosut@hotmail.com ORCID ID: 0000-0002-9316-448X
Aim: Amputee mobilisation requires prosthetic device use regardless of the amputation level and type. The socket is the most important part of the prosthesis and is manufactured by conventional methods worldwide. Recently, computer-aided design/computer-aided manufacturing systems have been frequently used in Europe and the United States for socket design. Use of the computer-aided design/computer-aided manufacturing method for socket production is increasing day by day. Are the sockets produced by this method advantageous or disadvantageous for amputees compared to the sockets produced by the conventional method? These results will provide guidance for units and centres that produce both above-knee and below-knee prostheses. For this purpose, we investigated whether there are differences between amputees fitted with conventional sockets and those fitted with computer-aided design/computer-aided manufacturing sockets in terms of their clinical characteristics and quality of life. Material and Method: In total, 56 patients, 28 fitted with a conventional socket (CS group) and 28 fitted with a computer-aided design/computer-aided manufacturing socket (CAD/CAM group), were included in the study. The dura-tion of daily prosthetic use, walking time with the prosthesis, walking distance with the prosthesis, walking time with the prosthesis without pain, time of adaptation to the prosthesis, causes of amputation, and manufacturing and fitting time of the prosthesis were investigated. Quality of life was evaluated using the 36-item Short-Form Health Survey (SF-36) and Turkish version of the Trinity Amputation and Prosthesis Experience Scales (TAPES). Pain was evaluated using the visual analogue scale (VAS). Results: General and mental health statuses were somewhat better in the CAD/CAM group. Results were more favour-able in the CAD/CAM group for the other items of the Short-Form 36 (SF-36) questionnaire (p > 0.05). The CAD/CAM group performed better in restriction of activity subscale (p = 0.012). There were no statistically significant differences between the groups regarding other parameters of TAPES (p > 0.05). The daily walking time with the prosthesis was higher in the CAD/CAM group than in the CS group (statistically significant; p = 0.020). The manufacturing and fitting time of the prosthesis was significantly different between the CAD/CAM and CS groups (p = 0.017). The VAS pain score was significantly lower in the CAD/CAM group (p < 0001). Discussion: Prosthetic sockets manufactured for above-knee amputees using the CAD/CAM method yielded some better outcomes than those manufactured with conventional methods in terms of quality of life.
Keywords: CAD/CAM Socket; Conventional Socket; Transfemoral Amputation; Quality of Life; TAPES; SF-36
Introduction
Amputation is the removal of the whole or a portion of an extremity. Lower-extremity amputation represents a trauma that impairs the individual’s quality of life and restricts social activities. Regardless of the amputation type and level, patients require prostheses to mobilise and perform activities of daily living. Balance, proprioceptive sensation, walking time, walking distance, and social activities become restricted as the level of amputation gets higher. Thus, both above- and below-knee amputees need functionally designed prostheses. The residual limb socket fit needs to be good for a functional prosthesis [1]. The socket is the most important part of the prosthesis. Various methods are used in socket manufacturing. Conventional sockets (CSs) are widely-used type and they are manually produced by prosthesis technicians worldwide. CSs are often referred to as quadrilateral socket in above-knee prostheses. Quadrilateral sockets were used and named for the first time at the University of California, Berkeley, US in 1950. The patients are prescribed this socket with the assurance that it would last for 30 years as it allows more comfortable and efficient gait pattern in the amputees [2]. Computer-aided design/computer-aided manufacturing (CAD/CAM) systems are used to captureresidual limb shape in a digital environment and this method relies on processing all measurements and modifying the model using computer software. The CAD/CAM method was introduced into practise in 1985 in many international centres to design and manufacture prostheses and orthoses [3-8]. This method provides significant advantages to the central production units. However, despite these advantages, sockets manufactured using the CAD/CAM method have not been reported to be superior to those manufactured using conventional methods [9]. There are also studies suggesting no superiority of one method to the other [10,11]. In addition, there are few studies evaluating quality of life, and they have used a limited number of parameters [12,15]. We aimed to investigate whether patients fitted with CSs and CAD/CAM sockets show differences in their clinical characteristics and quality of life.
We examined the files of patients who were previously prosthetized in our Orthotics prosthesis unit. 35 transfemoral amputees receiving the traditional socket and 35 receiving a socket made using CAD/CAM were invited to participate in the study. Four amputees who were treated with conventional methods and three amputees who were treated with CAD/CAM were excluded from the study because they did not meet the inclusion criteria. In addition, four amputees with conventional sockets and three amputees with CAD/CAM sockets did not agree to participate in the study. A total of 56 above-knee amputees (28 conventional, 28 CAD/CAM sockets) were included. Their ages ranged from 18-85 years and the prostheses were manufactured by the Dicle University Prosthetics and Orthotics Unit between July 2012 and February 2015. The inclusion criteria were prosthesis ≥3 months before enrolment and age ≥18 years. Patients aged <18 years and those with diabetes, infections, circulatory disorder, sensory disorder, malignancy, progressive neurological disease, severe osteoporosis, severe obesity, pregnant women, patients with pacemakers, and those with a chronic disease (e.g., hypertension and chronic kidney disease) were excluded. All patients provided oral and written consent to participate in the study. The study was approved on 18 July, 2012 by the Ethics Committee of Dicle University, Faculty of Medicine. The same unit and operator produced prostheses for patients for whom sockets were produced with the CS or CAD/CAM methods. The TracerCAD programme was used to produce sockets. A silicone liner, monocentric knee joint and solid ankle cushion heel were used for above-knee suspension in all patients. All patients attended a 3-week walking, balance, and strengthening rehabilitation programme after receiving their prosthesis. Age, gender, body mass index, dominant hand, income level, occupation, and educational status of the patients were recorded. Furthermore, the duration of daily prosthetic use, amputation side, presence of neurological deficits, visual analogue scale (VAS) pain score, the method used in socket fabrication, duration of daily prosthetic use, walking distance with the prosthesis, production time of the prosthesis and compliance to rehabilitation programme with the prosthesis were evaluated. Duration of prosthetic use (months): calculated from the time of prosthesis delivery until enrolment in the study as determined by reviewing patient files. Daily prosthesis use (hours): estimated hours per day that the prosthesis was worn as reported by patients. Daily walking distance with the prosthesis (m): estimated distance walked in a day as reported by patients
Walking time without pain (min): estimated duration of walking without pain as reported by patients. Assistance in ambulation (Y/N): assessment of whether an ambulation aid (walker, crutch, walking stick, etc.) was used as reported by the patients. Duration of adaptation to prosthesis (days): after the prosthesis was made, the length of the rehabilitation process was evaluated as determined by reviewing patient files. Prosthesis production time (days): the elapsed time for the prosthesis to be made and inserted into the patient after taking the residual limb size of the patient as determined by reviewing patient files. Test socket use (Y/N): assessment of whether a test socket was used during production of the prosthesis as determined by reviewing patient files.
The SF-36 questionnaire was used to evaluate the patient quality of life. Kocyigit et al. evaluated the validity and reliability of the Turkish version of this questionnaire [16]. The SF-36 Health Survey contains eight domains, including physical function, physical role functioning, bodily pain, general health, vitality, social role functioning, emotional role functioning, and mental health, with a total of 36 items. Each domain is scored on a scale of 0–100 points. Higher scores indicate better quality of life [16,17]. We evaluated adaptation to the prosthesis and the quality of life using the Turkish version of the Trinity Amputation and Prosthesis Experience Scales (TAPES) [18]. This questionnaire is composed of psychosocial adjustment, activity restriction, and prosthetic satisfaction subscales. Higher scores in the psychosocial adjustment subscale indicate better psychosocial adjustment, higher scores in the activity restriction subscale indicate higher activity restriction, and higher scores in the prosthetic satisfaction subscale indicate higher satisfaction with the prosthesis [19]. Pain was evaluated using VAS. The patients were instructed to mark the number that best corresponded to their pain level between 0 (no pain) and 10 (intolerable pain). A face-to-face interview was conducted with the patients to complete the study forms and questionnaires. Data were analysed using the Statistical Package for the Social Sciences, version 17 (SPSS Inc, Chicago, IL). The normality of the variable distributions was tested by the Kolmogorov–Smirnov test. In addition to descriptive statistics, comparison between the groups was performed using the independent samples t-test, and the Mann–Whitney U test was used as a nonparametric test. The χ2 test with the Yates correction or Fisher’s exact test was used for the comparison of nonparametric variables. Quantitative variables were expressed as median (minimum–maximum), and categorical variables were expressed as numbers and percentages. P < 0.05 was considered significant. The sample size was calculated via the GPower statistical software package. Physical function scores of SF-36 were evaluated by comparing the change in primary outcome measures between the groups. For the given effect size (0.9264) and alpha (0.05), the power was 0.80 at a sample size of 32.
Results
The present study included 56 patients, 28 of whom were fitted with CS (CS group) and 28 with a CAD/CAM socket (CAD/CAM group). The mean patient age in the CAD/CAM and CS groups was 40.50 ± 8.64 and 35.50 ± 9.17 years, respectively. Number of males and females was equal in the two groups (11/17). The rate of unemployment was considerably high both in the CAD/CAM and CS groups. Fourteen patients (50%) in the CAD/CAM group and 10 (35.71%) in the CS group were unemployed. With respect to the educational level, patients in the two groups were primary school graduates. The cause of amputation in the two groups was generally trauma. However, there was no significant difference between the two groups with respect to age, gender, body weight, income, educational level, cause of amputation, body mass index, or amputation side (p > 0.05 for each, Table 1).
The daily walking time was higher in the CAD/CAM group than in the CS group and the difference was statistically significant (p = 0.020). Furthermore, there was a significant difference in the time of production and application of the prosthesis to the patient, favouring the CAD/CAM group (p = 0.017). VAS scores were significantly different, favouring the CAD/CAM group (p < 001). However, there was no significant difference between the groups with respect to the duration of daily prosthetic use, walking distance with the prosthesis, duration of walking without pain, time of adaptation to the prosthesis and test socket use (for each p > 0.05, Table 2).
The CAD/CAM patients performed significantly better in mental and general health domains than the CS patients (p = 0.017 and p = 0.045, respectively). However, there was no significant difference between the groups with respect to physical functioning, physical role functioning, bodily pain, vitality, social functioning, or emotional role functioning (for each, p > 0.05, Table 3). The CAD/CAM patients performed better in the activity restriction domain than the CS patients (p = 0.012). However, there was no significant difference between the groups with respect to other parameters of TAPES (p > 0.05, Table 3).
Discussion
In the present study, the CAD/CAM method yielded some better results than the conventional method in improving patient quality of life. Among other parameters of quality of life, CAD/CAM patients achieved better results in general health, mental health, and activity restriction scales. VAS scores were significantly better in the CAD/CAM group. Significantly results in favor of CAD / CAM during daily walking. This finding suggests that patients using CAD/CAM sockets walk longer distances while consuming less energy and oxygen. Users of CAD/CAM sockets reported wearing their prosthesis longer than users of conventional sockets. In addition, the CAD/CAM group achieved significantly better results for manufacturing and fitting time.
An appropriate socket is required for amputee mobilisation [20]. The socket is the interface between the prosthesis and the residual limb. Therefore, it is the fundamental element for successful prosthetic fitting and plays a key role in load transfer between the prosthesis and the residual limb [21]. It is also the most important component for successful rehabilitation following lower-extremity amputation [1,22]. There are various factors affecting energy consumption during walking in patients with above-knee amputations. These factors include the quality of rehabilitation programme, physical eligibility of the amputee, prosthesis adjustments, prosthetic foot, prosthetic device weight, and socket type [23,24]. Early and immediate prosthetic fitting decreases oedema and positively contributes to wound healing, residual limb shaping, development of proprioception, and patients’ psychological condition [14]. It is considerably difficult to produce prostheses, perform adjustments, and record information using conventional methods [25]. Furthermore, casting involves additional difficulties for the leg [15]. Capturing the shape and volume of the residual limb using conventional methods is difficult. Furthermore, the conventional methods, which are time-consuming, are insufficient for the increasing number of patients requiring prostheses. The use of CAD/CAM methods in the design and production of lower-extremity prosthetic devices has considerable advantages. Prosthetic devices can be automatically and accurately designed by the technician by entering simple data into the system. This gives the technician more time to handle problems arising in the prosthetic clinic. The use of computerised systems and software while designing the sockets using the CAD/CAM method provides savings on the material costs. Socket designs are accurate and thus rely less on the technician’s skills. Furthermore, storage of patient data in the digital CAD/CAM environment represents an important data source for monitoring the progress and general rehabilitation of the patients, many of whom will require a number of prosthetic devices and sockets in the future [26]. This will, therefore, contribute to the improvement in rehabilitation [6,11,22,27].
It has been suggested that the CAD/CAM socket design addresses all the problems that above-knee amputees experience. Flandry et al. used prostheses with quadrilateral sockets in five patients and then switched to prostheses manufactured with the CAD/CAM method; they reported lower oxygen consumption during walking with prostheses manufactured with the CAD/CAM method [14]. Gailey et al. reported no difference between patients fitted with quadrilateral and CAD/CAM sockets and the control groups with respect to oxygen consumption (VO2) and heart rate (HR). In the slow walking phase, they observed higher VO2 (ptO.05) and HR (pt0.01) in the quadrilateral and CAD/CAM groups than in the control group. However, there was no significant difference between quadrilateral and CAD/CAM sockets groups with respect to VO2 or HR [25]. The present study evaluated the walking time with the prosthesis. The walking time with the prosthesis was longer in the CAD/CAM socket group. This finding suggests that patients using CAD/CAM sockets walk longer distances while consuming less energy and oxygen.
Bayar et al. studied patients who used the two socket types. In the comparison of the effects on ambulation, they found that patients in the CAD/CAM socket group performed significantly better with respect to the step length in the intact extremity, support surface, cadence of walking, walking speed, ascending and descending stairs, standing up from a chair and stepping over obstacles. Furthermore, they also reported that CAD/CAM sockets were superior in approximating ambulation activities of patients to normal values than the use of quadrilateral sockets [15]. The present study evaluated several parameters, such as the duration of daily prosthetic use, walking distance with the prosthesis, prosthetic gait pattern,, and time of adaptation to the prosthesis. The duration of daily prosthetic use was significantly better in the CAD/CAM group. In the study by Flandry et al., the mean walking speed was 44.5 m/min in the CAD/CAM socket group and 40.4 m/min in the quadrilateral socket group [14]. The present study found significantly better results in the CAD/CAM group with respect to the duration of daily prosthetic use (day/h). However, the walking distance with the prosthesis was not different.
The present study has several limitations. First, prosthetic use was collected using patient self-report. Second, the study did not compare patients with the same occupation. Third, it did not evaluate the psychological and emotional status of the patients.
Conclusions
The present study yielded some better results in the quality of life parameters of patients with transfemoral amputation using CAD/CAM sockets. Furthermore, the study determined improvements in daily walking distance with the prosthesis, production time of the prosthesis, and pain scores in favour of the CAD/CAM socket group. Randomised and controlled studies on larger numbers of patients evaluating more comprehensive parameters are required.
Scientific Responsibility Statement
The authors declare that they are responsible for the article’s scientific content including study design, data collection, analysis and interpretation, writing, some of the main line, or all of the preparation and scientific review of the contents and approval of the final version of the article.
Animal and human rights statement
All procedures performed in this study were in accordance with the ethical standards of the institutional and/or national research committee and with the 1964 Helsinki declaration and its later amendments or comparable ethical standards. No animal or human studies were carried out by the authors for this article.
Funding: None
Conflict of interest
None of the authors received any type of financial support that could be considered potential conflict of interest regarding the manuscript or its submission.
References
1. Pirouzi Gh, Abu Osman NA, Eshraghi A, Gholizadeh SAH, Wan Abas B. Review of the Socket Design and Interface Pressure Measurement for Transtibial Prosthesis. The Scientific World Journal 2014; 1-9.
2. Mitchell CA, Versluis TL. Management of an Above-Knee Amputee with Complex Medical Problems Using the CAT-CAM Prosthesis. Phys Ther. 1990; 70: 389-93.
3. Saunders CG, Foort J, Bannon M, Lean D, Panych L. Computer aided design of prosthetic sockets for below-knee amputees. Prosth Orthot Int. 1985; 9: 17-22.
4. Davies RM, Lawrence RB, Routledge PE, Knox W. The rapid form process for automated thermoplastic socket production. Prosth Orthot Int. 1985; 9: 27-30.
5. Klasson B. Computer sided design, computer aided manufacture and other computer aids in prosthetics and orthotics. Prosth Orthot Int. 1985; 9(1): 3-11.
6. Sanders JE, Severance MR. Assessment technique for computer- aided manufactured sockets. J Rehabil Res Dev. 2011; 48: 763–74.
7. Sewell P, Noroozi S, Vinney J, Andrews S. Developments in the trans-tibial prosthetic socket fitting process: a review of past and present research. Prosthet Orthot Int. 2009; 24: 97–107.
8. Rogers B, Bosker GW, Crawford RH, Faustini MC, Neptune RR, Walden G. et al. Advanced trans-tibial socket fabrication using selective laser sintering. Prosthet Orthot Int. 2007; 31: 88–100.
9. Legro MW, Reiber GD, Smith DG, Aguila MD, Larsen J, Boone D. Prosthesis evaluation questionnaire for persons with lower limb amputations: assessing prosthesis-related quality of life. Arch Phys Med Rehabil. 1998; 79: 931–8.
10. Lemaire ED, Bexiga P, Johnson F, Solomonidis SE, Paul JP. Validation of a quantitative method for defining CAD/CAM socket modifications. Prosthet Orthot Int. 1999; 23: 30–44.
11. Andrysek J. Lower-limb prosthetic technologies in the developing world: a review of literature from 1994-2010. Prosthet Orthot Int. 2010; 34: 378–98.
12. Schuch CM, Pritham CH. Current transfemoral sockets. Clin Orthop. 1999; 361: 48-54.
13. Narang YS, Murthy Arelekatti VN, Winter AG, V. The Effects of the Inertial Properties of Above-Knee Prostheses on Optimal Stiffness, Damping, and Engagement Parameters of Passive Prosthetic Knees. ASME. J Biomech Eng. 2016; 138(12): 121002-10.
14. Flandry F, Beskin J, Chambers RB, Perry J, Waters RL, Chavez R. The effects of the CAT-CAM above-knee prosthesis on functional rehabilitation. Clin Orthop. 1989; 239: 249-62.
15. Bayar K, Şener G. Diz üstü amputelerde iki farklı soket tipinin ambulasyon üzerine etkisi. Fizyoterapi Rehabilitasyon. 2003; 14(3): 100-4.
16. Koçyiğit H, Aydemir Ö, Fişek G, Ölmez N, Memiş A. Kısa Form–36 (KF-36)’nın Türkçe versiyonunun güvenilirliği ve geçerliliği. Romatizmal hastalığı olan bir grup hasta ile çalışma. İlaç ve Tedavi Dergisi. 1999; 12: 102-6.
17. Lundgren-Nilsson A, Tennant A, Grimby G, Sunnerhagen KS. Cross-diagnostic validity in a generic instrument: an example from the functional independence measure in Scandinavia. Health Qual Life Outcomes 2006; 4: 55.
18. Topuz S, Ülger Ö, Yakut Y, Sener FG. Reliability and construct validity of the Turkish version of the Trinity Amputation and Prosthetic Experience Scales (TAPES) in lower limb amputees. Prosthet Orthot Int. 2011; 35: 201–6.
19. Gallagher P, MacLachlan M. The development and psychometric evaluation of the Trinity Amputation and Prosthesis Experience Scales (TAPES). Rehabil Psychol. 2000; 45: 130–55.
20. Lilja M, Oberg T. Proper time for definitive transtibial prostheticfitting. J Prosthet Orthot 1997; 9: 90-6.
21. Lemaire ED, Upton D, Paialunga J, Mertel G, Boucher J. Clinical analysis of a CAD/CAM system for custom seating: a comparison with hand-sculting methods. J Rehabil Res Dev. 1996; 33: 311-20.
22. Faustini MC, Neptune RR, Crawford RH, William ER, Gordon B. An experimental and theoretical framework for manufacturing prosthetic sockets for transtibial amputees. IEEE Trans Neural Syst Rehabil Eng. 2006; 14: 304–10.
23. Chin, T, Sawamura, S, Fujita, H, Nakajima, S, Oyabu, H, Nagakura, Y, et al. Physical fitness of lower limb amputees. Am J Phys Med Rehabil. 2002; 81: 321-25.
24. Gitter AH, Czerniecki J, Meinders M. Effect of prosthetic mass on swing phase work during above-knee amputee ambulation. Am J Phys Med Rehabil. 1997; 76: 114-21.
25. Gaıley RS, Lawrence D, Burdıtt C, Spyropoulos P, Newell C, Nash MS. The CAT-CAM socket and quaddateral socket: a comparison of energy cost during ambulation, Prosthet Orthot Int. 1993; 17: 95-100.
26. Childress DS. Presentation highlights: Computer-Aided Design and Manufacture (CAD-CAM). J Rehabil Res Dev. 2002; 39: 15–16.
27. Zidarov D, Swaine B, Gauthier-Gagnon C. Quality of life of persons with lower-limb amputation during rehabilitation and at 3-month follow-up. Arch Phys Med Rehabil. 2009; 90: 634–45.
Download attachments: JCAM_5845.pdf
Aydın A, Atiç R, Aydın ZS, Alemdar C, Karakoç M, Nas K, Em S. Effects of the use of conventional versus computer-aided design/computer-aided manufacturing sockets on clinical characteristics and quality of life of transfemoral amputees. J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 67-71.
Citations in Google Scholar: Google Scholar
This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. To view a copy of the license, visit https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
Mullerian anomalies and value of diagnosis with 2D ultrasonography
Cagdas Sahin, Ismet Hortu, Teksin Cirpan
Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Ege University Medicine Faculty, Izmir, Turkey.
DOI: 10.4328/JCAM.5846 Received: 29.03.2018 Accepted: 19.04.2018 Published Online: 26.04.2018 Printed: 01.01.2019 J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 72-5
Corresponding Author: Cagdas Sahin, Ege Universitesi Hastanesi Kadın Hast. ve Dogum Klinigi, 35040, Bornova, Izmir, Turkey. T.: +90 2323901700 F.: +90 2323430711 E-Mail: cagdasdr@yahoo.com ORCID ID: 0000-0001-7346-3987
Aim: Mullerian anomalies may accompany some gynecologic, reproductive, or obstetrical problems. They should be kept in mind as a factor for infertility and poor obstetrical results. Conventionally, 2D ultrasonography has been used for diagnosing mullerian anomalies. We evaluated mullerian anomalies diagnosed in our clinic and investigated the prediction of them by 2D ultrasonography. Material and Method: In this study, 82 patients were included who had mullerian duct anomalies. We evaluated all the patients through their medical records and interventions such as 2D ultrasonography, laparoscopy, and hysteroscopy. Results: Out of 82 patients, 53 suffered from infertility. Of the infertile patients, 67.9% (36/53) had uterus septus. The mean duration of infertility of the cases was 2.76 years (±SD 3.27). When we compared ultrasonography against laparoscopy findings, the sensitivity of ultrasonography was 96% and specificity was 15%. Also, comparing ultrasonography against hysteroscopy in diagnosis, the sensitivity and positive predictive value of ultrasonography were both 90%. But specificity was 33%. Discussion: The results of this study suggest that, laparoscopy and hysteroscopy is the gold standard for the diagnosis of mullerian anomalies when compared to 2D ultrasonography, as specificity is low with ultrasonography.
Keywords: Mullerian Anomalies; Ultrasonography; Laparoscopy; Hysteroscopy.
Introduction
Mullerian anomalies are a common problem in female reproductive tract development [1]. Although the true prevalence is unknown, some studies have reported a prevalence in the range of 0.16% to 10% [1]. Mullerian duct anomalies comprise abnormalities of the uterus, cervix, fallopian tubes, and vagina. These abnormalities can lead to gynecologic, fertility, or obstetrical problems. Some anomalies can be diagnosed in childhood, whereas others can only be detected incidentally, at the time of a clinical evaluation or surgical procedures for other medical conditions [2]. In diagnosis, although hysterosalpingography, ultrasonography, magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), laparoscopy, and hysteroscopy may be used, hysteroscopy and laparoscopy are the gold standards in the diagnosis and treatment of mullerian anomalies [3]. Women who have mullerian duct anomalies present with higher rates of spontaneous abortion, premature delivery, abnormal fetal presentation, and dystocia[1]. Therefore, mullerian anomalies should be kept in mind as a factor for infertility and poor obstetric results, which may require intervention during the pediatric, adolescent, and reproductive years. Simple diagnostic procedures such as pelvic or vaginal 2D ultrasonography are crucial for suspected mullerian duct anomalies at first examination.
Material and Method
Patients who were admitted to our clinic and diagnosed with mullerian anomalies from 2010 to 2015 were included in this study. Most of these patients suffered from infertility and obstetrical problems (e.g., habitual abortus). All cases were evaluated by anamnesis, gynecologic examination, and ultrasonography. 2D Ultrasonography was performed with a Honda Convex Scanner (model HS-2000) and a vaginal probe at 5.0 MHz. Afterwards, laparoscopy and hysteroscopy were performed in all patients under intravenous general anesthesia and using a 5 mm hysteroscope tipped with a 30 degree lens with incorporated 1.5 mm working channel and laparoscopy optic with a 0 degree lens (Karl Storz, Tuttlingen, Germany). Normal saline distension medium was used by a peristaltic irrigating suction device for hysteroscopy. Endouterine pressure was always set below 120 mmHg in hysteroscopy and intraabdominal pressure was set to 14 mmHg in laparoscopy. All hysteroscopic and laparoscopic interventions were recorded by video camera and the whole inspection and operative procedures were noted for each patient’s medical record. Hysteroscopy features were classified as normal uterus, septate uterus, uterus bicollis and septate uterus, septate uterus and vagina, transverse septate vagina, or unicornuate uterus. Laparoscopic findings were classified as normal uterus, uterus bicornuate, uterus unicornuate, or uterus didelphys. We also noted the presence of endometriosis. 2D Ultrasonography images were classified as normal uterus, septate uterus, uterus bicornuate, uterus unicornuate, and uterus didelphys. All medical records were kept using the program Microsoft Office Excel 2007 and SPSS 15.0 for Windows Evaluation Version was used in statistical analysis.
Results
Eighty-two patients were enrolled in the study. The age of the patients ranged from 14 to 53 years, with a median of 28.00 years. The age of menarche ranged from 10 to 16 years, with a median of 13.00 years. The mean duration of marriage was 7.06 years (±SD 6.65) and the mean infertility time of the patients was 2.76 years (±SD 3.27). Fifty-three patients suffered from infertility and 67.9% (36/53) of infertile patients had uterus septus.
After gynecologic examination, transverse vaginal septum 8.5% (7/82), longitudinal vaginal septa 11% (9/82), bicollis 15.9% (13/82), and unicollis 84.1%(69/82) were diagnosed. Evaluation of transvaginal sonography revealed septate uterus 35.4% (29/82), uterus didelphys 8.5% (7/82), uterus bicornuate 39.0% (32/82), uterus unicornuate 6.1% (5/82), and normal 11.0 (9/82). Twenty patients (24.4%) suffered from abortus imminens and habitual abortus before their pregnancy. Laparoscopic evaluation revealed bicornuate uterus 15.9% (13/82), uterus didelphys 15.9% (13/82), unicornuate uterus 6.1% (5/82), and normal uterus 62.2% (51/82) (Table 1). Endometriosis was diagnosed in 43.9% (36/82) of patients by laparoscopy. Hysteroscopy revealed 62.2% (51/82) uterus septus, 7.3% (6/82) uterus septus with bicollis, 9.8% (8/82) longitudinal vaginal septum with uterus septus, 4.9% (4/82) transverse vaginal septum, 4.9% (4/82) unicornuate uterus, and 11% (9/82) normal uterus (Table 1). When we compared the findings of ultrasonography and laparoscopy, the sensitivity of ultrasonography was 96% (Table 2). Also, comparing ultrasonography with hysteroscopy in diagnosis, the sensitivity and positive predictive value of ultrasonography were both 90% (Table 2).
Discussion
The etiology of mullerian agenesis is currently unknown [3]. One of hypotheses is activation of antimullerian hormone in the genetically female fetus and regression of the mullerian duct [3]. Some studies have reported a prevalence ranging from 0.16% to 10% [1]. We found that the prevalence of mullerian agenesis was 0.25% in our clinic.
The most frequently seen mullerian anomaly is septate uterus [4], as a consequence of incomplete resorption of the uterovaginal septum after fusion of the paramesonephric ducts. These anomalies are associated with recurrent spontaneous pregnancy losses and adverse obstetrical outcomes, such as preterm birth. Recurrent spontaneous pregnancy losses ranges from 26% to 94% [1]. It has been suggested that the spontaneous abortion rate is reduced from 88% to 5.9% after hysteroscopic resection of the septum [4].
Bicornuate uterus patients have little difficulty conceiving. Spontaneous abortion rates are reported to range from 28% to 35% [5]. The rates of spontaneous abortion and premature delivery depend on the degree of nonfusion of the horns [6]. Bicornuate uterus has been reported to have the highest associated prevalence (38%) of cervical incompetence among mullerian duct anomalies [7]. These patients may require close monitoring during pregnancy and prophylactic replacement of a cervical cerclage in selected patients has been reported to increase fetal survival rates [8].
Uterus didelphys is complete uterine nonfusion. In this pathology, two separate uterine hemicavities either share a cervix or each has its own cervix. There is no communication between the duplicated endometrial cavities [9]. A longitudinal vaginal septum is associated in 75% of these anomalies [10]. Spontaneous abortion rates range from 32% to 52% [4].
Endometriosis and pelvic adhesions have an increased prevalence as a result of retrograde menstrual flow in mullerian anomaly [11]. In our study, 43.9% (36/82) of patients were diagnosed with endometriosis by laparoscopy.
Unicornuate uterus may present as a totally isolated anomaly, but usually presents with a non-communicating rudimentary horn [9]. Unicornuate uterus is associated with spontaneous pregnancy losses and preterm labor [2]. Spontaneous abortion rates are reported to range from 41% to 62% [5]. Usually, in this anomaly, the uterine cavity is only large enough for one fetus and multifetal pregnancy increases the risk for preterm labor [12]. Gestational capacity has been observed to be proportional to uterine muscular organ mass [12]. Resection of the non-communicating horn is indicated in dysmenorrhea with hematometra and also, ectopic pregnancy may occur in the rudimentary horn by means of transperitoneal sperm migration [13]. Renal abnormalities are more commonly associated with unicornuate uterus than with other mullerian duct anomalies and have been reported in 40% of these patients [14].
Transverse vaginal septum can occur anywhere along the vagina, although it occurs most frequently at the junction of the upper and middle third [15]. It causes hematocolpos in patients with a uterus with functioning endometrium [15]. Imperforate hymen is not a mullerian anomaly and should be distinguished from a transverse vaginal septum [2,15]. Longitudinal septa are most often associated with septate and duplication anomalies [15]. When a vaginal obstruction occurs, it is usually unilateral [15].
The woman with mullerian agenesis has normal external genitalia, normal secondary sexual characteristics, and normal karyotypes [16]. Mullerian agenesis is generally diagnosed at puberty because of primary amenorrhea. If endometrial tissue is present in the rudimentary uterine horns, the patient may complain of primary amenorrhea associated with cyclical lower abdominal pain [3].
Mullerian abnormalities are generally diagnosed by radiological (ultrasound, hysterosalpingography, and MRI) or endoscopic examination. Vaginal examination reveals short or absent vagina, transverse or longitudinal vaginal septum, and duplicated cervix [3]. The main differential diagnosis of mullerian agenesis is testicular feminisation syndrome, whose karyotype in this condition is 46, XY [3].
Laparoscopy and hysteroscopy are preferred for the definitive diagnosis, because 2D ultrasonography is not enough to clearly identify the uterus or mullerian rudiments [17]. Also, specificity is low and, at the same time, treatment may accompany diagnosis during laparoscopy and operative hysteroscopy. Especially in our study, we found septate uterus in infertile couples and in the same procedure, treated by hysteroscopy. When we compared the ultrasonography with laparoscopy and also with hysteroscopy, the specificity was 15% and 33%, respectively. On the other hand, effectiveness of 3D ultrasonography on diagnosing of mullerian anomalies has been reported to have over 90% sensitivity and specificity [18-19]. It is an accurate and non-invasive technique to detect and classify uterine mullerian anomalies but its accuracy is related to physician’s experience. Additionally, physicians often have easier access to 2D ultrasonography than to 3D ultrasonography.
MR imaging is considered the ideal imaging modality for evaluation of mullerian anomalies. MR imaging provides clear anatomic detail of both the internal uterine cavity and the external contour. Sensitivity of MR imagining has been reported as 77-79% [20-21]. This low sensitivity results from inadequate experience of the radiology physicians for diagnosis and there are no well-established accurate diagnostic criteria based on MR images for mullerian anomalies. Besides, cost is a restrictive factor for extensive usage of MR imaging.
A combined hysteroscopic and laparoscopic evaluation of uterine morphology is considered to be the gold standard method in differential diagnosis of mullerian anomalies. Despite its low sensitivity and specificity, 2D ultrasonogaphy is a more feasible, accessible, and simple procedure. In particular, mullerian anomalies which were suspected after 2D ultrasonography examination in infertile patients should be confirmed by hysteroscopic and laparoscopic evaluation. In this way, the opportunity is provided for correction of some anomalies at the same time as diagnosis.
Scientific Responsibility Statement
The authors declare that they are responsible for the article’s scientific content including study design, data collection, analysis and interpretation, writing, some of the main line, or all of the preparation and scientific review of the contents and approval of the final version of the article.
Animal and human rights statement
All procedures performed in this study were in accordance with the ethical standards of the institutional and/or national research committee and with the 1964 Helsinki declaration and its later amendments or comparable ethical standards. No animal or human studies were carried out by the authors for this article.
Funding: None
Conflict of interest
None of the authors received any type of financial support that could be considered potential conflict of interest regarding the manuscript or its submission.
References
1. Troiano RN, McCarthy SM. Müllerian duct anomalies: imaging and clinical issues. Radiology. 2004; 233:19–34.
2. Shulman LP. Müllerian anomalies.Clin Obstet Gynecol. 2008; 51(2):214–22.
3. Folch M, Pigem I, Konje JC. Müllerian agenesis: etiology, diagnosis, and management.Obstet Gynecol Surv. 2000; 55(10):644–9.
4. Homer HA, Li TC, Cooke ID. The septate uterus: a review of management and reproductive outcome. Fertil Steril. 2000; 73:1–14.
5. Propst AM, Hill JA. Anatomic factors associated with recurrent pregnancy loss. Semin Reprod Med. 2000; 18:341–50.
6. Rackow BW, Arici A. Reproductive performance of women with müllerian anomalies. Curr Opin Obstet Gynecol.2007; 19(3):229–37.
7. Golan A, Langer R, Wexler S, Seceg E, Niv D, Menachem PD. Cervical cerclage: its role in the pregnant anomalous uterus. Int J Fertil. 1990; 35:164–70.
8. Leo L, Arduino S, Febo G, Tessarolo M, Lauricella A, Wierdis T, et al. Cervical cerclage for malformed uterus. Clin Exp Obstet Gynecol.1997; 24(2):104–6.
9. Olpin JD, Heilbrun M. Imaging of Müllerian duct anomalies.Clin Obstet Gynecol. 2009; 52(1):40-56.
10. Sarto GE, Simpson JL. Abnormalities ofthe müllerian and wolffian duct systems. Birth Defects. 1978; 14(6C):37–54.
11. Ugur M, Turan C, Mungan T, Kuscu E, Senoz S. Endometriosis in association with mullerian anomalies. Gynecol Obstet Invest. 1995; 40:261–4.
12. Akar ME, Bayar D, Yildiz S, Ozel M, Yilmaz Z. Reproductive outcome of women with unicornuate uterus.Aust N Z J Obstet Gynaecol. 2005; 45(2):148–50.
13. Nagele F, Längle R, Stolzlechner J, Taschner R. Non-communicating rudimentary uterine horn obstetric and gynecologic implications.Acta Obstet Gynecol Scand.1995; 74(7):566–8.
14. Fedele L, Bianchi S, Agnoli B, Tozzi L, Vignali M. Urinary tract anomalies associated with unicornuate uterus. J Urol. 1996; 155:847–8.
15. Blask AR, Sanders RC, Rock JA. Obstructed uterovaginal anomalies: demonstration with sonography. II. Teenagers. Radiology. 1991; 179:84–8.
16. Gell JS. Müllerian anomalies. Semin Reprod Med. 2003; 21(4):375–88.
17. Jurkovik D, Gruboeck K, Tailor A, Nicolaides KH. Ultrasound screening for congenital uterine anomalies. Br J Obstet Gynaecol. 1997; 104:1320–1.
18. Salim R, Woelfer B, Backos M, Regan L. and Jurkovic D. Reproducibility of three‐dimensional ultrasound diagnosis of congenital uterine anomalies. Ultrasound Obstet Gynecol. 2003; 21: 578-82.
19. Raga F, Bonilla-Musoles F, Blanes J, Osborne NG. Congenital Müllerian anomalies: diagnostic accuracy of three-dimensional ultrasound.Fertil Steril. 1996; 65(3):523-8.
20. Faivre E, Fernandez H, Deffieux X, Gervaise A, Frydman R, Levaillant JM. Accuracy of Three-Dimensional Ultrasonography in Differential Diagnosis of Septate and Bicornuate Uterus Compared with Office Hysteroscopy and Pelvic Magnetic Resonance Imaging. J Minim Invasive Gynecol. 2012; 19(1):101-6.
21. Ergenoglu AM, Sahin Ç, Şimşek D, Akdemir A, Yeniel AÖ, Yerli H, et al. Comparison of three-dimensional ultrasound and magnetic resonance imaging diagnosis in surgically proven Mullerian duct anomaly cases. Eur J Obstet Gynecol Reprod Biol. 2016; 197:22-6.
Download attachments: JCAM_5846.pdf
Sahin C, Hortu I, Cirpan T. Mullerian anomalies and value of diagnosis with 2D ultrasonography. J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 72-5.
Citations in Google Scholar: Google Scholar
This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. To view a copy of the license, visit https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
Understanding of birth control methods behaviors within the Syrian refugee population in Turkey
Tayfur Cıft 1, Muzaffer Temur 1, Engin Korkmazer 1, Burcu Dıncgoz Cakmak 1, Betul Dundar 1, Beril Senkutlu Kuyucu 1, Orhan Sahın 2, Emin Ustunyurt 1
1 Health Science University, Bursa Yuksek Ihtisas Training and Research Hospital, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Bursa, 2 Health Science University, Okmeydani Training and Research Hospital, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, İstanbul, Turkey
DOI: 10.4328/JCAM.5842 Received: 27.03.2018 Accepted: 26.04.2018 Published Online: 28.04.2018 Printed: 01.01.2019 J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 58-61
Corresponding Author: Tayfur Cıft, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Health Science University, Bursa Yuksek Ihtisas Training and Research Hospital, Bursa, Turkey. E-Mail:tayfur_cift@yahoo.com ORCID ID: 0000-0003-4025-9343
Aim: The majority of Syrian women refugees fall in between the reproductive ages of 15-49 years old. This migration has sparked a trend in studying various topics surrounding birth control, family planning and gynecological needs of this growing population. We aimed to learn the possible reasons for the increased birth rate within the Syrian refugee population and how different factors are contributing to the high number of birth rates. Material and Method: This study was conducted at the Obstetrics and Gynecology Department of the Bursa Yuksek Ihtisas Research and Training Hospital. The questionnaire was administered to 845 patients. Results: The mean age of the participants was 24.05 ± 6.2 and the mean number of children per woman born in Turkey was 1.02. 59.5% (n=491) of our study population did not use any contraception. 48% of the study population wanted to become pregnant again, 40% of them refused to use birth control based on their religious beliefs and 31% of the participants’ husbands wanted another child. Discussion: We hope that with our survey results, future studies can be conducted to help the medical community understand more about pregnancy rates within the Syrian refugee population and the reasons for not utilizing birth control methods.
Keywords: Syrian Refugees; Contraception; Birth Planning
Download attachments: JCAM_5842.pdf
Cıft T, Temur M, Korkmazer E, Cakmak BD, Dundar B, Kuyucu BS, Sahın O, Ustunyurt E. Understanding of birth control methods behaviors within the Syrian refugee population in Turkey. J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 58-61.
Citations in Google Scholar: Google Scholar
This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. To view a copy of the license, visit https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
May cystatin-c be associated with post-myocardial infarction complications?
Mustafa Begenc Tascanov 1, Ozcan Yılmaz 2
1 Tokat Medicalprk Hospital, Tokat, 2 Ondokuz Mayıs University, Samsun, Turkey
DOI: 10.4328/JCAM.5853 Received: 03.04.2018 Accepted: 27.04.2018 Published Online: 28.04.2018 Printed: 01.01.2019 J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 76-82
Corresponding Author: Mustafa Begenc Tascanov, Tokat Medicalprk Hospital, Tokat, Turkey. GSM: +905557860033 E-Mail:drbegenc@gmail.com ORCID ID: 0000-0002-9008-6631
Aim: Decreased cystatin C increases proteolytic effects of cathepsin contributing to plaque rupture. We aimed to investigate the association of cystatin C levels with in-hospital and post-discharge cardiac events in patients with acute myocardial infarction (AMI). Material and Method: We included 85 patients with AMI. Patients with cancer, systemic diseases, increased creatinine, active infection or aortic aneurysm were excluded. Demographic data, laboratory and echocar-diographic parameters were analyzed. Serum cystatin C levels were measured in before coronary angiography. Results: Non-ST elevation myocardial infarction was determined in 32.94% of the patients. There were no differences between the normal and high cystatin C groups in terms of gender, diagnosis, obesity, hypertension, hyperlipidemia, cigarette smoking, Killip classification, preference of primary percutaneous coronary intervention or thrombolytic therapy, fre-quencies of culprit coronary arteries or the number of obstructed arteries. Diabetes mellitus was more frequent in the high cystatin C group. Complication rates after AMI were similar in both the normal and high cystatin C groups on the 5th day and the 12th month. Mean age was higher in the high cystatin C group.ESR, low density lipoprotein (LDL) and total cholesterol were found to be significantly higher in the high cystatin C group. The optimum cut-off values for ESR, LDL and total cholesterol were 11, 88.6, and 161.5, respectively; diagnostic accuracies were adequate. Discussion: The results of the study showed that ESR, LDL and total cholesterol were higher in high cystatin C group, but complications were similar in both groups. We concluded that cystatin C was not a predictor for post-AMI complications at 12th month.
Keywords: Acute Myocardial Infarction; Cystatin C; Complication
Download attachments: JCAM_5853.pdf
Tascanov MB, Yılmaz O. May cystatin-c be associated with post-myocardial infarction complications? J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 76-82.
Citations in Google Scholar: Google Scholar
This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. To view a copy of the license, visit https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
Acute effects of exercise on choroidal thickness and ocular pulse amplitude
Mehmet Serdar Dervişoğulları 1, Yüksel Totan 2, Ali Ender Kulak 3, Emre Güler 4
1 Ophthalmology Department, Başkent University, Adana, 2 Maya Göz Hastanesi, Ankara, 3 Kırşehir Ahi Evran Eğitim Araştırma Hastanesi, Kırşehir, 4 Medipol University, Istanbul, Turkey
DOI: 10.4328/JCAM.5844 Received: 28.03.2018 Accepted: 27.04.2018 Published Online: 28.04.2018 Printed: 01.01.2019 J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 62-6
Corresponding Author: Mehmet Serdar Dervisogullari, Ophthalmology Department, Başkent University Medical School, Adana Dr. Turgut Noyan Clinic and Research Center, Yüreğir, Adana, Turkey. T.: +90 3223272727 F.: +90 3223271274 GSM: +905327720616 E-Mail: serdarderv@hotmail.com ORCID ID: 0000-0003-2006-2906
Aim: To explore ocular changes in healthy people after exercise. Material and Method: Twenty participants underwent exercise for 15 minutes on a treadmill. Measurements of choroidal thickness, intraocular pressure (IOP), ocular pulse amplitude (OPA), and blood pressure were taken before and after exercise. En-hanced Depth, Imaging optical coherence tomography (EDI-OCT) was used to measure choroidal thickness at the fovea and at the areas 1500μm nasal and 1500μm temporal to the fovea; IOP and OPA were measured by the dynamic contour tonometer (DCT; Swiss Micro technology AG, Port, Switzerland). Blood pressure was measured concurrently with the acquisition of the scans. Results: Twenty participants (20 eyes) with a mean age of 22.65±0.98 years were measured. There was a significant increase in systolic and diastolic pressure after exercise (p<0.05). There was a significant decrease in IOP and OPA after exercise (p<0.05). There was no significant difference in the subfoveal, nasal or temporal choroidal thickness measurements after exercise (p>0.05). Discus-sion: In our study, there was no significant change in the thickness of the choroid after exercise. IOP and OPA significantly decreased, and systolic and diastolic blood pressure significantly increased, after exercise. This indicates an adaptation of vascular resistance due to vasoconstriction. The IOP and OPA decreases do not seem to be related with the changes in choroid thickness.
Keywords: Exercise; Choroid; Ocular Pulse Amplitude
Full Text
Download attachments: JCAM_5844.pdf
Dervişoğulları MS, Totan Y, Kulak AE, Güler E. Acute effects of exercise on choroidal thickness and ocular pulse amplitude. J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 62-6.
Citations in Google Scholar: Google Scholar
This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. To view a copy of the license, visit https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
The importance of evaluating measurement uncertainty for troponin I
Kübranur Ünal 1, Gökçe Filiz Atikeler 2
1 Department of Biochemistry, Polatlı Public Hospital, Ankara, 2 Department of Biochemistry, SU Hospital, İzmir, Turkey
DOI: 10.4328/JCAM.5835 Received: 22.03.2018 Accepted: 26.04.2018 Published Online: 26.04.2018 Printed: 01.01.2019 J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 1-4
Corresponding Author: Kübranur Ünal, Department of Biochemistry, Ankara Polatlı Public Hospital, Ankara, Turkey. E-Mail: dr.kubranur_unal@outlook.com ORCID ID: 0000-0001-7940-4590
Aim: Myocardial infarction can be life threatening and the early diagnosis of acute myocardial infarction is highly important. The measurement of cardiac tro-ponin is the preferred way to establish the diagnosis of acute myocardial infarction. Measurement uncertainty provides quantitative estimates of the level of confidence that a laboratory has in its analytical precision of test results. The aim of this study is to present the importance of reporting hs-troponin I analysis results with measurement uncertainty estimation. Material and Method: The results of 16679 patients (8060 males and 8619 females) whose hs-troponin I results were analyzed in our laboratory in 2016 were retrospectively reviewed. The uncertainty of measurement was calculated according to Eurachem/CITAC Guide CG. The hs-troponin I analysis results were re-evaluated by estimation of measurement uncertainty. Results: Measurement uncertainty for hs-troponin I is estimated to be ± 19.60 %. In this study, 346 hs-troponin I analysis results (206 females and 140 males) which are above manufacturer recommended cutoff values might be below cutoff values if they were assessed based on measurement uncertainty. Also, 260 Troponin I analysis results (155 females and 105 males) which are below manufacturer recommended cutoff values cutoff values might be above cutoff values if they were assessed based on measure-ment uncertainty. The results of 606 out of 16679 patients (3.63%) were affected by uncertainty values. Discussion: Medical laboratories should calculate uncertainty of troponin tests and report this in conjunction with troponin results to help clinicians. A test result is not powerful enough without an assessment of its reliability. Therefore, hs-troponin I results which are close to cutoff values should be evaluated with uncertainty of measurement.
Keywords: Measurement Uncertainty; High-Sensitivity Troponin I; Myocardial Infarction
Full Text
Download attachments: JCAM_5835.pdf
Ünal K, Atikeler GF. The importance of evaluating measurement uncertainty for troponin I. J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 1-4.
Citations in Google Scholar: Google Scholar
This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. To view a copy of the license, visit https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
MR findings of retropharyngeal lipoma causing obstructive sleep apnea syndrome
Zülfü Birkan, Erhan Kaymaz
Radyoloji, Silivri Devlet Hastanesi, İstanbul, Türkiye
DOI: 10.4328/JCAM.5793 Received: 27.02.2018 Accepted: 13.05.2018 Publihed Online: 14.05.2018 Printed: 01.01.2019 J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 125-7
Corresponding Author: Zülfü Birkan, Radyoloji, Silivri Devlet Hastanesi, İstanbul, Türkiye. E-Mail: Dr.zulfubirkan@yahoo.com.tr ORCID ID: 0000-0001-6404-5265
Lipomas are the most common benign mesenchymal tumors of the body. Compared to other locations, lipomas localized in the head-neck region are much more rare, with those located within the retropharyngeal and parapharyngeal spaces are among the rarest forms. Surgical treatment of lipomas is mainly due to cosmetic reasons. Moreover, since a lipoma might cause serious health problems due to its pressure causing effect by mass as well as its localization, these would also require surgical intervention. With this case presentation, we have aimed to report a 22- year old case with symptoms of obstructive sleep apnea, diagnosed as retropharyngeal lipoma following MRI of the cervical region, along with data from a relevant literature.
Keywords: Lipoma; MRI; CT
Full Text
Download attachments: JCAM_5793.pdf
Birkan Z, Kaymaz E. Mr findings of retropharyngeal lipoma causing obstructive sleep apnea syndrome. J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 125-7.
Citations in Google Scholar: Google Scholar
This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. To view a copy of the license, visit https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
Incest by grandmother with dementia: a case report
Nilfer Şahin, Damla Balkan
Department of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, Faculty of Medicine, Muğla Sıtkı Kocman University, Muğla, Turkey
DOI: 10.4328/JCAM.5957 Received: 28.06.2018 Accepted: 09.08.2018 Publihed Online: 05.09.2018 Printed: 01.01.2019 J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 131-3
Corresponding Author: Nilfer Şahin, Department of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, Faculty of Medicine, Muğla Sıtkı Kocman University, Muğla, Turkey. T.: +90 2522115177 E-Mail: nilfersahin@hotmail.com ORCID ID: 0000-0001-7120-1561
Incest sexual abuse is defined as any sexual behavior applied to a child by close relatives. Incest is often between biological or stepfather and child or between siblings, less frequently between other family members. Victims are often girls. But sometimes boys can be victims of incest as well. Dementia is a disease that causes loss of intellectual function. It is usually permanent and progressive, and it increases the risk of elderly abuse and neglect. This case report presents incest sexual abuse of a boy by his grandmother.
Keywords: Child; Dementia; Incest
Download attachments: JCAM_5957.pdf
Şahin N, Balkan D. Incest by grandmother with dementia: a case report. J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 131-3.
Citations in Google Scholar: Google Scholar
This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. To view a copy of the license, visit https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
Pulmonary vein thrombosis associated with metastatic ovarian cancer
Vermi Degerli, Arife Erdogan
Department of Emergency Medicine, Izmir Bozyaka Education and Research Hospital, Bozyaka, Izmir, Turkey
DOI: 10.4328/JCAM.5880 Received: 28.04.2018 Accepted: 01.06.2018 Publihed Online: 05.06.2018 Printed: 01.01.2019 J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 128-30
Corresponding Author: Vermi Degerli, Department of Emergency Medicine, Izmir Bozyaka Education and Research Hospital, 35170, Bozyaka, Izmir, Turkey. GSM: +905072334186 F.: +90 2322277201 E-Mail: vermidegerli@yahoo.com ORCID ID: 0000-0002-8556-1305
Pulmonary vein thrombosis (PVT) is a rare, life-threatening, and difficult-to-diagnose condition. Most of the literature on PVT consists of case reports, and its actual inci-dence is unknown. It occurs especially as a complication of malignancy or pulmonary surgery. We present a case of PVT detected incidentally in a 25-year-old female who presented with dyspnea and left flank pain and underwent computed tomography pulmonary angiography with a preliminary diagnosis of pulmonary artery embolism. Further investigation revealed that the PVT was associated with the lung metastasis of ovarian cancer. The patient died one month after diagnosis due to malignancy-related complications. Because of its nonspecific symptoms and findings, PVT may easily be missed or misdiagnosed. An emergency physician should consider not only pulmonary artery embolism but also PVT when considering a thromboembolic event in the differential diagnosis regardless of etiology and use appropriate imaging modalities to confirm this diagnosis.
Keywords: Pulmonary Vein; Thrombosis; Rare Disease
Download attachments: JCAM_5880.pdf
Degerli V, Erdogan A. Pulmonary vein thrombosis associated with metastatic ovarian cancer. J Clin Anal Med 2019;10(1): 128-30.
Citations in Google Scholar: Google Scholar
This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. To view a copy of the license, visit https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/